Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout06-27-2023 SpecialClarftwn Special Council Agenda Post -Meeting Agenda Date: June 27, 2023 Time: 5:00 PM Location: Council Chambers or Microsoft Teams Municipal Administrative Centre 40 Temperance Street, 2nd Floor Bowmanville, Ontario Inquiries and Accommodations: For inquiries about this agenda, or to make arrangements for accessibility accommodations for persons attending, please contact: Lindsey Patenaude, Committee Coordinator, at 905-623-3379, ext. 2106 or by email at Iatenaude@clarington.net. Alternate Format: If this information is required in an alternate format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator, at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. AudioNideo Record: The Municipality of Clarington makes an audio and video record of Council meetings. If you make a delegation or presentation at a Council meeting, the Municipality will be recording you and will make the recording public by publishing the recording on the Municipality's website, www.clarington.net/calendar. Cell Phones: Please ensure all cell phones, mobile and other electronic devices are turned off or placed on non -audible mode during the meeting. Copies of Reports are available at www.clarington.net/archive The Revised Agenda will be published on Friday after 3:30 p.m. Late items added or a change to an item will appear with a * beside them. Special Council June 27, 2023 Pages 1. Call to Order 2. Moment of Reflection 3. Land Acknowledgement Statement 4. Declaration of Interest 5. Public Meeting (5:00 p.m.) 4 5.1 Public Meeting to Seek Comments on the Draft North Village Secondary 6 Plan Planner: Emily Corsi, Senior Planner 5.1.1 PDS-043-23 North Village Secondary Plan and Integrated 41 Environmental Assessment 6. Presentations/Delegations (10 Minute Time Limit) *6.1 Bryce Jordan, GHD on Behalf of Tribute Communities, Regarding Report PDS-046-23 Revised Applications by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law Amendment for 217 Residential Units in Courtice 7. Consent Agenda 7.1 Staff Reports and Memos 7.1.1 PDS-044-23 Planning and Infrastructure Services — 2022-2023 206 Departmental Highlights 7.1.2 PDS-045-23 Economic Development Initiatives 243 7.1.3 PDS-046-23 Revised Applications by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. 261 for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law Amendment for 217 Residential Units in Courtice 7.1.4 PDS-037-23 Proposed Provincial Planning Statement and Bill 301 97 (Helping Homebuyers, Protecting Tenants Act, 2023) Page 2 Special Council June 27, 2023 7.2 By-laws 7.2.1 2023-047 Being a By-law to Amend By-law 84-63, The Comprehensive Zoning By-law for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington (Agenda Item 7.1.3) 8. Public Meeting (6:30 p.m.) 8.1 Public Meeting to Initiate an Official Plan Review 315 Planners: Sarah Allin, Principal Planner and Lisa Backus, Manager of Community Planning 8.1.1 PDS-048-23 Official Plan Review — Special Meeting of Council 335 and Introductory Discussion Paper *9. Confidential Items *9.1 To Consider the Referred Matter of Hiring 20 Full-time Firefighters for Fire Station #1 (Requires 3/4 majority vote to suspend the rules to be added to the agenda) 10. Confirming By-law 11. Adjournment Page 3 Clarbgton Notice of Public Meeting The Municipality is seeking public comments on the Draft Secondary Plan for a new neighbourhood in North Newcastle. After extensive consultation, the Municipality is ready to present and receive input on the draft North Village Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, and the accompanying Zoning at a Statutory Public Meeting. This Secondary Plan is a Municipality of Clarington project. The North Village Secondary Plan will create a neighbourhood centre at the heart of the new community, surrounded by a mix of housing types. The neighbourhood centre will provide for convenient access to shopping and services, park space, and a school. The design of the neighbourhood will be walkable, with pedestrian and cycle connections throughout the community. Sustainable design elements, such as EV charging stations and stormwater management, will also be included. This area is anticipated to house approximately 2,800 residents, in approximately 1,100 units in a variety of low- and medium -density housing forms. Approximately 110 jobs are anticipated to be generated by new small-scale commercial uses in the Neighbourhood Centre, and in a future elementary school. North Village Secondary Plan Boundary ao CONCESSION ROAD 3 LU N M A n A A � F I 1�y W In ° cc �Py ( O '^ z 0 U a N The draft Secondary Plan area is approximately 52 hectares and is located in the north part of Newcastle, bounded by Hwy 35/115 on west, Arthur Street on east, Concession Road 3 on north, and a draft approved subdivision within the North Newcastle neighbourhood to the south. The proposed Official Plan Amendment, which includes the Secondary Plan and Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines, and accompanying Zoning By-law Amendment will be available for review at Clarington.net/NorthVillage by June 7th, 2023. For more information about this matter, including appeal rights, contact Emily Corsi, Senior Planner, at 905-623-3379 extension 2428 or by email at ECorsi _clarington.net. If you wish to be notified of the decision of Clarington Council on the proposed Official Plan and Zoning By-law Amendments, you must make a written request to the Municipal Clerk, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, ON L1 C 3A6. Public Meeting Date: Tuesday, June 27th, 2023 Time: 5:00 p.m. How to Attend the Meeting: You may provide comments at the Statutory Public Meeting either in person, by Microsoft Teams, or by teleahone. o„-„ A In Person: Council Chambers Municipal Administrative Centre 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, ON L1 C 3A6 Virtually: To participate electronically, please pre -register by completing the online form at http://www.clarington.net/delegations or contact the Clerk's Division at 905-623-3379 ext. 2109 or clerks@clarington.net by Monday, June 26th, 2023, at 3:30 p.m. A link and telephone number will be provided to you once registered. This meeting will also be live -streamed for public viewing at https://www.clarington.net/en/town-hall/council-meeting-calendar.aspx You do not need to pre - register as a delegate in order to speak in person. Written Comments: Please submit your written comments to Emily Corsi, at ECorsi(c)_Clarington.net or by mail or drop off at 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, ON L1 C 3A6 prior to the date of the public meeting. Written comments are encouraged to be submitted prior to the Public Meeting. File Numbers: PLN 41.14; COPA2023-0001; ZBA2023-0007 Right of Appeal — Official Plan Amendment If a person or public body would otherwise have an ability to appeal the decision of Durham Region Council to the Ontario Land Tribunal but the person or public body does not make oral submissions at a public meeting or make written submissions to the Municipality of Clarington before the proposed official plan amendment is adopted, the person or public body is not entitled to appeal the decision. If a person or public body does not make oral submissions at a public meeting or make written submissions to the Municipality of Clarington before the proposed official plan amendment is adopted, the person or public body may not be added as a party to the hearing of an appeal before the Ontario Land Tribunal unless, in the opinion of the Tribunal, there are reasonable grounds to add the person or public body as a party. Right of Appeal — Zoning By -Law Amendment If a person or public body would otherwise have an ability to appeal the decision of Clarington Council to the Local Planning Appeal Tribunal but the person or public body does not make oral submissions at a public meeting or make written submissions to Clarington Council before the by-law is passed, the person or public body is not entitled to appeal the decision. If a person or public body does not make oral submissions at a public meeting, or make written submissions to Clarington Council before the by-law is passed, the person or public body may not be added as a party to the hearing of an appeal before the Local Planning Appeal Tribunal unless, in the opinion of the Tribunal, there are reasonable grounds to do so. Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act The personal information you submit will become part of the public record and may be released to the public. Questions about the information we collect can be directed to the Clerk's Department at 905- 623-3379, extension 2109. Accessibility If you have accessibility needs and require alternate formats of this document or other accommodations, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 extension 2131. 4�� �6&4ts Lisa Backus, MCIP, RPP Manager of Community Planning Planning and Infrastructure Services Page 5 North Village Secondary Plan & Integrated Environmental Assessment _ :AO► -- ��' _ ( V dllllvilwNfllGlllll/v,,, Statutory Public Meeting PDS-043-23 June 27, 2023 6 Project Team Clarington Emily Corsi Senior Planner Community Planning SvN SvN Architects + Planners Lisa Backus Manager Community Planning Karen Richardson Manager Development Engineering Jonathan Tinney Michael Matthys Kelly Graham Paulina Avilez Urban Planning, Urban Principal Senior Associate Associate MUD, BA Design, Engagement MA, BA Consultant Team Lead MSc.PI, MCIP, RPP MPI, BA, MCIP, RPP Urban Designer Project Director Senior Planner Senior Planner Steering Committee Municipal Staff Municipal Consultants Regional Staff GRCA School Boards M TO LOG Representatives Felicity Campbell MSCPI, BA Planner Page 7 1 Presentation Outline 1. Project Background About the Project clffftwn Secondary Plan + Environmental Assessment Community Engagement 2. Draft Secondary Plan Documents SvN Vision +Principles SvN Architects Community Structure + Planners Secondary Plan Policies + Sustainability Guidelines Urban Planning, Urban Design, Engagement Zoning Consultant Team Lead 3. Next Steps Project Next Steps ciffftwin Implementation Page 8 2 lm, Page 9 About the Project North Village Secondary Plan Boundary Z�— u c I rt �a 77, y �..... BL min North Village Secondary Plan Area ("Project Area") CgNqI)/q/VPAC/F/C Rq/�wgV Page 10 Project Area 4 Am�•.•KAft Secondary Plan 1911116 The Clarington Official Plan contains policies for managing municipal -wide growth. Secondary Plan contains policies for specific areas and establishes framework to guide growth and desired type and form of physical development. Integrated Environmental Assessments (EA) The EA is proceeding using the "Integrated Approach" with the Planning Act Approved process under the Environmental Assessment Act. Environmental Assessment for new or realigned major roads that are subject to Schedule B or C of the Municipal Class EA Process. al Plan Municipality of Clarington 2018 _ �'1�rinisFnn Secondary Plan Process Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4 Initial Public Input + Evaluation Criteria + Emerging Land Use Plan Draft Secondary Plan Technical Analysis Alternative Land Use + Zoning By -Law Plans Create Emerging Land • Develop Detailed Work Use Plan • Draft Secondary Plan, Plan Determine Evaluation Finalize Technical Sustainability and Urban • Co-ordinate EA Criteria Reports and EA Design Guidelines Requirements • Develop Draft Requirements • Technical Reports • Develop Stakeholder & Alternative Land Use Develop Master • Draft Implementing Community Engagement Plans Servicing Report Zoning By -Law Strategy • Update EA Technical Conduct Transportation • Conduct Technical Reports Needs Analysis Study Background Analysis 2019 2021 June 2022 March 2023 June 2023 0 0 0 0 0 Public Public Public Public Statutory Public Meeting Information Information Information Information Centre #1 Centre #2 Centre #3 Centre #4 Page 12 6 :a I [:-re1 r • PIC #1 - November 2019 In -person meeting with interactive panels related to the guiding priorities, such as urban design and affordable housing > Senior housing and amenities, long-term care facility, supportive housing Homes for young families, daycare facilities Abu. Safe options for walking and cycling Preserve agricultural/historical aesthetic of Newcastle PIC #2 March 2020 Virtual meeting to present vision and guiding principles for North Village V. 4 Retain small-town feel t7.t Public realm that is safe for pedestrians and cyclists ` High -quality landscaping, native plants, community gardening, sustainable design . Neighbourhood centre design to complement and not compete with downtown Newcastle businesses 4014 r QVITI a I [ :�:1 r • PIC #3 - June 2022 Presented land use alternatives and update on RR17 EA Village feel with complete community, retail & service uses that do not compete with businesses on King Avenue The school is a priority and key civic feature, should be located near centre Parks, trails and walkable streets desired Preferred medium density residential areas to be more evenly distributed through the plan rather than clustered PIC #4 - March 2023 Shared emerging land use plan and policy directions General support for the Secondary Plan and its direction Interest in a variety of housing forms, and affordable housing Background Technical Reports VY, > Land Use Planning Policy Review Archeological Assessment Transportation Impact Study Master Servicing Report Sustainability Background Report Agricultural Impact Assessment Natural Environment Report Cultural Heritage Report Retail Impact Study Page Draft Secondary Plan, Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines and Zoning By-law Amendment -T •{� �.1 `T� - V ' . 11 >a •- } r T'- f' try•- 1 iiiYYY7 ~ r', • � 'fir vr 7. At 'r L. iL I Lr ti � d L � La • F¢ L r M6 ~ L � 7 • - - S' ' ITS _ 'r ti� fr • , }' I _ .. • isles 1. } r } ir AL ' of ,� rz r .tr 1 r �y� f•E r r' '�� �ti _r .+ • r - 41 IL j i_• �: _ �4• r + I I i•• � r rr _•�' _ . _ 3 ■tea _ : '� ti Ll Ah •I ■F• ti' , �• Mir L { -fir '' ' �L i•1 ti - _, `' r any+MUM ■ % L ' AL 7-7 T— — — I � L' •I a • L +- I r _ Guiding Principles A Liveable Neighbourhood A Connected Neighbourhood A Beautiful and Inviting Neighbourhood 0 00 00 A Unique Newcastle Neighbourhood < 02 9 A Resilient Neighbourhood Page 18 12 Integrated Environmental Assessments EA for new major collector roads Two new collectors (Street A and Street B) roads identified as part of Secondary Plan > Feedback from public and EA agencies collected Transportation Needs Report prepared 0 Preparing a Monitoring Report is the final step to satisfy EA process Separate EA for Regional Road 17 EA underway in partnership with Durham Region fl The intersection of the realigned Regional Road 17 and a� Concession Road 3 will be offset approximately 300 metres o east of the existing Regional Road 17/Concession Road 3 intersection, as required by MTO. o Public Information Centre to take place in the near future 1� CEMETERY Do Nothing (Not Carried Forward) CLARINGTON Inters 3ction / Altei-r ativi$- � a CONCESSION ROAD ative 1 - West r c—Alternative 2 - Centred Alternative 3 - East i North Villa e Sec ndary Plan ' I now Future Roadway Page 19 13 Land Use Alternatives 0- we Alternative 1 ziL�'1T 1 1 F, IF- I Yk I I I Reservoir I -------------- I W Ie I( (D Ih -000% i Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Land use alternatives were presented at the PIC #3 and public feedback was documented following all three alternatives: Preserve the "village" feel of Newcastle North Village residents able to meet their needs locally Emphasize on providing a range of housing options Page 20 14 Demonstration Plan LEGEND North Village Secondary Plan Area Low Density Residential Medium density Residential _ Mixed Use Area Neighbourhood Park W Parkette Highway Commercial Reservoir and Pumping Station i Neighbourhood Centre Gateway Prominent Intersection Arterial Road Type B Arterial Road Type C Collector Road ----- Local Road - - Rear Lane --- Bike Route Multi -Use Path Mid -block Connection fl School Summary Total Area: 52.6 ha (130 ac) Public Roads: 5.8 ha (14 ac) Parks: 3.5 ha (8.6 ac) Neighbourhood Centre Mixed Use Area:1.0 ha (2.5 ac) Estimated Units Low Density Residential: 400 units Medium Density Residential: 700 units Estimated Jobs:110 Estimated People: 2,800 Page 21 15 E K 5 7 ..condary Plan Policies 1• r '� 4 M1+l' • y , ry � JW,1 - � � �--�, ' R ii'i�� yr 1 f.. 4 ol f' r� �� ram}' . ..� - _ - , 4 mar µ - ' � �`• , 4> ��' - J .. � •f:„ `_'�c�.� } - �-�� .mow .�+� W} - 'y_f • I' _ _ �. jrj J'� - • }{� � - fill �'•� *+' '�-�'-'"�- :wti":•_.�y �-.`� 'fir + �/ -'.� ��t.; --_ _ ..i� _. _ , 3' 4 + 'fir` y�++}• _ ��'y-*� z#� - :y .y'7, yyn OCommunity Structure Establishes land uses and intensities of development to achieve this Plan's vision, principles & objectives. The key elements include: Neighbourhood Centre Gateway & Prominent Intersections Residential Areas Parks & Open Space Schools Land Use Plan LEGEND 0 0 North Village Secondary Plan Area Low density Residential Medium Density Residential Mixed Use Area Neighbourhood Park (P Parkette ----- Neighbourhood Centre Highway Commercial Reservoir and Pumping Station School Arterial Road Collector Road Local Road ----- Bike Route Multi -Use Path Gateway Prominent Intersection Page 23 17 The Environment and Sustainability Encourage green building technologies, renewable and alternative energy sources. Practice water conservation and management. Integrate energy conservation strategies into development proposals. Increase tree cover to minimize the heat island effect and contribute to a green and attractive environment. Accessibility to local food production and markets. QCreating Vibrant Urban Places Incorporate public art and provide connections to parks and neighbourhood centre. Include Gateways and Prominent Intersections to signify points of entry and exit. Four corners of intersection of Street A and Street B to be animated with public uses, including a public square. Parking generally to be screened from view from streets. �r Page 24 Encouraging Housing Diversity Provide a variety of housing forms, sizes and tenures, including purpose-built rental and seniors housing. Prioritize affordable housing. Encourage Additional Dwelling Unit (ADU) ready design. Support ageing in place, all development proposals should incorporate barrier -free, universal or flex design. QMobility and Streets Provide a transportation system that promotes active transportation and maximizes access to future transit. Fine-grained grid pattern of roads to ensure all modes of mobility can access them in safe and comfortable manner. Incorporate green infrastructure. Ensure existing residents and users have unimpeded access to their community. Page 25 19 Parks and Community Facilities Provide a range of parks and community facilities to promote connection, social cohesion, and sustainability. Park system will include neighbourhood park and parkettes and will be linked, offering alternative routes around the community through walking or cycling. Encourage the school site to be designed to facilitate Neighbourhood Park joint use potential. : I Land Use Development will adhere to the distribution of land uses as indicated in Schedule A of the Secondary Plan. or Mixed Use Medium Density Residential Low Density Residential Highway Commercial Neighbourhood Parks and Parkettes Water reservoir and pumping station Page 26 20 Schedule A - Land Use, Parks & Transportation LEGEND 0 North Village Secondary Plan Area Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential Mixed Use Area NP Neighbourhood Park Parkette - - - - - Neighbourhood Centre Highway Commercial Reservoir and Pumping Station School Arterial Road Collector Road - - - - - Local Road — — — Bike Route Multi -Use Path "< Gateway o,o Prominent Intersection *The location of the collector road intersection with Regional Road 17 is conceptual only and will be refined based on road safety considerations including sight distance and intersection spacing/geometric design requirements. Page 27 21 Urban Design & Susta*inab*iI*ity Guidelines The North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines provide additional guidance and detail to guide the implementation of the policy framework of the Secondary Plan through: Community Design Mobility Planning Built Form and Public Realm Design Neighbourhood Centre Sketch Page 28 22 Urban Design & Susta*inab*iI*ity Guidelines The purpose of the Sustainability Guidelines is to establish a framework that will guide the sustainable development of the North Village. Eight key sustainability focus areas: Energy & emissions Climate resilience Water efficiency Materiality & waste diversion Stormwater management Ecology Local food production Health & wellbeing 'I Page 29 23 Urban Design & Susta*inab*i1*ity Guidelines Neighbourhood Centre Convenient access to everyday needs Includes a public square, neighbourhood park, potential school, adjacent streets and blocks Walkable and transit -ready Continuous sidewalk surface from building face to on -street parking lane. Si Distinguish between zones through 3 material, colour and/or texture. "'K A Continuous canopy of street trees LEGEND 0 North Village Secondary Area Blocks _ Neighbourhood Park Mixed Use Area Highway Buffer Arterial Road Type B Arterial Road Type C Collector Road ----- Local Road Enhanced Streetscape --- Rear Lane ® School —"-- Neighbourhood Centre * Public Square •. Prominent Intersection —> Access roads to Neighbourhood Center Demonstration Plan, Neighbourhood Centre Page 30 24 Urban Design & Susta*inab*iI*ity Guidelines Streets, Blocks and Mid -Block Connections Collector streets (Streets A and B) provide access to and frontage for the neighbourhood centre Additional tree planting and landscaping is encouraged Mid -block connections provide pedestrian and cycle connections to parks and potential school site LEGEND 0 Na" Villege SecanderyArea _ Bladca Highway Buffer frbenal Road —ype B frbenal Road —YPe C CgMCh1r ----- LOGMFirW EnnarnoW 5"daacarpo RW Loin,; MkWock Conoacnan The collector road intersection with Regional Road 17 will be refined based on road safety considerations including sight distance and intersection spacing/geometric design requirements Mid -Block connections with double row of trees Demonstration Plan, Blocks and Mid -Block Connections Page 31 25 Urban Design & Susta*inab*i1*ity Guidelines Open Space Network Interconnected necklace of green spaces Open spaces distributed through out neighbourhood Parkettes provide smaller scale amenities Potential school block directly beside larger neighbourhood park Canceaj ion Wd 3 .------------; - r ----- I ........................ a ,, i e ------------ i LEGEND f---j Ncrth Village Secondary Area Bla:kr. — Neighbauncoad Park Parkette Highway Buffer Arterial Rcad —Ype B --- Arterial Raad —Ype C CallectQr Rcad ----- Local Road Enhanmd S-eei:Kape Rear Lane - - - 3 Mid-blcck Ccnnedan . S�ccl * Publi: Square Demonstration Plan, Open Space Network Page 32 26 Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines oncession Road 3 Gateways and Prominent Intersections C------------- I ------------ I :r -------------------- --------------------- Gateways located along the edges of the ------------------------------------------- neighbourhood to create an entrance ------------------------ ) Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3 -- B 14111 ) Street B and Arthur Street Street 0 ---------- Prominent intersections located internal to neighbourhood with enhanced architecture and landscape features ------------------------- ....... .. ....... ) Street A and Regional Road 17 ------------------------------------------------- -------------- ------ ) Street A and Street B i LEGEND North Village Secondary Area Blocks Neighbourhood Park Parkette Highway Buffer Arterial Road Type B mmm Arterial Road Type C Collector Road Local Road Enhanced Streetscape Rear Lane .. . . Mid -block Connection O School Prominent Intersection Gateway Prominent intersection created with public art Page 33 Demonstration Plan, Gateways and Prominent Intersections 27 Urban & Susta*inab*i1*ity Private Realm upper floor setback mitigates the perceived height of buildin� Includes properties that will remain in private ownership, including housing and businesses Provides guidelines for building design, height, corner units with pri•••''••.� '• co�SSte�t mary and entranceses massing, transition for each housing type on both streets ••• �afp,o Buildings in neighbourhood centre will be ••..•'••.�► ��a9e street -oriented, 2-6 storeys in height with pedestrian entrances••.. with direct access from primary street �'• �•.••• residential uses above Streetwall height of 3-storey Design principles for townhouses and stacked townhouses r Primary entrances are accessible and face public and/ or private roads Page 34 A variety of facades give the street frontage a unique character sufficient separation distance f between units provides privacy ..................................... amenity space on top of weather protected carport 0 0 vehicular entrance off of secondary street 28 Urban Design & Susta*inab*i1*ity Guidelines Public Realm M' Includes publicly -owned open spaces, parks, trail and mid - block connections Streetscape and pedestrian realm Public square serves as a main gathering place for the community retail spill out, cafes, small events The neighbourhood park to include: flexible hard surface space for public gathering and events recreational programming design in co-ordination with potential school site Public Square with retail at ground level Street trees in tree grates planted and continuous pits Page 35 29 Implementing Zoning By-law Zoning By-law to amend Clarington's Zoning By-law 84-63 Regulates land use and development to ensure that the activities are consistent with the overall vision and goals of the secondary plan. As the Zoning By-law establishes specific zoning regulations, it will help to create: Predictable and orderly development pattern Promote compatible land uses Protect the character of the area Address the needs of the community This is Schedule "A" to By-law 2023- passed this day of 2023 A.D. LU CONCESSION ROAD 3 of � {A W W M � �Q OC 2 Z � Q o� o J Q. Z o; L W W - Zoning Change From'A-1' To'R3-XX' _ Zoning Change From'A-92' To'R4-XX' - Zoning Change From'A-1' To'R4-XX' I Zoning Change From'C4' To'R3-XX' Zoning Change From 'A-1'To'MU2-XX' Zoning Change From 'C4'To 'R4-XX' - Zoning Change From'(H)A-92' To'R4-XX' - Zoning To Remain'C4' Newcastle • ZBA 2023-XXXX • Schedule 5 Page 36 30 lm, Page 37 31 Project Next Steps Take back public and agency comments received (July 18, 2023 deadline) Revise documents based on feedback Official Plan Amendment, Secondary Plan & Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines Zoning By-law Amendment Supporting technical EA documents Prepare Recommendation Report to Council with revised documents Forward to Region of Durham for Approval of Secondary Plan �P 1 i 10 1 �+ � i •rl 1 j •��' Ar I 4 tea_ Page Implementation of Secondary Plan Provincial Policies Durham Region Official Plan Development Building Applications � Permits & Construction Page 39 33 Northvi I Iageocla ri ngton.net http://www.Clarington.net/NorthViIlage Page 40 34 Clarftwn Public Meeting Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-043-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO File Numbers: COPA2023-0001 and ZBA2023-0007 (PLN41.14) Resolution#: Report Subject: North Village Secondary Plan and Integrated Environmental Assessment Purpose of Report: The purpose of this report is to provide information to the public and Council. It does not constitute, imply or request any degree of approval. Recommendations: 1. That Report PDS-043-23 and any related delegations and communication items, be received for information; 2. That Staff receive and consider comments from the public and Council with respect to the proposed Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, Official Plan Amendment (COPA2023-0001) and Zoning By-law Amendment (ZBA2023-0007) applications; 3. That the proposed Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, Official Plan Amendment, and Zoning By-law Amendment continue to be reviewed and processed; 4. That Staff report back to Council with a Recommendation Report; and 5. That all interested parties listed in Report PDS-043-23 and any delegations be advised of Council's decision. Page 41 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Report Overview Page 2 This report provides an overview of the planning process for the North Village Secondary Plan and Integrated Environmental Assessment (EA), including initiation of the plan, the planning policy framework, public engagement, and comments, as well as agency comments received to date. The North Village Secondary Plan is envisioned to create a neighbourhood centre at the heart of the new community, surrounded by a mix of housing types. The neighbourhood centre will provide for convenient access to shopping and services, park space, and a school. The design of the neighbourhood will be walkable, with pedestrian and cycle connections throughout the community. Sustainable design elements, such as EV charging stations and stormwater management, will also be included. This area is anticipated to house approximately 2,800 residents, in approximately 1,100 units in various low- and medium -density housing forms. Approximately 110 jobs are anticipated to be generated by new small-scale commercial uses in the neighbourhood centre, and in a future elementary school. The purpose of the statutory meeting is to obtain comments from the public, landowners, and commenting agencies on the proposed Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, and implementing zoning regulations. 1. Background 1.1 The North Village Secondary Plan (NVSP) provides more detail than the Clarington Official Plan about how a neighbourhood is to develop. This neighbourhood scale planning allows for a more detailed analysis of land use, transportation, servicing and how to achieve the objectives of the Clarington Official Plan. 1.2 The Secondary Plan also provides the structure for the various components of the neighbourhood, such as how to best provide locations for housing, commercial, parks and amenities, as well as planning the mobility between them and the rest of the community at large. A Secondary Plan establishes the character and identity of the neighbourhood while promoting efficient land use and development. 1.3 The preparation of this Secondary Plan follows the same procedures as an Official Plan Amendment under the Planning Act. This includes the preparation of supporting technical studies, public engagement, notice and holding of public meetings and adoption procedures. Currently, the Region of Durham is the final approval authority for Secondary Plans. 1.4 The NVSP is accompanied by a Draft Zoning By-law. The Zoning By-law will implement the policy directions of the Secondary Plan by outlining provisions for permitted uses and Page 42 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 3 other zoning regulations such as setbacks from property lines, building height and parking. 2. North Village Secondary Plan 2.1 The NVSP area is located on the northern edge of Newcastle, an urban settlement area centred on Durham Highway 2 (King Avenue) and Regional Road 17 (Mill Street). Newcastle is one of four urban areas that make up the Municipality of Clarington. The Secondary Plan Area is an area bound by Concession Road 3 to the north, Arthur Street to the east, draft approved plans of subdivision to the south, and Highway 35/115 to the west. The area of the Secondary Plan is approximately 52.6 hectares (130 acres) in size. North Village Secondary Plan Boundary -� CONCESSION:ROAD 1 7 fO n_ A a I Z I 0 l7 n nn`� LU *subject to a separate Class EA process W W tA v / D / 2 Q f I N Figure 1: North Village Secondary Plan Area and Surrounding Context Page 43 Municipality of Clarington Page 4 Report PDS-043-23 2.2 The NVSP area is primarily made up of greenfield lands located in north Newcastle. The majority of the lands are currently being used for agriculture. On the west side of Regional Road 17 there are several homes, a church, and a fast-food restaurant. 2.3 The surrounding context reflects the historically rural and agricultural nature of this community. Surrounding lands to the west. north, and east are outside of the urban boundary. Immediately to the west is Provincial Highway 35/115 and a tributary of Foster Creek. To the north of the NVSP Area, there are agricultural lands, including a farm, and heritage property (3554 Concession Road 3). Further north along Highway 35/115, there are a number of other commercial and automotive uses, as well as The Pines Senior Public School and Clarke High School. To the east, there are agricultural lands, a mobile home park, and a tributary of Foster Creek. 2.4 The lands to the south between the NVSP and the CP Rail line are currently within draft approved plans of subdivision for low -density residential use. The historic downtown of Newcastle is located along Durham Highway 2 (King Avenue), approximately 1.5 kilometres to the south. 3. Initiation of the Secondary Plan 3.1 Planning Services received a request from the North Village Landowners Group requesting initiation of the North Village Secondary Plan with their commitment to cover 100% of the cost as required by Clarington Official Plan policies. On April 1, 2019 (PSD- 019-19) staff made the recommendation to proceed with the project, which was ratified by Council on April 8, 2019 (Resolution #C-135-19). 3.2 A Terms of Reference was created and agreed upon. The terms of reference outlines the process for the NVSP and Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines. The Terms of Reference includes descriptions of all the studies, reports, and outreach required as a part of this project. 3.3 The Landowners Group represents over 85% of the Secondary Plan area ownership. There is a mix of parcel sizes within the Secondary Plan area, including larger farm parcels, as well as residential, commercial and institutional properties. 3.4 Although the Municipality ultimately manages and directs the Secondary Plan process, the Terms of Reference for the plan included a Steering Committee to provide overall guidance and feedback to Municipal Staff. The Steering Committee includes staff from Clarington Planning and Engineering, the Region of Durham, Ganaraska Region Conservation Authority (GRCA), the Ministry of Transportation (MTO), local School Boards, two landowners, the landowner group representative, and the lead consultant for the Municipality. Page 44 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 5 3.5 As noted in the Terms of Reference for the Secondary Plan, the goal was to address these four Council priorities: Sustainability and Climate Change 3.5.1. Clarington Council adopted a sustainable, 'green lens' approach to development, known as the Priority Green Development Framework. Sustainable development principles and practices are incorporated into the Secondary Plan. The North Village Secondary Plan will address the criteria developed for Secondary Plans in Clarington's Green Development Program. Urban Design 3.5.2. New neighbourhoods, including North Village, will be designed to enhance the history and character of Clarington. Neighbourhoods are to be created with a sense of place, and all development should result in a high -quality aesthetic and design. Excellence in urban design has been addressed through elements such as building design and transition, complete streets, views, park connectivity, and active transportation, as well as the integration of green infrastructure. Affordable Housing 3.5.3. Council, through Official Plan policy, supports the provision of a variety of housing types, tenure and costs for people of all ages, abilities and income groups. Recommendations for policies are found in Clarington's Affordable Housing Toolkit. 3.5.4. The Clarington Official Plan encourages a minimum of 30% of all new housing built in Urban Areas to be affordable. The North Village Secondary Plan includes a minimum of 30% residential units to be provided towards affordable housing, which will assist the Municipality in achieving this target. Community Engagement 3.5.5. Clarington Council is committed to community consultation and engagement beyond the statutory requirements. The preparation of this Secondary Plan was and continues to be supported by a thorough public engagement strategy which includes a range of public consultation initiatives in order to share, consult, deliberate and collaborate with all stakeholders. These efforts are in addition to any statutory meeting requirements. Page 45 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Coordination of Initiatives Page 6 3.5.6 The following processes have been undertaken at the same time as the North Village Secondary Plan and have been incorporated into the study process: Environmental Assessment 3.5.7 An Environmental Assessment (EA) is required for all new or realigned major roads needed for the North Village Secondary Plan. As part of the Secondary Plan, an EA is being undertaken for two new collector roads and a separate EA project is currently being carried out for the realignment of Regional Road 17. 3.5.8 All public notices, communications and review periods have been designed to ensure that they conform to the requirements of both the Planning Act and Environmental Assessment Act. To avoid confusion and focus resources more effectively, this project is being undertaken using the `Integrated Approach' which jointly satisfies the requirements of both the Planning Act and the Environmental Assessment Act. Key public consultation elements of the EA process include: Notifications: All project notices demonstrate clear indication of the Integrated EA and Planning Act approach; Mandatory Consultation: Engagement with review agencies and the public regarding the problem/opportunity and alternative solutions is a key component for the EA process; and Completion: At study completion, a Notice is to be prepared advising agencies and the public of the study completion and the opportunity to review the project reporting. 3.6 In addition, yet concurrent with the Secondary Plan and above noted EA, a separate EA project is currently being carried out for the realignment of Regional Road 17, a Regional arterial road that bisects the study area. To accommodate the increase in traffic associated with the development of the NVSP area, the intersection of Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3 must be relocated approximately 300 metres to the east of its current location. 3.7 The Regional Road 17 EA evaluated options for the new alignment of the road and intersection options that will result in an improved condition for roads accessing Highway 35/115, a Provincial highway that is regulated by the Ministry of transportation. A Public Information Centre for the Regional Road 17 EA will be held in the near future to present the preferred realignment option. Indigenous Consultation Page 46 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 7 3.5.9 Both the Planning Act and the Environmental Assessment Act require consultation with Indigenous communities. Staff have provided background materials and copies of all notice material to each Indigenous community with rights and interests in the area. 4. The Secondary Plan Planning Process — Four Phases 4.1 There are four stages to the North Village Secondary Plan process (Figure 2). As provided in the draft Terms of Reference and further refined through the tender and award process, our lead Consultant, SvN Architects and Planners has summarized the planning process for this Secondary Plan into four phases: „ - Phase 3 Phase 4 Initial Public Input + Evaluation Criteria+ hi Emerging Land Use Plan . rDraft Secondary Plan I Technical Analysis Alternative Land Use Plans +ZoningBy-Law 0 Public Meeting Steering Committee Meeting 2021 2022 2023 Fall Winter Spring Summer Fall Winter Spring Summer 0 t • Public Public Information O Information Public Centre 4 Centre 2 Information March 30 November 18, Centre 3 (-) 2" June 8, 2022 _ Statutory Public Meeting Figure 2: Four Phases of the North Village Secondary Plan 4.2 The following sections generally describe the process that was undertaken to develop the North Village Secondary Plan. A sequence of events summary table is provided in Attachment 1 — Sequence of Events, for reference. Phase 1: Initial Public Input and Technical Analysis 4.3 The initial phase involved a detailed technical analysis of background information and creating a preliminary development proposal. Public Information Centre #1 4.4 The first Public Information Centre (PIC) was held on November 21 st, 2019. The initial PIC was to introduce the public to the project by defining the study area, the project process, and the study priorities. In total, 41 people attended the meeting, with the majority of the participants being residents of Newcastle. Page 47 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 8 4.5 The PIC was advertised in the Orono Times and Clarington This Week in the two weeks preceding the meeting; a notice was also posted on the Municipality's website, Planning Services e-Update and by email to people who had previously signed up for project updates. Every household within the NVSP area and within 300 metres received print notices in the mail. 4.6 Public feedback was received through informal one-to-one discussions with Municipal staff and project team members, public engagement activity (Figure 3) and by handing out feedback forms to the meeting attendees. Tell us what you think about: Urban Design Urban design is one of the five guiding priorities of the North Village Secondary Plan. The NVSP will support a high degree and character of Clarington. Which of the following elements do you consider important? Tell try by placing a stickerl of design excellence that will enhance the history Complete Streets Animated Open Spaces Compatible Built Form Public Art N • Expanded Mobility Networks Parks And Natural Landscapes Interactive Spaces Other Ideas, � • � � C�1'f1'61t711y } • • �' -' C • O f Nal Village Secondary Plan - Public Intormation Centre i .r • .... .. - .. I•irlliNgftM[ .SYnf / OMM A Foatpriet Figure 3: Public engagement activity on Urban Design from PIC #1 4.7 The PIC attendees were interested in learning about the timeline of the draft approved plans to the south of the subject area. People had general questions regarding the proposed land use and density for the site and the road realignment. The attendees were interested in understanding the next steps involved in the project, as well as any future opportunities to participate. There were significant concerns raised by the people outlining the lack of housing opportunities and amenity spaces for young population in Newcastle. 4.8 A PIC #1 summary report was prepared and is available on the project webpage. Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Public Information Centre #2 Page 9 4.9 The second PIC was held in a virtual format using Zoom, and in total, 31 people attended. The COVID-19 pandemic was declared in March 2020 as the project was in Phase 1. The project continued with virtual steering committee meetings, agency, and public communication. 4.10 The second Public Information Centre (PIC) was held on November 18t", 2021. The presentation made at the PIC included information on project timelines and a summary of background reports completed to date. The presentation also outlined the challenges and opportunities, as well as introduced the draft vision and guiding principles. Alternatives for the realignment of Regional Road 17 were shared as part of this PIC. 4.11 The PIC was advertised in the same format as PIC#1. Notice was also sent to commenting agencies and Indigenous communities. 4.12 A PIC #2 summary report was prepared to detail public engagement and feedback received and is available on the project webpage. Background Studies 4.13 Detailed background studies were also completed during Phase 1 of the project. These studies include the following: • Land Use Planning Policy Review; • Archeological Assessment; • Transportation Impact Study; • Master Servicing Report; • Sustainability Background Report; • Agricultural Impact Assessment; • Natural Environment Report; • Cultural Heritage Report; and • Market Impact Analysis. A Phase 1 Summary Report has been prepared and is available for review on the project webpage. Phase 2: Evaluation Criteria and Alternative Land Use Plans 4.14 Based upon the results of Phase 1 and leading up to PIC#3, the consultants prepared three preliminary land use alternatives for the NVSP area. Public Information Centre #3 Page 49 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 10 4.15 The third PIC was held virtually on June 8t", 2022. The meeting provided individuals with a project update and aimed to share and seek feedback on the three alternative land use plans for the NVSP area. 4.16 Approximately 34 people attended the meeting, which included a project update, presentation on the three land use alternatives and update on the Regional Road 17 Environmental Assessment, including alignment and cross-section alternatives. 4.17 The presentation was followed by a question -and -answer period, where participants could submit questions in writing, and a panel including Clarington staff and the consultant team responded. 4.18 In addition to the PIC#3 summary report, a copy of the presentation material and a video recording, with subtitles, of the PIC are posted to the project webpage. 4.19 Following PIC#3, the Municipality launched an online survey to generate additional feedback. Phase 3: Emerging Land Use Plan 4.20 Based on the evaluation of the three alternative land use plans, and the comments received from the Steering Committee and the public, an emerging plan use plan and policy directions were created. Public Information Centre #4 4.21 The fourth PIC was held on March 30, 2023, to share the emerging land use plan and policy directions with the public for feedback. Polling questions were asked throughout the presentation on the location of the Neighbourhood Centre, live -work units, location of parks and programming, and distribution of low and medium -density housing. 4.22 A copy of PIC #4 presentation and video of the PIC are posted to the project webpage. Phase 4: Draft Secondary Plan and Zoning By-law Amendment 4.23 The intent of Phase 4 of the process is to focus on the finalization of the Secondary Plan. This includes the Statutory Public Meeting and Recommendation Report. In this phase, the supporting technical documents will be finalized, and the preparation of the implementing zoning by-law will take place. 4.24 The Statutory Public Meeting allows the public to formally comment on the draft Official Plan Amendment, including the draft Secondary Plan and Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, as well as the implementing Zoning By-law Amendment. It is important to note that any comments received, either verbally during the Public Meeting, or submitted in writing to staff, since the release of the draft documents, will be outlined in the Recommendation Report. Page 50 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Notice — Statutory Public Meeting Page 11 4.25 Notice for the Statutory Public Meeting for the North Village Secondary Plan was provided in accordance with the Planning Act. A Notice of Statutory Public Meeting was mailed to the landowners located in and within 300 metres of the NVSP area. The Notice of Public Meeting was also sent by mail to the Region of Durham, the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing, and all other commenting agencies. All draft and supporting documents were posted to the project webpage by June 7, 2023. 4.26 Communications has promoted the Statutory Public Meeting and posted the Notice on the Municipal website and social media. Three Notices advertising the Public Meeting were placed in both the Orono Times and Clarington This Week during the weeks of May 31, June 14, and June 21. The Notice of Statutory Public Meeting stated that the draft materials would be available for review on June 7, 2023. 4.27 All registered interested parties were emailed the Notice of Public Meeting on June 2, 2023. An update email to advise that the draft documents were posted on the webpage was sent on June 8, 2023. 4.28 In addition to receiving a Notice of Public Meeting, external agencies and internal departments have been requested to provide their comments regarding the Draft Secondary Plan and Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines. These comments, as well as public comments, will assist staff in preparing a Recommendation Report. 5. The Draft Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, and Zoning By-law 5.1 The Clarington Official Plan Amendment (Attachment 2) will add the North Village Secondary Plan (Attachment 3) and its Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines (Attachment 4) to the Clarington Official Plan. 5.2 The Zoning By-law Amendment (Attachment 5) accompanies the Draft Secondary Plan and will amend Clarington's Zoning By-law 84-63. Draft Secondary Plan 5.3 The North Village Secondary Plan (Attachment 3) is envisioned to create a neighbourhood with an estimated population of approximately 2,800 residents, with approximately 1,100 units in a variety of low- and medium -density housing forms. Approximately 110 jobs are anticipated to be generated by new small-scale commercial uses in the Neighbourhood Centre, and in a future elementary school. A Mixed -Use Neighbourhood Centre will be the heart of the neighbourhood, animated and anchored by a school, a public park, and small-scale shops and services (see Figure 4). The Neighbourhood Centre will also have a public square. Page 51 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 12 Schedule - Land Use, Parks & Transportation LEGEND North Village Secondary Plan Area Low density Residential 8ladiun denrity Residential _ WDD9-d Use Area _ Neighbouhocd Park - Parketle -- Naighbourfraod Centre Buffer ' Highway Commercial _ Reservoir and Pupping Station { Sd DA Arterial Road Colleclor Road ---- Local Road Bice Route Muth -We Path s Gateway 3ti ProminentInbanaacbDn 1 The location of the collector road inberrecbDn with Regional Road 17 is €oncepbial only and will be refined based on road safety considerations including right distance and intersection specinWgaometric. dlerign requirements. Figure 4: Schedule A - Land Use, Parks, and Transportation Page 52 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 13 5.4 The area's major roads are a defining feature of North Village that serve as the boundaries of the Plan area as well as important transportation routes for getting to and from the neighbourhood. These streets will feature landscaping, active transportation facilities, an attractive built form, and connections to the interior of the neighbourhood. 5.5 The following principles further articulate the vision and outline key objectives that form part of the basis for the Secondary Plan's policies: • A Livable Neighbourhood, that is home to individuals and families of all ages, abilities, incomes and household sizes. The neighbourhood is anchored by community amenities, services, and places for connection that support a sense of well-being and neighbourliness. • A Connected Neighbourhood, with streets, sidewalks, and multi -use paths providing a range of options for travelling through the neighbourhood and beyond. Safe travel to neighbourhood destinations such as schools and parks on foot or by bicycle, as well as future regular transit, provides connections to the larger region. • A Beautiful and Inviting Neighbourhood, where residents can enjoy a variety of open spaces, connected by a beautiful and functional public realm. The design of buildings is varied but still cohesive and feels like a natural extension of the older parts of Newcastle. • Resilient Neighbourhood, that proactively responds to the impacts of a changing climate by employing green design and construction practices and minimizing consumption of energy and water. Social resilience is strengthened through the provision of a range of housing options and buildings that can be adapted over time to respond to changing needs. A Unique, Newcastle Neighbourhood, that celebrates the community's rural heritage and connection to the landscape that surrounds it. An engaged community, residents of North Village will continue to shape the future of the neighbourhood together. 5.6 The NVSP area includes the following structuring elements to achieve the Plan's vision, principles, and objectives: • Neighbourhood Centre • Gateway and Prominent Intersections • Residential Areas • Parks and Open Spaces • School Page 53 Municipality of Clarington Page 14 Report PDS-043-23 Figure 5: 3D Demonstration Plan of the Neighbourhood Centre 5.7 A Neighbourhood Centre will be located around the intersection of Street A and Street B, as shown on Schedule A. The Neighbourhood Centre (Figure 5) is the focal point of the neighbourhood, a hub of activity with a concentration of retail and public uses in a pedestrian -oriented main street format along Street A and Street B, complemented by adjacent Medium -Density Residential, a park and a school. 5.8 Gateways are key locations that are to be designed to serve as landmarks highlighting arrival into the Municipality or a transition from the rural to urban area. These gateways are located at Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3, and Street B and Arthur Street. Prominent intersections are intersections that function as community focal points, where there is a cluster of civic uses and where built form and special architectural and landscaping elements serve to emphasize the significance of the intersection. Prominent intersections are located at Regional Road 17 and Street A, and Street A and Street B. 5.9 The residential areas make up the majority of the Secondary Plan Area and include the Low Density Residential and Medium Density Residential designations. Other compatible uses, including small-scale service and neighbourhood retail commercial uses and home -based occupations are also permitted. Page 54 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 15 5.10 An elementary school is located central to the North Village Neighbourhood to support walkability. It is within the Neighbourhood Centre and adjacent to a neighbourhood park to create an activity node, and to provide opportunities for the sharing of facilities. 5.11 The parks and open space system includes neighbourhood parks, parkettes, a public square, multi -use paths (MUPs) and mid -block connections. A neighbourhood park is planned adjacent to the school site to provide for co -located and expanded recreational programs that can be used by residents after school hours. Mid -block connections and MUPs provide additional travel routes through the neighbourhood for active transportation. 5.12 The NVSP includes affordable housing strategies to contribute to the Municipality of Clarington's goal for thirty (30) percent affordable housing for all new development in Urban Areas. The Plan requires a payment of $1,000 per residential unit to the Municipality for affordable housing. 5.13 The Plan also focuses on mitigating negative impacts and establishes the framework for a low -carbon, resilient community by including sustainable development and urban design policies that ensure a healthy, vibrant, and sustainable community. Draft Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines 5.14 The purpose of the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines (Attachment 4) is to provide additional guidance and details to guide the implementation of the policy framework of the Secondary Plan through community design, mobility planning, built form and public realm design. The guidelines provide a suite of proactive and forward -thinking design considerations. 5.15 While the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines are intended as a reference, they indicate the Municipality of Clarington's expectations with respect to the character, quality, and form of development in the Secondary Plan area. The Guidelines also provide the Municipality with an objective, consistent evaluation framework to assess future development applications. Draft Zoning By -Law 5.16 The Draft Zoning By-law (Attachment 5) implements the Secondary Plan by providing zone categories and zoning standards, such as setbacks, height and transition, that reflect the policies and vision of the NVSP. The Draft Zoning By-law is subject to further refinement as the project progresses. Page 55 Municipality of Clarington Page 16 Report PDS-043-23 6. Conformity with Provincial Legislation Planning Act 6.1 The Planning Act is Provincial legislation that sets out the framework and rules for land use planning in Ontario. According to Section 22 of the Planning Act, secondary plans are part of the official plan, added by way of an amendment. Secondary plans contain policies and land use designations that apply to multiple contiguous parcels of land, but not an entire municipality, and that provide more detailed land use policy direction in respect of those parcels than was provided before the amendment. 6.2 The Planning Act also establishes requirements for parkland dedication and community benefits charges. The standard rate for residential development is 5% of the land area. As part of Bill 23, More Homes Built Faster Act 2022, the alternative parkland dedication rate was modified from one hectare for each 300 units to one hectare for each 600 net residential units if land is taken. For cash -in -lieu, the new alternative calculation is the cash value of one hectare for each 1,000 net residential units. The maximum amount of land that can be conveyed or paid as cash -in -lieu is subject to a cap of fifteen per cent of the land for lands with a total net developable area of over five hectares. 6.3 Based on the assumed residential densities for the NVSP, it is estimated that at full build - out, the neighbourhood will contain 1,100 residential units. It is estimated that 1,100 units will yield approximately 2.63ha of parkland. It is also important to note that the two subdivisions to the south will also be contributing 2.92ha of parkland into the NVSP area, for a total of 5.5ha. Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 6.4 The Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) lays out the Province's overarching direction on matters related to land use planning and development. It includes policies which emphasize the importance of efficient development and land use patterns, conserving the natural environment, and contributing to long-term economic prosperity for the Province. It promotes healthy, livable and safe communities and the creation of public spaces and recreational facilities which foster social interaction and community connectivity. 6.5 The PPS focuses growth and development within urban and rural settlement areas and promotes the coordination of planning for growth with the necessary hard and soft infrastructure. Municipalities are directed to provide an appropriate mix of housing options and densities to meet the needs of future and current residents in regard to both market - based and affordable housing. 6.6 The PPS also directs Municipalities to accommodate growth in a more compact form and ensuring the realization of this compact form through the establishment of appropriate Page 56 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 17 development standards. The PPS encourages a sense of place through the promotion of well -designed built form as a means of promoting long-term economic prosperity. 6.7 The North Village Secondary Plan is consistent with the PPS. The Plan provides for the creation of a strong, resilient, and complete community, with a mix of uses to meet the daily needs of its residents. Through providing a mix of uses, and variety of housing types, connected through an integrated road and pedestrian network, the Secondary Plan is in line with the objectives of the PPS. The Secondary Plan includes policies requiring adequate parks and public spaces, with connections via public streets, the introduction of new public roads and gateways to allow for better circulation within the site, and sustainable design guidelines that promote energy efficient and resilient development. A Place to Grow - Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe, 2020 6.8 The Province sets the framework for land use planning in municipalities within the Greater Golden Horseshoe through the A Place to Grow - Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe (Growth Plan), which establishes a vision and supporting policies for managing growth within the region to 2051. In setting out a vision to manage growth, the Growth Plan emphasizes the creation of a compact built form through the intensification of lands within already built-up areas. 6.9 The majority of the NVSP Area is within the 'designated greenfield area'. Designated greenfield areas are lands within settlement areas that have been designated in an Official Plan for development and are required to accommodate forecasted population and employment growth. They are called "greenfield" because they are typically agricultural areas on the urban fringe. The Growth Plan states that designated greenfield areas should be planned to meet a specified minimum density target, and designed in a manner that supports the achievement of complete communities, facilitates active transportation, and encourages the integration and sustained viability of transit services. 6.10 The achievement of complete communities is the first guiding principle listed in the Growth Plan. Complete communities should be designed to support healthy and active living and meet people's needs for daily living throughout an entire lifetime. Complete communities should also be planned to mitigate and adapt to climate change by promoting integrated green infrastructure and low -impact development practices. Development within complete communities should be of a high quality, compact built form with an attractive and vibrant public realm. 6.11 The Growth Plan directs municipalities to plan for a diverse range and mix of housing options, including secondary units and affordable housing, and to provide housing and amenities for people from all walks of life and incomes. 6.12 The North Village Secondary Plan conforms to the Growth Plan. The Plan is designed to achieve the minimum density target of 50 residents and jobs per hectare. It provides the Page 57 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-043-23 Page 18 framework for a complete community that achieves Provincial objectives related to sustainability and climate change, urban design, and housing affordability. 7. Official Plans Durham Region Official Plan 7.1 The Durham Region Official Plan (ROP) guides growth and change within the Region. It sets out a framework for managing growth in an orderly fashion and creating healthy and complete, sustainable communities. The Region is currently in the process of updating the ROP to conform to the 2020 Growth Plan, however the new plan is not yet in force. The recommended ROP was adopted by Regional Council on May 17, 2023. It is currently waiting for approval by the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing under Sections 17 and 26 of the Planning Act. 7.2 The NVSP falls within the Urban Area as identified by both the current and the new Durham Region Official Plan. Both set out a framework for managing growth in an orderly fashion and creating healthy and complete, sustainable communities. The current ROP sets out population and job projections for all of the lower -tier municipalities to the year 2031. The new ROP allocates population and jobs to all lower -tier municipalities to the year 2051. The new ROP estimates that Clarington will have a total population of 221,020 people, as well as 70,320 jobs, by 2051. The majority of these people and jobs will be in the urban areas of Courtice, Bowmanville, and Newcastle. 7.3 The current Durham Region Official Plan designates the lands as "Living Areas" in Schedule `A' Regional Structures. Living Areas are predominantly for housing purposes and should be developed to incorporate a wide variety of housing types, sizes and tenures. Limited non-residential development is permitted in Living Areas, as a component of mixed -use developments. Living Areas should be developed in a compact built form, in a manner that supports access to public transit. The new OP designates the land as "Community Areas" in Map 1 Regional Structure — Urban and Rural Systems. Community Areas are to be planned for a variety of housing types, sizes and tenures within connected neighbourhoods that include population -servicing uses, such as commercial, retail, institutional and office uses, provided these uses are appropriately located and compatible with their surroundings. 7.4 Regional Road 17 is identified as a Type B Arterial Road and a Regional Transit Spine according to Map C of the current ROP. Type B Arterials primarily serve inter- and intra- municipal trips and have a 30 to 36 metre right-of-way. Arthur Street is a Type C Arterial, and Concession Road 3 is a Type B/C Arterial. Type C Arterial Roads primarily serve intra-municipal trips and have a 26 to 30 metre right-of-way. The new ROP also identifies Regional Road 17 as a part of the priority transit network on Map 3A, and contains the same road classification for Regional Road 17, Concession Road 3 and Arthur Street. Page 58 Municipality of Clarington Page 19 Report PDS-043-23 7.5 The NVSP conforms to the current and new Region of Durham Official Plan. The implementation of the Secondary Plan will ensure sequential and orderly development, full municipal water and sanitary sewer systems of the area, transportation for all modes is available, a range of housing is provided, and a diverse mix of land uses. The Secondary Plan contemplates a compact built form for the area, with the most intensive forms of development along arterial roads and within the neighbourhood centre. The Secondary Plan will be developed with high regard for environmental sustainability and climate resilience. Clarington Official Plan 7.6 The Clarington Official Plan (OP) provides a vision for future growth and development of the Municipality to the year 2031, in conformity with the Regional Official Plan. The Municipality of Clarington Official Plan was updated in 2018 based on the key principles of sustainable development, healthy communities, and growth management. 7.7 The NVSP area is identified as `Greenfield' and `Built Up Area' within the urban structure of the Municipality of Clarington. Any development within the Greenfield areas must contribute to the achievement of the minimum density target of 50 residents and jobs per hectare applied across all Greenfield lands in the Municipality. 7.8 The NVSP area is designated as Urban Residential in the Clarington OP according to Map A4 — Land Use. The predominant use of lands designated Urban Residential shall be used for housing purposes. Other uses may be permitted, which by the nature of their activity, scale and design, and location, are supportive of, and compatible with residential uses. The NVSP area contains a 'Neighbourhood Centre' designation, which serve as focal points for residential neighbourhoods and provides a range of retail and service uses to meet day-to-day needs. The Land Use Map also contains a school symbol within the NVSP area. The Peterborough, Victoria, Northumberland and Clarington Catholic School Board (PVNCC) has expressed an interest in a new catholic elementary school within the NVSP area. 7.9 Chapter 5 of the Clarington OP contains policies related to urban design and sustainability, with the goal of achieving greater sustainability through community, site, and building design practices. Important sustainable design principles include walkability, land efficiency, compact and connected communities, managing resources and energy efficiency, and putting the environment first. The Clarington OP also encourages sustainable design practices, including green infrastructure and green building design. 7.10 The Clarington OP encourages a minimum of 30% of all new housing to be affordable. Alternative forms of housing are permitted and supported by the Official Plan, including accessory units, and assisted and special needs housing. Page 59 Municipality of Clarington Page 20 Report PDS-043-23 7.11 The NVSP reflects the direction in the Clarington Official Plan. The NVSP area is predominately designated residential, however, it incudes a Neighbourhood Centre which will serve as a focal point for the residential neighbourhood and provide a range of retail and service uses to meet day to day needs. The Neighbourhood Centre is planned around a Prominent Intersection which will be the focal point for activity in the area. The Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines and the recommended zoning standards also conform to the Clarington Official Plan. Priority Green 7.12 The North Village Secondary Plan will guide development to meet the standards outlined in the Priority Green framework. This will include energy efficiency and sustainability in building design and construction and consideration for renewable/alternative energy systems. 7.13 The alignments of new higher -order roads will support an interconnected and walkable street network, and policies encourage shorter block lengths and additional pedestrian linkages where needed to create direct and continuous pedestrian routes throughout the neighbourhood. Parks, stormwater management facilities, and development adjacent to natural heritage features will use low -impact development strategies (LIDs), naturalized landscaping and vegetation to maintain or enhance the nearby natural features. Policies encourage stormwater run-off mitigation through landscaping strategies and the use of LIDs, including permeable surfaces. 7.14 A linear green space is proposed that incorporates a trail connection as a buffer to the highway. 7.15 The Secondary Plan requires all development in North Village to meet high standards for energy efficiency and sustainability in building design and construction. It shall incorporate energy, water and waste conservation measures. Integrating indigenous and pollinator -friendly species into the development. 8. Public Comments 8.1 Public comments and feedback were collected throughout the Secondary Plan process. All comments received to date have contributed to the draft Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines and accompanying zoning regulations. Public comments received on the draft documents will contribute to the next version of the documents. 8.2 A summary of all public comments will be provided in the subsequent recommendation report. Page 60 Municipality of Clarington Page 21 Report PDS-043-23 9. Agency and Departmental Comments 9.1 Notice of Statutory Public Meeting and the request for comments was provided to the Agencies in early June. Agencies normally require a minimum of four weeks to provide comments on large documents such as a Secondary Plan. To date, agencies have reviewed background reports, draft land use options and various iterations of the preferred land use plan. We anticipate receiving formal comments from the agencies as we move closer to the Recommendation Report. The Municipality will not proceed with a Recommendation Report to Council without first ensuring that all commenting agencies have provided their input. 9.2 Municipal staff from Planning and Infrastructure Services, the Region of Durham, Ganaraska Region Conservation Authority (GRCA), the Ministry of Transportation (MTO), local School Boards, two landowners, the landowner group representative, and the lead consultant for the Municipality are members of the NVSP steering committee. The steering committee has been integral to the process, including providing direction on the technical background reports and early land use concepts, as well as providing early comments on a first draft of the Secondary Plan and associated documents. 10. Financial Considerations 10.1 Cost recovery agreements with the North Village Landowner Group require that the landowners pay 100 per cent of the preparation costs for the Secondary Plan. 11. Concurrence 11.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer. 12. Conclusion 12.1 The purpose of this report is to provide an overview of the planning process for the North Village Secondary Plan and Integrated Environmental Assessment (EA), including initiation of the plan, the planning policy framework, public engagement and comments, as well as agency comments received to date for the Public Meeting. 12.2 After extensive consultation with agencies, stakeholders and the public, the draft NVSP and accompanying zoning regulations have been prepared and released for Council, agency and public review. Following this Public Meeting, the draft documents will be further revised based on the comments received. 12.3 Staff will continue to process and prepare a subsequent Recommendation Report. A final version of the Secondary Plan, Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, and zoning regulations will be presented to Council in the future. Page 61 Municipality of Clarington Page 22 Report PDS-043-23 12.4 When adopted, the Official Plan Amendment will be forwarded to the Region of Durham for approval. Part of the Region of Durham review includes circulation of the Amendment to agencies and the Province for their comments. The Region will issue a Notice of Decision regarding the Amendment, and the 20-day appeal period will commence. If there are no appeals to the Region's Decision on OPA, it will come into full force and effect. The noted OPA approval authority and process may be subject to change due to future legislation changes. Staff Contact: Emily Corsi, Senior Planner, 905-623-3379 ext. 2428 or ecorsi(@clarington.net, Lisa Backus, Manager of Community Planning, 905-623-3379 ext. 2409 or Ibackus(a-).clarington.net, Shrija Vora, Planner II, 905-623-3379 ext. 2426 or svora(a)_clarington. net Attachments: Attachment 1 — Sequence of Events Attachment 2 — Draft Official Plan Amendment Attachment 3 — Draft Secondary Plan Attachment 4 — Draft Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines Attachment 5 — Draft Zoning By-law Amendment Attachment 6 — Summary of Technical Background Reports Interested Parties: List of Interested Parties available from Department. Page 62 Attachment 1 to Report PDS-043-23 Sequence of Events Summary — North Village Secondary Plan 2019 Event March 2019 Request received from landowner group to initiate the North Village Secondary Plan April 1, 2019 Public Meeting - North Village Secondary Plan Initiation April 8, 2019 Council authorization to initiate the North Village Secondary Plan September 2019 SvN Architects + Planners awarded the contract October 25, 2019 Landowners Group Kick-off Meeting & Site Visit November 6, 2019 Notice of Commencement for EAs November 21, 2019 Public Information Centre #1 2020 Event February 27, 2020 Steering Committee Meeting #2 April 08, 2020 Steering Committee Meeting #3 2021 Event November 18, 2021 Public Information Centre #2 2022 Event January 26, 2022 Steering Committee Meeting #4 April 14, 2022 Steering Committee Meeting #5 June 8, 2022 Public Information Centre #3 2023 Event March 2, 2023 Steering Committee Meeting #6 March 30, 2023 Public Information Centre #4 April 13, 2023 Materials from PIC #4 available for public comment by April 27, 2023 May 3, 2023 Steering Committee Meeting #7 May 31 and June 1, 2023 Notice of Statutory Public Meeting (posted in Orono Times and Clarington This Week newspapers) June 2, 2023 Agencies Request for Comment June 2, 2023 Interested Parties emailed Notice of Statutory Public Meeting Page 63 June 6, 2023 Notice of Statutory Public Meeting mailed to properties in the Secondary Plan area and within 300m June 7, 2023 EA commenting agencies and indigenous communities notified of Statutory Public Meeting June 7, 2023 Draft materials; Official Plan Amendment, Secondary Plan, Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines, and Draft Zoning By-law Amendment, available on project webpage June 8, 2023 Interested Parties notified of draft documents available on project webpage for public comment by July 18, 2023 June 14, 15, 21 & Newspaper advertisements of Statutory Public Meeting 22, 2023 June 22, 2023 Staff Report and Public Meeting presentation available June 27, 2023 Statutory Public Meeting Page 64 Attachment 2 to Report PDS-043-23 Draft AMENDMENT NO.133 TO THE CLARINGTON OFFICIAL PLAN PURPOSE: The purpose of this Amendment is to create a planning framework that will facilitate the development of a complete community in the North Village Secondary Plan area. This Secondary Plan, including Urban design and Sustainable Development Guidelines, will facilitate the development of a sustainable, livable, and inclusive community in the Secondary Plan area. Although predominantly residential, the Secondary Plan area will feature a mix and intensity of uses that allow many needs to be met locally, while also having access to broader amenities. This initiative complements the Official Plan principle of promoting higher densities, and mix of uses, and the principles of promoting a diversity of housing types and tenures, as well as sustainable design throughout the Secondary Plan area. LOCATION: This Amendment applies to a 51-ha area bounded by Concession Road 3 to the north, Arthur Street to the east, and Highway 35/115 to the west. The subject lands are located at the north corner of the Newcastle urban area boundary. Approximately one-third of the area contains natural features. Regional Road 17 is the main north -south arterial through the area. Existing residential uses, a place of worship and a fast-food restaurant are located on the west side of Regional Road 17. A future residential neighbourhood will be located to the south. BASIS: In 2019, the North Village Landowners Group (which represents most of the currently undeveloped lands in the secondary plan area), committed to covering 100% of the costs of the update. In April 2019, staff recommended that the Municipality proceed with initiating the North Village Secondary Plan. The recommendation was approved by Council, and the North Village Secondary Plan was initiated with the engagement of SvN Architects + Planners in September 2019. This Amendment is based upon the study team's analysis and an extensive public consultation process which included open -house -style Public Information Centres in November 2019 and November 2021, June 2022, and a fourth Public Information Centre in March 2023. Page 65 The background reports below highlighted key challenges and opportunities for the North Village Secondary Plan area and provided some direction to the policies. The list of reports is as follows: • Agricultural Impact Assessment • Stage 1 Archaeological Assessment • Cultural Heritage Report • Natural Environment Report • Phase 1 Existing Conditions Master Servicing Report • Phase 1 Existing Conditions Transportation Report • Sustainability Background Report • Planning Rationale • Land Use Alternatives Summary Report • Draft Transportation Needs Report • Draft Master Servicing Report ACTUAL AMENDMENT: 1. Existing Part VI, Section 3 `General Policies for Secondary Plans' is hereby amended, to include the North Village Secondary Plan,as follows: "3. Secondary Plans have been prepared for the following areas: a) Bowmanville East Town Centre; b) Bowmanville West Town Centre; c) Courtice Main Street; d) Newcastle Village Main Central Area; e) Port Darlington Neighbourhood; f) Bayview; g) Clarington Energy Business Park; h) Brookhill Neighbourhood; i) Clarington Technology Business Park; j) Foster Northwest; k) Southeast Courtice; 1) Wilmot Creek Neighbourhood; and m) North Village." 2. Existing Part Six Secondary Plans is amended by adding a new Secondary Plan to Part Six as follows: Page 66 Attachment 3 to Report PDS-043-23 North Village Secondary Plan Municipality of Clarington Draft May 2023 Contents 1 Introduction................................................................................................................ 4 2 Objectives & Principles.............................................................................................. 5 2.1 Objectives............................................................................................................ 5 2.2 Principles & Objectives........................................................................................ 5 3 Community Structure.................................................................................................. 6 3.1 Neighbourhood Centre......................................................................................... 6 3.2 Gateway and Prominent Intersections.................................................................. 7 3.3 Residential Areas................................................................................................. 7 3.4 Parks and Open Space........................................................................................ 8 3.5 Schools................................................................................................................ 8 4 The Environment and Sustainability........................................................................... 8 4.1 Objectives............................................................................................................ 8 4.2 Sustainable Design and Climate Change............................................................. 8 4.3 Water Conservation and Management................................................................. 9 4.4 Energy Generation and Conservation.................................................................. 9 4.5 Urban Forest and Native Plantings.................................................................... 10 4.6 Local Food Production....................................................................................... 11 5 Creating Vibrant Urban Places................................................................................. 11 5.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 11 5.2 General Policies................................................................................................. 11 1 Page 67 5.3 Placemaking and the Public Realm.................................................................... 11 5.4 Gateways and Prominent Intersections.............................................................. 12 5.5 Building Siting and Design................................................................................. 13 5.6 Neighbourhood Centre....................................................................................... 13 5.7 Public Square.................................................................................................... 14 5.8 Parking, Loading and Mechanical Structures...................................................... 14 6 Encouraging Housing Diversity................................................................................. 16 6.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 16 6.2 General Policies................................................................................................. 16 7 Mobility and Streets................................................................................................. 17 7.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 17 7.2 Transportation Network...................................................................................... 17 7.3 Roads................................................................................................................ 20 7.4 Arterial Roads.................................................................................................... 20 7.5 Collector Roads.................................................................................................. 21 7.6 Local Roads....................................................................................................... 21 7.7 Rear Lanes........................................................................................................ 22 7.8 Mid -Block Connections...................................................................................... 22 7.9 Active Transportation......................................................................................... 23 7.10 Public Transit..................................................................................................... 24 8 Parks and Community Facilities................................................................................ 24 8.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 24 8.2 Parks................................................................................................................. 24 8.3 Privately Owned Publicly -Accessible Spaces ..................................................... 25 8.4 Elementary School............................................................................................. 25 9 Land Use................................................................................................................. 26 2 Page 68 9.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 26 9.2 General Policies................................................................................................. 26 9.3 Mixed Use..........................................................................................................27 9.4 Medium Density Residential............................................................................... 28 9.5 Low Density Residential..................................................................................... 28 10 Servicing ..................................................................................................................29 10.1 Objectives.......................................................................................................... 29 10.2 Municipal Services............................................................................................. 29 10.3 Stormwater Management and Low Impact Development .................................... 30 10.4 Utilities............................................................................................................... 31 10.5 Water Reservoir and Pumping Station............................................................... 31 11 Implementation and Interpretation............................................................................. 31 11.1 Implementation.................................................................................................. 31 11.2 Existing Uses..................................................................................................... 33 11.3 Interpretation............................................................................ SCHEDULE A — Land Use, Transportation, Parks and Open Space APPENDIX A — Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines 3 Page 69 1 Introduction The North Village Secondary Plan area is located on the northern edge of the Village of Newcastle, an urban settlement area centered on Durham Highway 2 (King Avenue) and Regional Road 17 (Mill Street). The Village of Newcastle is one of four urban areas in the Municipality of Clarington, the easternmost municipality in the Region of Durham. The Secondary Plan area is bound by Concession Road 3 to the north, Arthur Street to the east, and Highway 35/115 to the west. A residential neighbourhood is located to the south. It is approximately 51 hectares (127 acres) in area and is mostly being used for agriculture today. On the west side of Regional Road 17, there are existing residential uses, a place of worship, and a fast food restaurant. The lands are designated as Urban Residential in the Clarington Official Plan and are intended to be used primarily for housing. A secondary plan is required to facilitate the development of North Village, establishing a forward -thinking framework for a complete community that supports residents in living healthy, low -carbon lives in a walkable neighbourhood that complements the existing small-town character of Newcastle. The North Village Secondary Plan ("this Plan") is based on the latest Provincial, Regional, and local planning policies including the Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe (2021), the Durham Region Official Plan (2006) and the Clarington Official Plan (2018) ("the Clarington Official Plan"). It has been prepared to guide growth in a logical, efficient, and fiscally responsible manner. This Plan includes several technical studies and is rooted in four priorities identified by Clarington's Council: • Excellence in urban design • A mix of housing options including affordable housing • Resilience to the impacts of a changing climate • A comprehensive community engagement program The Secondary Plan area ("the Plan area") is anticipated to achieve a planned population of approximately 2,800 residents, with approximately 1,100 units in a variety of low- and medium -density housing forms. Approximately 110 jobs are anticipated to be generated by new small-scale commercial uses in the Neighbourhood Centre, and in a future elementary school. Development proposals within the Plan area will adhere to this Plan, ensuring that North Village achieves the vision and guiding principles formulated during the secondary planning process with input from key stakeholders and the Newcastle community. This Plan is complemented by Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines ("the Guidelines") that are attached as Appendix A, which provide direction for its implementation. Page 70 4 2 Objectives & Principles 2.1 Objectives North Village is a vibrant neighbourhood that is open to all, at all stages of their life. Walkable and welcoming, it reflects the rich spirit of the Newcastle community. Its design reflects some of the most treasured characteristics of the Village, including walkable streets and great parks. A Mixed Use Neighbourhood Centre will be the heart of the neighbourhood, animated and anchored by a school, a public park, and small-scale shops and services. The Neighbourhood Centre will also have a public square which can be used for community events. The area's major roads are a defining feature of North Village that serve as the boundaries of the Plan area as well as important transportation routes for getting to and from. They will feature landscaping, active transportation facilities, an attractive built form, and connections to the interior of the neighbourhood. Despite the presence of these major roads, walking, cycling and transit will be attractive and viable alternatives to the car for residents of North Village. A high -quality neighbourhood design with attractive and inviting public places including parks and a public square will encourage people to get outside and spend time with their neighbours. This Plan includes affordable housing strategies to contribute to the Municipality of Clarington's goal for a thirty (30) percent affordable housing for all new development in Urban Areas. In this way, it is ensuring that North Village is an inclusive community. The North Village Secondary Plan includes measurable targets to move towards a net zero neighbourhood that is resilient to the impacts of climate change. 2.2 Principles & Objectives The following principles further articulate the vision and outline key objectives that form part of the basis for the Secondary Plan's policies: 2.2.1 A Livable Neighbourhood, that is home to individuals and families of all ages, abilities, incomes and household sizes. The neighbourhood is anchored by community amenities, services, and places for connection that support a sense of well-being and neighbourliness. 2.2.2 A Connected Neighbourhood, with streets, sidewalks, and multi -use paths providing a range of options for traveling through the neighbourhood and beyond. Safe travel to neighbourhood destinations such as schools and parks on foot or by bicycle, as well as future regular transit provides connections to the larger region. 2.2.3 A Beautiful and Inviting Neighbourhood, where residents can enjoy a variety of open spaces, connected by a beautiful and functional public realm. The design of buildings is varied but still cohesive, and feels like a natural extension of the older parts of the Village of Newcastle. Page 71 5 2.2.4 A Resilient Neighbourhood, that proactively responds to the impacts of a changing climate employing green design and construction practices and minimizing consumption of energy and water. Social resilience is strengthened through the provision of a range of housing options and buildings that can be adapted over time to respond to changing needs. 2.2.5 A Unique, Newcastle Neighbourhood, that celebrates the community's rural heritage and connection to the landscape that surrounds it. An engaged community, residents of North Village will continue to shape the future of the neighbourhood together. 3 Community Structure The community structure for North Village establishes a distribution of land uses and intensities of development to achieve this Plan's vision, principles & objectives. North Village's key components and structure includes: - Neighbourhood Centre - Gateway & Prominent Intersections - Residential Areas - Parks & Open Space - Schools 3.1 Neighbourhood Centre 3.1.1 A Neighbourhood Centre will be provided around the intersection of Street A and Street B, as shown on Schedule A. The Neighbourhood Centre is the focal point of the neighbourhood, a hub of activity with a concentration of retail and public uses in a pedestrian -oriented main street format along Street A and Street B, complemented by adjacent Medium -Density Residential, a Park and a school. 3.1.2 The Neighbourhood Centre is centrally located so it is accessible to all residents of North Village, as well as the neighbourhoods to the south. It will feature an attractive, welcoming, and high -quality public realm that encourages people to linger. A public square will serve as an additional community gathering place. 3.1.3 The Neighbourhood Centre partially captures the Neighbourhood Park and School site, which define the two corners of the Prominent Intersection opposite to the Mixed Use Area. They serve as civic and recreational anchors and activity nodes for the Neighbourhood Centre. 3.1.4 The Neighbourhood Centre also includes a Mixed Use Area which serves as a "mini Main Street" for North Village, with a range of small-scale retail and service uses. Buildings provide a continuous streetwall with active ground floor uses. Above the ground floor, the buildings may contain residential or non-residential uses up to a Page 72 6 height of six (6) storeys. 3.1.5 Surrounding the Mixed Use Area, the Medium Density Residential area provides a transition in scale and activity, with a mix of residential buildings up to six (6) storeys in height, small-scale institutional uses such as long-term care, and street -oriented live -work units. 3.2 Gateway and Prominent Intersections 3.2.1 Gateways are key locations that are to be designed to serve as landmarks highlighting arrival into the Municipality or a transition from the rural to urban area. Gateways shall be located at: a. Road 17 and Concession Road 3; and, b. Street B and Arthur Street. 3.2.2 Gateways will celebrate the entrance to the neighbourhood through enhanced architectural and landscaped features that create a sense of arrival, including: a. Public art and murals; b. Signage; c. Hardscaping for pop-up markets and display events. 3.2.3 Prominent intersections are intersections that function as community focal points, where there is a cluster of civic uses and where built form and special architectural and landscaping elements serve to emphasize the significance of the intersection. 3.2.4 Prominent intersections are located at: a. Regional Road 17 and Street A; b. Street A and Street B. 3.3 Residential Areas 3.3.1 Residential areas make up the majority of the Secondary Plan Area and include the Low Density Residential and Medium Density Residential designations and will be implemented in general accordance with Schedule A. 3.3.2 Residential areas will be designed as accessible and pedestrian -oriented and will include a mix of primarily ground -related housing forms. In addition to housing, residential areas will contain parks and schools. 3.3.3 Other compatible uses, including small-scale service and neighbourhood retail commercial uses and home -based occupations are also permitted. Page 73 7 3.4 Parks and Open Space 3.4.1 The parks and open space system includes neighbourhood parks, parkettes, a public square, multi -use paths (MUPs) and mid -block connections. The parks system will be implemented generally as illustrated on Schedule A. Parks are located throughout the community so that all residential units are within a short walk of an open space. This encourages daily physical activity and provides gathering space in each quadrant of the neighbourhood. 3.4.2 A neighbourhood park is planned adjacent to the school site to provide for co - located and expanded recreational programs that can be used by residents after school hours. 3.4.3 Mid -block connections and MUPs provide additional travel routes through the neighbourhood for active transportation. 3.5 Schools 3.5.1 An Elementary school is been located central to the North Village Neighbourhood to support walkability. It is within the Neighbourhood Centre and adjacent to a neighbourhood park to create an activity node, and to provide opportunities for the sharing of facilities. 4 The Environment and Sustainability 4.1 Objectives Built form plays a role in creating a healthy, vibrant, and sustainable community. Communities, neighbourhoods, and new buildings will be designed with a focus on reducing waste, and conserving water and energy. Buildings are one of the largest contributors to greenhouse gas emissions, and the activities of daily life exert high demands on energy, water, and waste systems. This Plan focuses on mitigating negative impacts and establishes the framework for a low -carbon, resilient community. 4.2 Sustainable Design and Climate Change 4.2.1 The Municipality's array of planning tools, including this Plan, the associated Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines, as well as the Priority Green Development Program, will ensure development proposals meet increasingly rigorous standards of energy and water conservation, and reduce carbon emissions. The Municipality may consider the use of a Community Benefits By-law and other financial incentive programs to assist with the achievement of sustainability objectives. 4.2.2 Development proposals should: a. Demonstrate best practices in green building technologies, use of renewable and alternative energy sources, and employ other sustainable design measures to contribute to the achievement of the Region of Durham's Page 74 8 greenhouse gas emissions target of 80% below 2007 levels by 2050. b. Where feasible, utilize materials from sustainable sources for construction and infrastructure projects, and account for positive and negative life -cycle impacts of materials when assessing their contribution. c. Consider the climate risks and implement where feasible the primary adaptation measures outlined in the most recent version of the Durham Region Climate Resilience Standard for New Houses. d. Utilize street alignments, building placement, and fagade design to maximize potential for passive and active solar energy capture. e. Support the use of electric vehicles through the provision of charging infrastructure in the Mixed Use Neighbourhood Centre and in on -street parking areas near parks. Engagement with utility companies early in the planning process is strongly encouraged. 4.2.3 In multi -unit residential, townhomes, and non-residential with shared common onsite parking spaces, provide at least 20% of parking spaces with electrical vehicle charging stations. All remaining spaces will be designed to enable future charging station installation. 4.2.4 Implement the primary measures for basement flood protection, extreme wind protection, and extreme heat protection from the most recent version of the Durham Region Climate Resilience Standard for New Houses. 4.3 Water Conservation and Management 4.3.1 Prioritize development proposals that include water efficient building design and practices in all new building, including measures such as ultra -low flow fixtures, dual flush toilets, and rainwater harvesting. 4.3.2 Implement xeriscaping using native, drought -tolerant plants as a cost-effective landscape method to conserve water on a residential and community wide level. 4.3.3 Buildings are encouraged to collect rainwater for reuse in the building and/or for irrigation. 4.4 Energy Generation and Conservation 4.4.1 Integrate energy conservation strategies into development proposals that maximize energy performance and conservation in infrastructure design. 4.4.2 Incorporate energy -saving measures in buildings such as window shading, daylight design, daylight sensors, heat recovery ventilation, high -efficiency mechanical equipment, and energy efficient appliances and lighting. 4.4.3 Window shading or canopy systems are encouraged to reduce glass reflections and Page 75 9 save on cooling loads in the summer. 4.4.4 Buildings should be designed and constructed to achieve all mandatory measures of the most current version of ENERGY STAR for New Homes. 4.4.5 Public realm light fixtures should be LED, pedestrian -scaled, and conform with the Municipality's lighting standards. 4.4.6 The following can be used to mitigate heat island effects: a. Green roof and cool roof strategies that use high albedo materials to reduce heat gain; b. The strategic use of deciduous trees to help with evapotranspiration and shading of sidewalks and hard surface areas in summer c. Solar access in winter; and, d. Light-coloured paving materials with an initial solar reflectance of at least 0.33 at installation or a solar reflectance index of at least 29. 4.4.7 Encourage the use of renewable energy sources for building's energy, heat, and cooling needs. 4.4.8 Buildings should be designed for solar readiness by accommodating connections to solar PV or solar thermal connections to solar PV or solar thermal technologies. 4.4.9 Alternative energy systems and renewable energy systems are permitted and encouraged in accordance with Provincial and Federal requirements. 4.5 Urban Forest and Native Plantings 4.5.1 Together, new development and public realm improvements shall establish an urban tree canopy throughout the Secondary Plan Area to minimize the heat island effect, provide for shade and wind cover, and contribute to a green and attractive environment. 4.5.2 New development and public realm improvements are required to use native plant species wherever possible, particularly along rights -of -way and pedestrian trails. 4.5.3 All private development shall be supported by landscape plans which demonstrate how the development will contribute to the urban forest, improve the health and diversity of the natural environment, support other local plant and animal species, and further enhance the connectivity of the built environment to natural heritage features and hydrologically sensitive features. 4.5.4 A diversity of tree species shall be planted in parks and along rights -of -way to provide a healthy and more robust tree inventory that is less prone to insects and diseases. The selection of tree species within the Secondary Plan Area will Page 76 10 contribute the Municipality's species diversity objectives. 4.5.5 Where trees and shrubs are destroyed or harvested pre -maturely prior to proper study and approval, compensation will be calculated at a 3:1 ratio. 4.6 Local Food Production 4.6.1 Incorporate community gardens, rooftop gardens, and spaces that support farmers markets in appropriate locations to contribute to the accessibility of locally grown produce in urban areas. 4.6.2 Programs and spaces for community gardening should be provided as part of new development. 5 Creating Vibrant Urban Places 5.1 Objectives This Plan seeks to create a great place for people to live and call home, which can be realized in part through high -quality and integrated urban design. This section includes policies to guide the design of the public and private realm, in order to promote and enhance livability, cohesion and physical appeal of the North Village Community. The Plan seeks to create a network of fine-grained connectivity between all parts of the Secondary Plan area and provide good transition between areas of different development intensity and uses. 5.2 General Policies 5.2.1 The Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines that accompany this Plan are to be used as guidance in the interpretation and implementation of this Plan's policies. 5.2.2 Development proposals will contribute to a high -quality public realm which is safe, comfortable, visually -pleasing and animated, supports active transportation and social interaction, and contributes to the distinct character of North Village. 5.2.3 Buildings will be oriented to address adjacent streets and public spaces with doors and windows, contributing to a pedestrian -oriented environment. 5.3 Placemaking and the Public Realm 5.3.1 Incorporate public art into the public realm, especially at Gateways and Prominent Intersections, to contribute to the neighbourhood's sense of identity. 5.3.2 Enhance the experience of the community within its natural setting by providing off - road connections to parks and the Neighbourhood Centre and a dense tree canopy along public streets. 5.3.3 Buildings should animate the frontage or flankage of streets. Mid -block connections Page 77 11 and public spaces will achieve animation and passive surveillance, through the location of building entrances and outdoor amenity areas, street facing windows, and the provision of street furniture and recreational amenities. 5.3.4 The primary orientation of buildings and the location of main pedestrian entrances will be on a public street. Reverse frontage development generally is not permitted within the Plan area. In cases where a lot has dual frontages, both will be treated as active frontages and buildings will have entrances from both. 5.4 Gateways and Prominent Intersections 5.4.1 Gateways and Prominent Intersections are identified on Schedule A. Gateways are points of arrival and entry to Clarington and include features such as landscaping, public art, high -quality architecture and landscaping. Gateways are designed in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan's policies on Gateways. 5.4.2 The Gateway at Concession Road 3 and Regional Road 17 will serve as the threshold into Newcastle for cars exiting Highway 35/115. The Gateway at Arthur Street and Street A will be secondary in nature, and its treatment may evolve over the long-term as lands east of Arthur Street are added to the urban area of Newcastle. 5.4.3 Prominent Intersections serve as community focal points, both visually in terms of building height, massing and orientation, architectural treatment and materials, and landscaping, and functionally in terms of destination uses, public spaces and amenities. 5.4.4 Prominent Intersections are part of the Neighbourhood Centre and anchor the enhanced streetscape along Streets A and B. The enhanced streetscape should include a wide spectrum of elements such as generous sidewalks, special paving, street furniture, stroller and bike parking, additional street tree planning and intersection bump outs, among others. 5.4.5 The Prominent Intersection at the intersection of Street A and B is the terminus of the Mixed Use Area where it meets important civic functions, notably the school and parks. Unique building materials, architectural treatments, and special landscaping will differentiate this area from its surroundings. A hardscaped plaza will provide programmable space for community events. 5.4.6 The Prominent Intersection at Street A and Regional Road 17 marks the entry into the Neighbourhood Centre, and is the main point of connection between the west and east sides of the Neighbourhood. The intersection design will highlight the multi - modal nature of the intersection and invite passersby into the Neighbourhood Centre. 5.4.7 For both Gateways and Prominent Intersections, buildings should respond to their prominent location, framing and orienting views towards adjacent streets to signify points of entry and exit. Streetscape design elements within the public right-of-way should be coordinated with and enhance private development sites adjacent to the gateway location, to create a distinctive identity. Page 78 12 5.5 Building Siting and Design 5.5.1 Site buildings to avoid front -to -back and/or overlook conditions. Where this cannot be achieved, impacts should be minimized with appropriate screening through architectural or landscape treatment. 5.5.2 Use variation in building typology, architectural detailing and massing to create visually interesting streetscapes. 5.5.3 Air conditioning units, utility metres and similar features should not be visible from the public realm (street/sidewalk) and should be well integrated into a building massing, recessed and screened. 5.6 Neighbourhood Centre 5.6.1 The urban design policies in this section pertain to lands within the Neighbourhood Centre as designated on Schedule A. 5.6.2 The Neighbourhood Centre has a Mixed Use, Main Street spine. Development will frame the street with a consistent street wall and active frontages. 5.6.3 The "four corners" of the intersection of Street A and Street B will be animated with public uses further identified through the Prominent Intersection policies of Section 5.3. 5.6.4 The streetscape in the Neighbourhood Centre will express and support its function as the heart of the neighbourhood and focal point for the community and will incorporate street trees and other landscaping. The public realm will support a high level of pedestrian activity and local businesses located within it. 5.6.5 The Neighbourhood Centre will include a public square as per the policies of Clarington's Official Plan. It will provide patio and retail spill -out space for adjacent commercial uses, and be programmable for community events such as fairs or markets. 5.6.6 Within the Neighbourhood Centre, buildings will generally be located at the lot line to frame the street. Commercial uses in the Mixed Use area will have active frontages along Street A and Street B. 5.6.7 In the Neighbourhood Centre, continuous, small-scale commercial uses will be provided at the ground level and will: a. Be expressed as narrow shopfronts oriented to the sidewalks on Street A and Street B, as well as any publicly accessible open spaces, including the public square and mid -block connections; b. Have a ground floor height of no less than 4.5 metres, as measured from floor -to -floor; and Page 79 13 c. Include the primary entrance to the shops and restaurants, and large display windows with a high degree of transparency. 5.7 Public Square 5.7.1 The public square should be located to maximize its sun exposure, which is generally in the south end of the Neighbourhood Centre. 5.7.2 The public square within the Neighbourhood Centre will be designed to: a. Optimize its location and design to maximize its prominence and enhance views to public streets or utilize mid -block connections to connect with the street network; b. Provide adjacent commercial uses with continuous weather protection and opportunities for spill out activities and patios. c. Accommodate daily use in all seasons as well as occasional gatherings and events, such as markets; d. Have two or more of its edges defined by buildings and one or more edge open to Street A; e. Utilize high -quality materials, pedestrian -scale Dark Sky Friendly lighting, and other furnishings as well as significant public art installation. f. Provide a variety of pedestrian traffic generators such as cultural or institutional uses, retail, and residential surrounding the public square to promote vibrancy in all seasons. g. Provide retail uses at ground level facing the public square, with a preference for restaurants and cafes. h. Ensure ground floor facades facing the public square are more than 75% glazing. Provide pedestrian amenities such as seating areas, tables, water features, kiosks, public art, public restrooms and trees for shade. 5.7.3 It is expected that the public square will be a privately -owned but publicly accessible space. 5.7.4 Enhance the visual and physical connectivity between the public square and other open spaces and public destinations, through streetscape continuity, pedestrian connections and orienting landmarks such as clock towers or public art. 5.8 Parking, Loading and Mechanical Structures 5.8.1 Locate parking and loading facilities at the side or rear of buildings, to promote an Page 80 14 attractive public realm and encourage pedestrian activity. 5.8.2 Street parking should be provided along Street A and Street B, including an adequate number of accessible parking spaces to facilitate access for individuals with mobility challenges. 5.8.3 Parking will generally be screened from view of the public realm. This may take the form of parking accessed through rear laneways in Medium Density and mixed -use areas, or parking in garages for low -density residential areas. The visual impact of garages in low -density residential areas will be further reduced by: a. Providing parking access areas at the side or rear of dwellings, where feasible; b. Recessing garages located at the front of the building facing a street; c. Limiting pavement with driveways that do not exceed the width of the garage; and, d. Minimizing the garages' appearance and area on a building fagade so that windows, doors, and active elements of a residential building's fagade take visual primacy. 5.8.4 Parking that is accessed from a rear lane will include an attractive and safe rear lane streetscape, including Dark Sky Friendly lighting, barrier -free access, functional drainage, and where feasible landscape improvements and tree planting. 5.8.5 Minimize the visual impact of off-street parking areas by: a. Establishing joint access to parking lots on adjoining properties where feasible; and b. Using hard and soft landscaping within the parking area and where appropriate providing a visual buffer between parking areas and adjacent residential properties. 5.8.6 On -site parking requirements for specific non-residential development/redevelopment proposals in the Neighbourhood Centre may be satisfied, at the discretion of Municipal Staff, through communal, municipal or privately -owned parking areas located off -site in the Neighbourhood Centre. Provision of cash -in -lieu of parking may be required in accordance with the Planning Act. 5.8.7 Screen rooftop mechanical structures and fixtures, including, without limitation satellite dishes and communications antenna, and where feasible integrate within the design of the building. Parapets may be utilized to accommodate such screening. 5.8.8 Loading, servicing and other functional elements are encouraged to be integrated within the building envelope. Where this is not possible, these elements shall not be located adjacent to public spaces and shall be screened from view to avoid visual impact to the public realm or surrounding residential areas. Page 81 15 6 Encouraging Housing Diversity 6.1 Objectives This Plan seeks to create a welcoming and accessible community for everyone. Housing and the types of housing available play a critical role in ensuring a community is accessible and affordable. The policies described below will ensure a future housing stock that is diverse in tenure, affordability, and size, in order to accommodate individuals and families at all stages of life. 6.2 General Policies 6.2.1 Provide a variety of housing forms, sizes and tenures in North Village that allow for various household sizes and incomes, including purpose-built rental and seniors housing. 6.2.2 Prioritize affordable housing, including subsidized non -market housing units, that are integrated within neighbourhoods and combined in market housing developments to provide opportunities for a range of housing tenures and prices. 6.2.3 Support ageing in place by encouraging a range of accessible housing, including seniors housing, that can meet the needs of North Village residents during all phases of life. 6.2.4 A range of unit sizes including those suitable for larger households are encouraged within apartment and multi -unit buildings. 6.2.5 All development proposals should incorporate barrier -free, universal or flex design features in both common and living areas. 6.2.6 One accessory apartment is permitted within a detached, semi-detached, or townhouse dwelling, and one accessory apartment is permitted within a detached accessory structure subject to the provisions of the zoning by-law and other relevant regulations. 6.2.7 Residential development should include Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) ready design so that the owner can add an ADU, such as a basement suite. 6.2.8 To facilitate the development of affordable housing units within the Plan area and in the Municipality, in accordance with Section 6.1.7, the Landowners Group in the Secondary Plan Area will provide either land or a contribution of funds to the Municipality, in accordance with Section 6.1.8, for the development of affordable, public or non-profit housing in the community. 6.2.9 The land to be conveyed as provided in Section 6.1.6 will be approximately 1.5 hectares in size, vacant, designated for residential development, be fully serviced and gratuitously conveyed free and clear of encumbrances. Conveyance will occur before the approval of the first plan of subdivision within the Secondary Plan area. 6.2.10 The contribution of funds as provided in Policy 6.1.7 will be through a contribution Page 82 16 agreement to be negotiated between the Municipality and the Landowners Group. 50 % of the funds will be paid at the time of signing the agreement, and the remaining 50% at the first building permit. 6.2.11 The Municipality will collaborate with public and non-profit housing providers to encourage a supply of subsidized non -market housing units within the Plan area. 6.2.12 In providing affordable housing, including subsidized non -market housing units, within North Village, effort will be made to integrate this housing with market housing. 7 Mobility and Streets 7.1 Objectives North Village will be an accessible and inter -connected community where all road users can move around freely and safely. The policies described below establish a pattern of roads, laneways, multi -use paths, and cycle tracks that support safety and efficiency for all road users and is well integrated into the broader community and meet the objectives of the Clarington Official Plan and Durham Region. 7.2 Transportation Network 7.2.1 The Transportation Network, including Arterial and Collector Roads and a few key local roads will be provided generally as indicated on Schedule A. 7.2.2 The road network includes the following types of roads: a. Arterial Roads: Arterial Roads are higher -order roadways designed to efficiently move large volumes of traffic at moderate to high speeds over long distances. These generally serve as perimeter roads around large development areas. Arterial Roads may be under the jurisdiction of the Region of Durham or the Municipality. b. Collector Roads: Collector Roads are under Municipal jurisdiction. They provide for key linkages between local roads and Arterial Roads and carry moderate amounts of traffic. c. Local Roads: local roads carry lower volumes of vehicular traffic and are under Municipal jurisdiction. d. Rear Lanes: laneways provide access to private garages, parking spaces, and loading and servicing areas at the rear of buildings (such as an apartment or mixed -use building. Laneways maybe under Municipal jurisdiction or privately owned. 7.2.3 Design all roads to connect with the existing road network to create a fine-grained grid pattern that defines development blocks, supports active transportation, and Page 83 17 maximizes access to future transit. 7.2.4 Arterial Roads that interface with rural lands outside of the urban boundary will be designed to accommodate farm vehicles as well as urban traffic. 7.2.5 Built form should be designed to address all roads, including the Arterial Roads (Regional Road 17, Concession Road 3 and Arthur Street); however, new direct vehicular access from individual properties to Arterial Roads is not permitted. 7.2.6 The Region of Durham is encouraged to connect regional transit and provide levels of service that make transit a viable and attractive mode of transportation. 7.2.7 Regional Road 17 will be re -aligned generally in accordance with Schedule A and in conformity with the outcomes of the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment. Changes to the alignments which the Municipality determines are in keeping with the intent of this Plan will not require an amendment to this Plan. 7.2.8 Design roads as complete streets to ensure that all modes of mobility can use them in a safe and comfortable manner: motorists, transit users, cyclists, pedestrians and people who are differently abled. Prioritize active modes of transportation and the needs of the most vulnerable users. 7.2.9 Promote the safety and visibility of vulnerable road users through the use of street lighting, crosswalks, and speed control measures such as speed humps and intersection bump -outs, particularly around neighbourhood destinations such as parks, the school, and the Neighbourhood Centre. 7.2.10 . Create environments which are safe, inviting, comfortable and visually -pleasing and consistent with the requirements set forth in the Urban Design Guidelines for North Village to ensure streets are designed as important public places. 7.2.11 Design Arterial, Collector and local roads to include a vibrant and healthy tree canopy. 7.2.12 Incorporate green infrastructure, such as perforated pipes, rain gardens and bioswales on public rights -of -way. 7.2.13 Additional land conveyance may be required to permit development adjacent to roads. 7.2.14 Improvements to Concession Road 3, Highway 35/115, and Arthur Street will meet the planning, engineering, design, and approval requirements of the Road owner, and be designed in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan and this Plan including the Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines. 7.2.15 Local roads are generally not permitted to connect directly to Arterial Roads, such as Regional Road 17. This plan does support limited connections in order to avoid terminating local streets with cul-de-sacs and support more points of access for emergency service vehicles. Such a connection must be supported by a traffic study prepared to the satisfaction of municipal staff. That connection will have limited turn Page 84 18 movements, such as right -in, right -out only. 7.2.16 Roads are to be designed in conformity with the Table below: M .- - -. -- --II 7, IM Standard plus MUP M Clarington 30-36 m * 30-36 m Arthur) 26-30 m 23-26 m 17-23 m 17-23 m 8.5 m Official Plan ROW (OP Table C-2) Proposed 30 m* 30 m* 26-30 m 23 m 20 m 23 m 8.5 m ROW Proposed 10.5-12.0 10.5-12.0 m 10.5 m =11 m 8.5 m 8.5 m 6.0 m Road m (road Space centreline not centred in ROW due to MUP) Number of Two plus Two plus Two plus Two plus Two plus Two plus Two Lanes continuous continuous continuous two on- one on- one on - left turn left turn lane left turn street street street lane lane parking parking parking Parking No No No Two sides One side One side No Cycling One One One Two Two One No and sidewalk sidewalk sidewalk sidewalks, sidewalks sidewalk Walking and one and one and one cycling where the and one MUP MUP MUP route on- local road MUP street connects to a park or other neighbourh ood destination; otherwise one is permitted Transit Desired Desired Desired Desired Typically Typically No Service spine route spine route spine route local route not not Notes (*) (*) MUP No 20m 20m Clarington Configurati Configuratio provides Standard Standard Standard working on to be n to be continuity drawing, drawing drawing on a new confirmed confirmed with CR 3 but has one has one standard through through MUP, and consistent sidewalk, sidewalk, drawing ongoing ongoing is also with OP but OP but OP for rear RR17 EA RR17 EA consistent Table C-2 Table C-2 Table C-2 laneways with encourages encourage Clarington two s two TMP sidewalks sidewalks identifying a facility Table 1: North Village road design standards Page 85 19 7.3 Roads 7.3.1 The road network includes Arterial, Collector and Local roads and will be implemented to generally align with the road locations as shown on Schedule A. Only key Local roads have been identified on Schedule A, additional Local roads will be implemented following the policies of this Plan. 7.3.2 The road network will follow a modified grid pattern to ensure a permeable and connected system of roads that allow for direct routes of travel into, through and out of the neighbourhood. 7.3.3 The local road network will connect to local roads in the surrounding area, in particular the north -south local roads in the approved subdivisions to the south, as delineated on Schedule A. In addition, a conceptual local road pattern is identified on the Demonstration Plan as part of the Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines. 7.3.4 A few key Local roads are included on Schedule A that form key connections within the Plan area. Additional Local roads will be provided to achieve an interconnected street layout with multiple route options to Arterial and Collector Roads, prioritizing connectivity and permeability. 7.3.5 Local roads will be designed to accommodate on -street parking and landscaping. 7.4 Arterial Roads 7.4.1 Arterial Roads will be improved in accordance with Durham Region and Clarington requirements, as appropriate, and the policies of the Clarington Official Plan, including the Arterial Road design criteria. 7.4.2 Regional Road 17 is classified as a Type B Arterial Road according to the Clarington Official Plan, and must have a Right -of -Way width of 30-36 metres. 7.4.3 Type B Arterial roads should have a double row of trees on both sides to give shade for pedestrians and cyclists and create a green corridor. Planting boulevards, with a minimum width of 2 metres, should be provided to facilitate street trees and landscaping on both sides of Arterial Roads. 7.4.4 Lands within North Village may not develop until the alignment of Regional Road 17 is finalized and any required lands are conveyed to the Municipality or the Region of Durham. 7.4.5 No direct vehicular access to Arterial Roads will be provided for individual development proposals. Signalized intersections will be installed where approved by the Region of Durham. 7.4.6 Intersection spacing on Arterial Roads is limited in accordance with Durham Region guidelines and the policies of the Clarington Official Plan. Page 86 20 7.4.7 Regional Road 17 will have a 3 metre multi -use path on its east side and a sidewalk with a minimum width of 2 metres on the west side. Additional tree plantings and vegetated berms will be incorporated into the road allowance or in adjacent areas. 7.4.8 Concession Road 3 is classified under the Official Plan as an Arterial B and Arterial C. Once Regional Road 17 is realigned, its classification will be updated so that the transition between Arterial B and C occurs at the new re -aligned intersection of Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3. 7.5 Collector Roads 7.5.1 Design Collector Roads in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan and the following standards: a. Provide a right-of-way width of 23 metres; b. Provide a minimum of two through lanes (one per direction) and the road may include an auxiliary turning lane at junctions and intersections where required; c. Provide a clearly marked, separated, on -street bicycle lane on Collector Roads on one side of the road; d. Landscaping and tree plantings are required within the right-of-way; e. Provide a sidewalk on one side of the right-of-way set back from the curb or otherwise buffered from active lanes of traffic; Provide appropriate lighting to contribute to the safe function of the roadway as well as the safe and appropriate lighting of the pedestrian realm. g. Lighting should be downcast to reduce light pollution. h. Incorporate traffic -calming measures where appropriate to reduce speeds and improve safety. 7.5.2 Within the Neighbourhood Centre, Collector Roads will include street parking and limit curb cuts to no more than one per block. 7.6 Local Roads 7.6.1 Local Roads should have a right-of-way width of 20 metres. 7.6.2 A conceptual Local road pattern is identified on the Demonstration Plan as part of the Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines for illustration purposes. 7.6.3 Two important local roads that connect to the approved subdivision to the south will be provided generally as delineated on Schedule A. In addition, a fine-grain pattern of local roads will be established following a modified grid pattern that prioritizes connectivity, permeability, especially for active transportation modes. Page 87 21 7.6.4 Cul-de-sacs are discouraged. 7.6.5 Design local roads to incorporate passive and physical traffic calming measures to reduce speeds and improve safety. Traffic calming measures include road width reductions, bump outs, special paving crosswalk treatments, and raised roadbeds. 7.6.6 Planting boulevards with a minimum width of 2.0 metres, should be provided to facilitate street trees on both sides of Local Roads. 7.6.7 Local roads that lead to a community destination such as a park or the Neighbourhood Centre shall have sidewalks on both sides of the street. Otherwise, local roads shall have sidewalks on at least one side of the street. 7.6.8 Where necessary, local roads may be window streets adjacent Arterial roads. Window streets may have a reduced right-of-way subject to Municipal standards. They shall provide sidewalk connections to the Arterial sidewalks or multi -use paths. 7.7 Rear Lanes 7.7.1 In the low density land use designation, only public laneways are permitted. Private laneways are permitted in the Medium Density designation only. 7.7.2 Laneways should be considered adjacent to Arterial Roads and Public Parks within the medium density land use category, in order to provide a street -oriented built form presence with a continuous rhythm of building frontages and front yard landscaping, while eliminating the need for front yard driveways. 7.7.3 Laneways should have a minimum right-of-way width of 8.5 metres. 7.7.4 Public utilities may be located within public laneways subject to functional and design standards established by the Municipality. 7.7.5 Lanes are designed to accommodate access to garage structures at the rear of a residential lot. They may be considered where it is either not desirable or possible to have driveways and garages fronting directly onto a road. 7.8 Mid -Block Connections 7.8.1 Mid -block connections should be no less than 4.5 metres wide and provide barrier - free pedestrian access. 7.8.2 Mid -block connections should be easy to find, clearly visible, safe and have direct connections to public sidewalks. 7.8.3 Mid -block connections should have adequate lighting from adjacent streets or from within the mid -block connection to enhance safety and visibility, without causing adverse impacts on adjacent residential uses. Page 88 22 7.9 Active Transportation 7.9.1 The active transportation network includes both on- and off-street facilities including multi -use paths, sidewalks, cycle tracks and on -street bicycle lanes to accommodate all abilities, and facilitate all self -powered forms of mobility and provide alternatives to automobile transportation. The active transportation network will connect to parks, schools, and the Neighbourhood Centre. 7.9.2 The active transportation network in North Village integrates with the Municipality's Active Transportation Network and connects residents of North Village to other destinations in Newcastle and throughout Clarington. 7.9.3 Mid -block connections will be established throughout the Plan area to increase porosity and travel routes by active means; support increased network connectivity; provide relief from continuous facades; and, to establish prominent secondary view corridors connecting Arterial or Collector Roads. 7.9.4 Introduce publicly -accessible mid -block connections in Mixed Use and Medium Density residential blocks to provide non -motorized access to Arterial Roads and in proximity to the Neighbourhood Centre. 7.9.5 Minimize conflicts with other modes of transportation through signage, appropriate grades, paved surface, surfacing width and delineation of rights -of -way, and well - designed transitions where facilities merge with roads. 7.9.6 Pedestrian walkways should be provided along the full length of apartment, mixed use and commercial buildings, including residential lobby, residential apartment, storefront or restaurant entrances, and along any facade abutting parking areas. 7.9.7 Internal pedestrian walkways should be distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of landscaping, concrete or special paving to enhance pedestrian safety and the attractiveness of the walkway. 7.9.8 The multi -use path shown on Schedule A is located adjacent to the required buffer for Highway 35/115. It provides for a future north -south off-street connection that can be extended through the redevelopment of adjacent lands. 7.9.9 Design Multi -Use Path's to have: a. A minimum width of 3 metres; b. A row of trees provided along both sides of the MUP, with minimum 2-metre- wide planting beds; c. Traffic calming measures, including road width reductions, bump outs, special paving crosswalk treatments, and raised roadbeds may be considered at key locations. 7.9.10 The implementation of on -street cycling facilities will to be determined at the plan of subdivision stage. Page 89 23 7.10 Public Transit 7.10.1 Public transit will play a role in reducing greenhouse gas emissions, as well as facilitating active transportation choices and healthy lifestyles in North Village. 7.10.2 Future public transit routes will generally follow the Collector and Arterial Road network as illustrated on Schedule A. Therefore, the delineation of local roads will facilitate easy and convenient connections to these streets. 7.10.3 Coordinate the location and design of transit stops with Durham Region Transit, and incorporate appropriate amenities including, without limitation: a. transit shelters; b. seating; c. tactile paving; d. bike racks; e. and lighting. 7.10.4 Transit stops and bus routes will be located to optimize pedestrian access to as many residences, employment locations, schools, shopping and public facilities in the area as possible. 7.10.5 Locate transit stops as close to intersections as possible, to minimize walking distances and to implement the service standards set out by Durham Region Transit. 8 Parks and Community Facilities 8.1 Objectives The parks and community facilities within the Plan area contribute to the livability of the neighbourhood and promote connection, social cohesion, and environmental sustainability. Parks and community facilities within North Village will serve as places for gathering, civic engagement, and physical activity. As described in the policies below, they will be linked and interconnected, offering alternative routes around the community through walking or cycling. The location of parks and community facilities will promote the co -location of uses, to facilitate safe and convenient access for all users. 8.2 Parks 8.2.1 Dedication of lands for neighbourhood parks and parkettes is in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan. Areas conveyed for parkland purposes will be of a size and shape that they can be programmed with activities, such as recreation fields and Page 90 24 play areas among others. 8.2.2 The parks system in North Village consists of neighbourhood parks and parkettes which are shown on Schedule A. The precise size and location of these spaces be determined at the time of development review and approval, based on the parkland provision requirements of the Clarington Official Plan; however, they will be provided generally in accordance with the locations and size shown on Schedule A. 8.2.3 Neighbourhood parks are to be provided in the first phase of development. They are between 1.5 and 3 hectares in size and provide a variety of amenities, including sports fields. The planned school site is adjacent to a Neighbourhood Park to provide areas of shared amenity. 8.2.4 Where the Neighbourhood Park is adjacent to the mixed use Neighbourhood Centre, the function and design should be complementary and supportive. 8.2.5 The Neighbourhood Park is planned to be contiguous to the school block to allow for opportunities for the shared use of facilities. 8.2.6 Parkettes are intended to augment the recreation, leisure and amenity needs of a neighbourhood but will not contain sports fields. They are to be between 0.5 ha and 1 ha in size. Parkettes support passive recreation activities, additional green space and habitat for plants and wildlife. 8.2.7 Parks must have a frontage to at least one public street. Conditions where other land uses, such as residential or commercial, directly back onto a park will generally be minimized. Where other uses do abut parks, they should provide an active frontage to the park with windows, doors and not back onto it. 8.3 Privately Owned Publicly -Accessible Spaces 8.3.1 In addition to the publicly owned lands that form the parks designation, development is encouraged to include privately -owned publicly -accessible spaces that contribute to the sense of place in the community and the quality of the urban environment. 8.3.2 Privately -owned publicly -accessible spaces can include public squares, plazas, courtyards, walkways and passages, atriums, arcades and parklike spaces. They contribute to the urban environment by creating spaces for social interaction, adding to visual interest, improving mid -block permeability and complementing adjacent land uses. 8.3.3 Public access to privately owned publicly -accessible spaces will be secured through the development approval process. 8.4 Elementary School 8.4.1 The location of a school site is shown symbolically on Schedule A and will be further delineated through the draft plan of subdivision process. School sites will be developed in accordance with the relevant policies of the Clarington Official Plan. Page 91 25 8.4.2 In the event that all or part of a school site should not be required by a School Board, the Municipality of Clarington would be given the first opportunity to purchase all or part of the school site. 8.4.3 The co -location of elementary schools with day care centres and community centres is encouraged, and the school site will be designed to facilitate Neighbourhood Park joint use potential. 8.4.4 The siting and design of the school should evoke a prominent civic presence that will reinforce its strategic location at a Prominent Intersection and contribute to the Neighbourhood Centre overall as an architectural landmark, that can serve as an orienting device and opportunity for distinct placemaking. 9 Land Use 9.1 Objectives The land use policies below seek to ensure that North Village develops in a manner that is consistent with the overarching vision of the community. The policies support a community with an appropriate mix of uses, heights, and densities. The land use pattern sets the framework for growth that is in conformity with the Municipality of Clarington and the Durham Region. 9.2 General Policies 9.2.1 The development of North Village will realize efficient and transit -supportive urban densities by achieving a minimum of 50 people and jobs per gross hectare. 9.2.2 Development will adhere to the distribution of land uses as indicated in Schedule A. Minor alterations that maintain the intent of this Plan's policies may occur without amendment through the development approval process and in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan. 9.2.3 This Plan includes the following land uses: a. Mixed Use; b. Medium Density Residential; c. Low Density Residential; d. Highway Commercial; e. Neighbourhood Parks; and, Parkettes. g. Water Reservoir and Pumping Station Page 92 26 9.2.4 Drive -through and service station facilities are not permitted, except for in the Highway Commercial land use designation. 9.2.5 Within residential areas, small-scale service and neighbourhood retail commercial uses, which are supportive of and compatible with residential uses, are also permitted in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan. 9.2.6 In residential areas, the following policies apply: a. Locate the main entrance of dwelling units so they are visible and accessible from the public street; b. The maximum number of contiguously attached townhouses is seven; c. Buildings on corner lots or abutting parks will have windows, materials and architectural treatments consistent with the front elevation where sides or flankage of buildings is visible; d. Provide front or exterior side yard porches or amenity areas to create a transition between public and private space and to animate the street; e. Back lotting onto Arterial and Collector Roads is not permitted. 9.2.7 Landscaping with native and drought -tolerant species is encouraged, in the place of turf lawns. 9.2.8 Direct vehicular access from the Arterial Road is not permitted. For residential uses adjacent to Arterial Roads, vehicle access will be provided from a rear lane or adjacent local or collector street. 9.3 Mixed Use 9.3.1 Live -work units including small-scale offices and service uses are permitted. Permitted uses include: a. Personal aesthetic and wellness services; b. Professional Services; c. Artists and craftspeople studios. 9.3.2 Permitted dwelling types include: a. Dwelling units within a mixed use building; and b. Apartment buildings 9.3.3 The predominant use of lands in the Mixed -Use designation is street -oriented, low to mid -rise buildings with neighbourhood -scale retail and service at grade, and residential and/or non-residential uses above. Page 93 27 9.3.4 Building heights will be a minimum of 2 storeys and a maximum of 6 storeys. 9.3.5 The Mixed Use designation is the commercial component of the Neighbourhood Centre. It provides the opportunity for residents to meet some of their daily needs in a short walk from their homes. 9.3.6 The Mixed Use designation allows for the greatest concentration of density and mix of uses including commercial, institutional, recreational, and residential uses. 9.3.8 A minimum commercial gross floor area of 3,200 square metres, up to a maximum of 4,200 square metres, will be provided within Mixed Use designated lands. 9.3.9 Single -use residential development will not be permitted in the Mixed Use designation until a minimum commercial area of 3,252 square metres is constructed. 9.3.10 Development on lands designated Mixed Use will have a minimum net density of 40 units per net hectare. 9.4 Medium Density Residential 9.4.1 The predominant use of lands within the Medium Density Residential designation are a mix of housing types and tenures in low and mid -rise building forms to achieve a minimum net density of 40 units per net hectare. 9.4.2 Building heights will be a minimum of 2 storeys and a maximum of 4 storeys. 9.4.3 Permitted dwelling types include: a. Apartment buildings; and, b. townhouses. 9.4.4 Within the area identified as the Neighbourhood Centre on Schedule A, the following additional permissions apply: a. Building heights may be up to six (6) storeys; b. Street -oriented live -work buildings are permitted; c. Small-scale institutional uses are permitted. 9.5 Low Density Residential 9.5.1 The predominant use of lands within the Low Density Residential designation will be a mix of housing types and tenures in low-rise building forms to achieve a minimum net density of 19 units per net hectare. 9.5.2 Buildings within the Low Density Residential designation will not exceed 3 storeys in height. 9.5.3 The following residential building types are permitted: Page 94 28 a. Detached dwellings; b. Semi-detached dwellings; c. Townhouses; and d. Accessory apartments, as per the Clarington Official Plan. 9.5.4 Detached and semi-detached dwelling units account for the majority of the total number of units in Low Density Residential designation, with a maximum of 20% townhouses distributed throughout. 9.5.5 Where lands designated Low Density are adjacent to an Arterial Road, a Neighbourhood Park or a Parkette, higher density building forms, such as semi- detached houses and townhouses, are strongly encouraged. 9.5.6 Private streets and private lanes are not permitted within the Low Density Urban Residential Designation. 10 Servicing 10.1 Objectives All new development within the North Village Secondary Plan Area will be serviced by municipal water and sewer services and storm water management facilities. Existing development within the Secondary Plan Area shall, over time, also be connected to these same services, as appropriate. This section of the Plan outlines how services are to be provided to the Secondary Plan Area. 10.2 Municipal Services 10.2.1 New development will proceed based on the sequential extension of full municipal services in accordance with the municipal capital works program. 10.2.2 Any Regional infrastructure required to support the development of the North Village Neighbourhood is subject to the annual budget and business planning process. 10.2.3 The Municipality will work with the landowners and the Regional Municipality of Durham to develop a plan for the phasing of extensions to the existing services. A phasing plan will be prepared as part of a functional servicing report by development proponents at the time an application for draft plan of subdivision is submitted. 10.2.4 Locate a Region of Durham Water Reservoir on the east side of North Village with Driveway access off of Street B. It will be framed by the rear of the residential lots and fenced to ensure the safety of water supply. 10.2.5 Development proponents and the Municipality will seek to incorporate infrastructure and utilities in a manner that is sensitive to the quality of the public realm and reduce Page 95 29 the impact of development on hydrologic and ecological systems. 10.3 Stormwater Management and Low Impact Development 10.3.1 Storm drainage for the Secondary Plan Area will be conveyed to Foster's Creek in accordance with the provisions of a Functional Servicing Report. 10.3.2 In addition to the Stormwater Management Report, the submission of the following plans and reports are required to determine the impact of stormwater quality/quantity, erosion and water balance of the proposed development. a. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan; b. Servicing Plans; c. Grading Plans; d. Geotechnical reports; e. Hydrogeologic reports; and Other technical reports as deemed necessary. 10.3.3 The Stormwater Management Report and Plan identified in Policy 10.2.2 will apply a range of stormwater management practices including Low Impact Development techniques to ensure water quality control, baseflow management, water temperature control and the protection of aquatic habitat. The Stormwater Management Report and Plan explore and consider the feasibility of, and opportunities to, implement such Low Impact Development measures as: a. Permeable hardscaping; b. Bioretention areas; c. Exfiltration systems; d. Bioswales and infiltration trenches; e. Third pipe systems; Vegetation filter strips; g. Green roofs (multi -unit buildings); h. Rainwater harvesting; and Other potential measures. 10.3.4 Proposed stormwater management quality, quantity, erosion control and water balance for ground water and natural systems will be assessed during the Page 96 30 development approval process to determine the impact on the natural heritage system and environmental features. 10.3.5 Stormwater management for all development will be undertaken on a volume control basis and demonstrate the maintenance of recharge rates, flow paths and water quality to the greatest extent possible. Peak flow control and the maintenance of pre - development water balance will be demonstrated. 10.3.6 Development proposals will demonstrate the use of an adequate volume of amended topsoil or equivalent system to improve surface porosity and permeability over all turf and landscaped areas beyond 3 metres of a building foundation and beyond tree protection areas. 10.4 Utilities 10.4.1 The Municipality will participate in discussions with utility providers such as hydroelectric power, communications/telecommunications facilities and utilities, broadband fibre optics, and natural gas to ensure that sufficient infrastructure is or will be in place to serve the Secondary Plan Area. 10.4.2 The Municipality will promote utilities to be planned for and installed in common trenches, where feasible, in a coordinated and integrated manner in order to be more efficient, cost effective, and minimize disruption. 10.4.3 Telecommunications/communications utilities, electrical stations or sub -stations, mail boxes or super mail boxes and similar facilities should be incorporated and built into architectural and landscaping features, rather than being freestanding. Where feasible, these will be compatible with the appearance of adjacent uses and include anti -graffiti initiatives, and not be located in a municipally owned park. 10.5 Water Reservoir and Pumping Station 10.5.1 A Region of Durham facility is planned for the east side of the Plan Area, adjacent to Arthur Street. The design of construction of the facility will be led by the Region of Durham. 10.5.2 Along the north, west and south sides of the Water Reservoir and Pumping Station Provide a visual buffer in the form of landscaping from residential uses. 11 Implementation and Interpretation 11.1 Implementation 11.1.1 The policies of this Plan will inform decisions related to development of the lands within the North Village Secondary Plan Area. The policies of this Plan will be implemented by exercising the powers conferred upon the Municipality by the Page 97 31 Planning Act, the Municipal Act and any other applicable statues, and in accordance with the applicable policies of the Clarington Official Plan. 11.1.2 A Zoning By-law will implement the policies of this Plan. 11.1.3 The Municipality will monitor the policies of this Plan as part of the regular Official Plan review and propose updates as deemed necessary. 11.1.4 Inherent to this Plan is the principle of flexibility, provided that the general intent and structure of the Plan are maintained to the satisfaction of the Municipality. As such, it is the intent of the Municipality to permit some flexibility in accordance with the Clarington Official Plan in the interpretation of the policies, regulations and numerical requirements of this Plan except where this Plan is explicitly intended to be prescriptive. 11.1.5 A Sustainability Report is required to be submitted along with any development applications for lands in the Secondary Plan Area. The report should indicate how the development meets the sustainable development principles and policies of this Plan, the Clarington Official Plan, and the Priority Green Development Standards, and should address sustainable community, site, and building design. 11.1.6 The Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines, including the Demonstration Plan, are contained as an appendix to this Plan. 11.1.7 The Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines provide specific guidelines for both the public and private sectors. They indicate the Municipality of Clarington's expectations with respect to the character, quality and form of development in the North Village community. The Demonstration Plan illustrates one manner of implementing the planning principles of the Secondary Plan. The Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines and Demonstration Plan have been approved by Council, however, do not require an amendment to implement an alternative design solution, or solutions at any time in the future. 11.1.8 Engineering infrastructure must follow the schedule within the Municipality's and Region's capital budget, as agreed to by the Landowners' Group. 11.1.9 All new development within the North Village Secondary Plan area will proceed on the basis of the sequential extension of full municipal services through the Regional and Municipal capital works programs and plans of subdivision. 11.1.10 Development applications for lands abutting the Arterial Roads shown in Schedule A require that lands be dedicated for road widenings as determined by the Municipality or Region. 11.1.11 Approval of development applications are conditional upon commitments from the appropriate authorities and the proponents of development to the timing and funding of the required road and transportation facilities, parks and community facilities. These works will be provided for in the subdivision and site plan agreements. Phasing of the development, based on the completion of the external road works, may be required by the Municipality of Clarington. Page 98 32 11.1.12 Approval of development applications are conditional upon commitments from the appropriate authorities and the proponents of development to the timing and funding of required stormwater management, sanitary sewer and water supply facilities. These works will be provided for in subdivision and site plan agreements. Phasing of development, based on the completion of external sewer and water services, may be implemented if required by the Municipality of Clarington. 11.1.13 The Secondary Plan recognizes that comprehensive planning requires the equitable sharing amongst landowners of costs associated with the development of land. It is a policy of this Plan that prior to the approval of any draft plan of subdivision, applicants/landowners will enter into appropriate cost sharing agreements that establish the means by which the costs (including Region of Durham costs) of developing the property are to be shared. The Municipality may also require, as a condition of draft approval, that proof be provided to the Municipality that landowners have met their obligations under the relevant cost sharing agreements prior to registration of a plan of subdivision. 11.2 Existing Uses 11.2.1 The block containing existing commercial uses at the interchange of Highway 35/115 and Concession Road 3 is designated for Highway Commercial uses. 11.2.2 Expansion of the lands designated for Highway Commercial uses is strongly discouraged. 11.2.3 After realignment of Regional Road 17, it anticipated that a remnant portion of the existing Regional Road 17 right-of-way will be retained in order to provide access to the existing Highway Commercial block to its west. Vehicular access to adjacent residential blocks will not be permitted from this remnant portion that provides access to the existing Highway Commercial block. 11.2.4 The existing residential uses along Regional Road 17 will continue to have driveway access to their lots from Regional Road 17, including after its realignment. If and when those uses redevelop, they will be subject to this Plan's policies, which include restriction on new and additional direct vehicular access to Arterial Roads including Regional Road 17. 11.3 Interpretation 11.3.1 The North Village Secondary Plan aligns with the policies of the Clarington Official Plan. The policies of this Plan, along with Maps and Appendices must be read and interpreted in conjunction with the policies of the Clarington Official Plan. 11.3.2 In the event of a conflict between the Clarington Official Plan and this Plan, the policies of this Plan prevail. 11.3.3 The boundaries shown on Schedule A to this Plan are approximate, except where they meet with existing roads or other clearly defined physical features. Where the general intent of this Plan is maintained to the satisfaction of the Municipality, minor boundary adjustments will not require an amendment to this Plan. Page 99 33 11.3.4 Where examples of permitted uses are listed under any specific land use designation, they are intended to provide examples of possible uses. Other similar uses may be permitted provided they conform to the intent and all applicable provisions of this Plan. Page100 34 Schedule A - Land Use, Parks & Transportation Street B oo ad m ,7 3 Z LEGEND 0 North Village Secondary Plan Area Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential Mixed Use Area — Neighbourhood Park — Parkette - - - - - Neighbourhood Centre Buffer Highway Commercial Reservoir and Pumping Station O School Arterial Road Collector Road - - - - - Local Road — — — Bike Route Multi -Use Path o,. Gateway Prominent Intersection � do •. �+� h ♦N� 0 . c CD M rt O The location of the collector road intersection with Regional Road 17 is conceptual only and will be refined based on road safety considerations including sight distance and interspAWI"g/geometric design requirements. Attachment 4 to Report PDS-043-23 Municipality of Clarington North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines May 2023 ClafiWon $VN Pa'g-e-102 1. footprint DRAFT Contents 1.0 Introduction iv 1.1 Purpose of the Guidelines iv 1.2 Document structure 2 2.0 Vision and Guiding Principles 4 3.0 Sustainability Guidelines 8 3.1 Introduction 8 3.2 Sustainable Development 8 3.3 NVSP Sustainability Focus Areas 10 4.0 Structuring Elements 18 4.1 Neighbourhood Centre 18 4.2 Streets, Blocks and Mid -Block Connections 22 4.3 Open Space Network 24 4.5 Gateways and Prominent Intersections 26 5.0 Built Form: Private Realm 28 5.1 Development of Blocks and Lots 28 5.2 General Site Layout and Building Design Guidelines 28 5.3 Building Design 34 5.4 Detached, Semi -Detached, Townhouse and Stacked Townhouse Dwellings 41 5.5 Low -Rise Apartment Buildings 43 5.6 Neighbourhood centre 45 5.7 Highway Commercial 53 ii North Village Secondary Plan Page 103 DRAFT 6.0 Public Realm Design Guidelines 6.1 Public Parks 6.3 Parkettes 6.4 Streets and Mid -Block Connections 6.5 Streetscape elements 6.6 Prominent Intersections/ Gateways 6.7 Universal Design 6.8 Parking 6.9 Schools 6.10 Reservoir and Pumping Station 6.11 Neighbourhood Centre 7.0 Interpretation 54 54 55 56 63 63 64 64 65 65 65 L• • PaR�rt"illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines iii DRAFT 1.0 Introduction This section provides an overview of the context and background for the North Village Urban Design and the Guidelines. It addresses the purpose of the Guidelines, the study area boundaries and the document structure. 1.1 Purpose of the Guidelines The Village of Newcastle is one of four urban areas in the Municipality of Clarington, the easternmost municipality in the Region of Durham. The North Village Secondary Plan area is located on the northern edge of the Village of Newcastle, an urban settlement area centered on Durham Highway 2 (King Avenue) and Regional Road 17 (Mill Street). The North Village Secondary Plan area is bound by Concession Road 3 to the north, Arthur Street to the east, and Highway 35/115 to the west. An approved subdivision is located to the south. The North Village Secondary Plan provides a forward -thinking framework for a complete community that supports residents in living healthy, low -carbon lives in a walkable neighbourhood that complements the existing small-town character of Newcastle. The North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines provide additional guidance and detail to guide the implmentation of the policy framework of the Secondary Plan through community design, mobility planning, and built form and public realm design. The Guidelines provide a suite of proactive and forward thinking design considerations. The Guidelines will be used as a tool to guide development. They will be used by the building and development industry in the preparation of development proposals, and by the Municipality of Clarington in their review of development applications, including draft plan of subdivision, zoning by-law amendment, and site plan control applications. Together, the Secondary Plan and Guidelines establish a robust framework for future development, and ensure that growth and expansion is well integrated with the existing urban fabric. iv North Village Secondary Plan Page 105 iu P7. I � North Village y _ . Secondary Plan Area ("Project Area") Context App oved Area rea 7'rf . s +' 4 akill I i . :A it.1 - r~ .A DRAFT 1.2 Document structure The North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines are structured as follows: 1.0 Introduction — This section provides an overview of the context and background for the North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, addresses the purpose of the Guidelines, the study area boundaries and the community structure. 2.0 Vision and Design Principles — This section provides an overview of the vision and guiding principles, which form the core tenets of the North Village Secondary Plan. 3.0 Sustainability Guidelines — This section establishes a set of wholistic Sustainability Guidelines that recognize the interconnectedness of the environment, culture and community and their fundamental impact on human health and wellbeing. 4.0 Structuring Elements — This section establishes the structuring elements which shape the community. This includes the Neighbourhood Centre, the heart of the community, as well as streets, blocks and mid -block connections, the open space network, and gateways and prominent intersections. 5.0 Private Realm Design Guidelines — This section establishes Design Guidelines which apply to all development within the community. It also addresses site design and building design. 6.0 Public Realm Design Guidelines —This section establishes a set of public realm Design Guidelines which apply to the public streets and spaces within the community. The Guidelines address neighbourhood parks, parkettes, street networks, streetscape elements, universal design, parking and elementary schools. 2 North Village Secondary Plan Page 107 DRAFT PaR�rt"illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines DRAFT 2.0 Vision and Guiding Principles North Village is a vibrant neighbourhood that is open to all, at all stages of their life. Walkable and welcoming, it reflects the rich spirit of the Newcastle Community. The following principles form the core tenets of the A beautiful & inviting NEIGHBOURHOOD North Village Secondary Plan. Together with the vision, these principles will guide decision -making as Design a variety of open spaces linked by a the Secondary Plan is prepared and implemented. beautiful and functional public realm. Encourage a high standard of design. nn A liveable NEIGHBOURHOOD Utilize the existing topography to optimize Provide a mix of housing options that are views of the surrounding areas. available to a wide range of ages, abilities, incomes, and household sizes. A resilient NEIGHBOURHOOD Provide an appropriate mix of uses, Minimize contribution to climate change by amenities, and services at the heart of incorporating green design principles related the neighbourhood to encourage active, to energy, water, and waste at the building and sociable lives and support a sense of well- neighbourhood scale. being and connection. Where economically feasible, utilize materials Provide a range of community facilities from sustainable sources for construction and and co -locate these facilities where infrastructure projects, account for positive and possible. negative life -cycle impacts of materials when assessing their contribution. A connected NEIGHBOURHOOD Integrate indigenous and pollinator -friendly Prioritize pedestrian mobility and comfort species into the development. by designing a neighbourhood that is well connected internally and provides Support resilience and future adaptability safe and walkable links to surrounding by designing homes and buildings to neighbourhoods. accommodate different uses and densities with diverse unit configurations. Design the movement network to safely 00 and comfortably accommodate all modes 00 A unique Newcastle NEIGHBOURHOOD of travel (pedestrians, cyclists, transit vehicles, loading and private vehicles). Foster a unique identity by celebrating the rural heritage of the area. Engage the Newcastle community in planning the future of North Village. 4 North Village Secondary Plan Page 109 . ..... . . . .... 0 Nmr 47 IL V It !'Nk —A— q> Aw k DRAFT 2.1 Demonstration Plan and Character The demonstration plan illustrates one way in which the policies of the North Village Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines might be implemented to create the North Vlllage community. The plan illustrates a community fabric that will support projected growth and effectively meet the Secondary Plan objectives. The demonstraton plan illustrates the distribution of land uses within a schematic street and block network, overlaid by community building elments such as gateways and trails. It addresses the vision and principles of the community through the following design strategies. Livable and unique Neighbourhood • Locating the Neighbourhood Centre in the middle of the neighbourhood, at the crossroads of the primary collector roads, where it is accessible to all and creating a unique focal point. • Providing a variety of land uses, including a school, public open spaces, and a range of housing options. Connected, beautiful and inviting Neighbourhood Creating a modified grid of streets that fosters permeability throughout, including connections to the approved neighbourhood to the south. Augmenting the street network with mid -block connections, trails and parks that provide additional connectivity for pedestrians and cyclists. Locating parks in prominent locations along the primary collector roads, where they will have high visibility and will be connected together as a green necklace through the community. 6 North Village Secondary Plan Page 111 DRAFT Demonstration Plan LEGEND 0 North Village Secondary Plan Area Low Density Residential _ Medium Density Residential Mixed Use Area _ Neighbourhood Park Parkette Highway Commercial — Reservoir and Pumping Station Neighbourhood Centre a Gateway Prominent Intersection Arterial Road Type B ■ ■ Arterial Road Type C Collector Road - - - - - Local Road - - - - - Rear Lane — — — Bike Route Multi -Use Path Mid -block Connection Q School ■;L .3 r_ ■-1 ■ Cn rt ■M ■M O PaWrttvillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 7 DRAFT 3.0 Sustainability Guidelines 3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Purpose of the Sustainability Guidelines The purpose of the Sustainability Guidelines is to establish a framework that will guide the sustainable development of the North Village Secondary Plan area. The Sustainability Guidelines are founded on a holistic approach to sustainability, which is essential for the well-being of the future residents of the North Village Secondary Plan area. This perspective recognizes the interconnectedness of the environment, culture, and community, and reflects the need for a comprehensive response to effectively manage our finite resources. The subsequent sections provide a summary of the recommended sustainable strategies and measures that are categorized under eight key sustainability focus areas: energy & emissions, climate resilience, water efficiency, materiality & waste diversion, stormwater management, ecology, local food production, and health & wellbeing. Taking a holistic approach to design, the Sustainability Guidelines set the groundwork for a sustainable and complete community. 3.2 Sustainable Development 3.2.1 Role of Sustainable Development Developing new communities without consideration for smart, "green" growth can cause issues such as urban sprawl, car -centric transportation networks, and lack of green space. The design, construction and operation of the buildings in which we live and work are responsible for the consumption of many natural resources. Developing a new community where there was once greenfield will change the landscape to include more hardscaped surfaces, which will have negative impacts to the stormwater management on the site and increase the urban heat island effect of the area. The growth of the population in the Newcastle area will increase the demand on energy, use of fossil fuels and vehicle transportation contributing to an increase in greenhouse gas emissions and diminishing air quality. Increases of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere bring about a host of changes. The most obvious effect is global warming. In Canada, temperatures have increased by 1.3°C on average in the last century. 2001-2010 was the hottest decade since weather records began. If emissions continue to increase, global temperatures may rise 4 7°C in the next century. Warmer average temperatures are not the only effect of higher concentrations of greenhouse gases. A warmer atmosphere leads to a cascade of changes that are of concern to Clarington. Climate models for Clarington suggest that the climate in the future will be warmer and more humid, with more frequent and intense rain events, and less snow. There will be lower winds generally, but more frequent extreme weather with high winds and heavy rain. As such, some environmental and social impacts of development will be amplified by the changes we experience in our climate if not considered in how we design our communities. Some of the potential impacts of climate change in Newcastle include: • Hotter weather, intense rainfall events, and windstorms will increase the stress on urban ecosystems. • Prolonged or intense rainfall could cause large amounts of runoff to overwhelm sewer systems and causing flooding. • Hot days and nights can cause an increase in air conditioning usage creating peak loads that pose the potential for brownouts and blackouts. • Weathering damage to buildings due to the changes in temperature may reduce the lifecycle of building materials and structures, requiring earlier and costly renovation and restoration measures. • Health Canada has also described a wide variety of potential health effects from climate change from heart and respiratory ailments to mental stress resulting from weather -related incidents. Responsible development needs to play a large role in reducing or mitigating environmental impacts to be part of the solution to the environmental 8 North Village Secondary Plan Page 113 DRAFT challenges facing the planet. Action is needed to both minimize the environmental impact caused by the development of the North Village community as well as to reduce North Village's vulnerability to weather extremes. With the reality of climate change, there is a need to design for the climate of tomorrow by building climate resilient and adaptable communities. Futureproofing and building beyond what current codes and standards require will allow buildings and communities to last longer, evolve and adapt to new realities and provide more comfort and wellness to the residents as we move into a new climate reality. 3.2.2 Clarington Green Development Program Priority Green Clarington was established to support the Municipality's commitment to sustainable development. To achieve this, Priority Green Clarington, a "Local Planning for Global Stewardship" initiative, is designed to set a new standard for new residential development that prioritizes sustainability, promotes innovation, and improves the community's quality of life. The Green Development Program is primarily geared towards residential development and aims to place sustainability at the forefront of the land development process. The framework for the Green Development Program consists of five main components and provides a "roadmap" to green development in Clarington. The Green Development Guide includes strategies to be used to evaluate the sustainability of a proposed development and includes both design and construction measures. The Green Development Program focuses on four key themes: • Built environment • Natural environment • Mobility • Infrastructure & building The Sustainability Guidelines will expand upon this existing guidance by providing a holistic approach to sustainability for the development. 3.2.3 Beyond Sustainability: Fostering Resilience in Urban Design The Sustainability Guidelines aim to go beyond the conventional notion of sustainability by adopting a comprehensive urban design approach. The objective of the Guidelines is to establish sustainable best practices as a baseline for the present and foster greater resilience for the future. While sustainability seeks to meet the present Community facilities should integrate renewable energy technologies into the building face, roof and site design. PaWAVillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 9 DRAFT needs without compromising the ability of future generations to thrive, resilience focuses on the capacity of individuals, communities, institutions, businesses, and systems within a municipality to endure, adapt, and flourish in the face of chronic stresses and acute shocks. In essence, resilience is about building the ability to withstand and recover from shocks, such as natural disasters, economic downturns, or social disruptions, while also addressing long-term challenges like climate change, inequality, and resource depletion. By integrating sustainability and resilience principles into the urban design process, the Sustainability Guidelines seek to create communities that are not only environmentally sustainable but also socially and economically resilient. As a result, the Guidelines emphasize the importance of designing urban systems and infrastructure that can adapt to changing circumstances, promoting diversity and inclusivity, fostering collaboration and innovation, and building strong social networks and institutions. By doing so, the Guidelines aim to create sustainable and resilient communities that can thrive in the face of uncertainty and change. 3.3 NVSP Sustainability Focus Areas 3.3.1 Energy & Emissions Buildings & Infrastructure • Energy conservation in the North Village Secondary Plan area will support the reduction of energy use and consider the inclusion of alternative and renewable energy sources. • Promote energy efficiency through building designs that provide opportunities for passive design strategies and maximize the potential for passive solar and natural ventilation. • Buildings should be designed and constructed to achieve all mandatory measures of the most current version of ENERGY STAR° for New Homes. • Where the builder is providing appliances, all Energy Star eligible appliances must be Energy Star compliant. • All public realm light fixtures should be LED, pedestrian -scaled, and conform with the Municipality's lighting standards. Greenhouse Gas Emissions • Consider providing a purchase option to homebuyers to design and construct in accordance with the CHBA Net Zero Home Labelling Program. • Conduct a Materials Emissions Assessment using BEAM (Building Emissions Accounting for Materials tool), or an equivalent tool, to measure A1-A3, stage emissions for all structural, enclosure, and major finishes (cladding, flooring, ceilings, and interior wall sheathing) for a typical building design for each building typology. • Consider low -carbon sustainable material alternatives to the proposed structure or envelope to use in the building project. Renewable Energy Integrate opportunities for renewable energy use to reduce the electric energy supply in the public realm, such as solar -powered lighting for trails and park pathways. Electric Vehicles • For each dwelling unit with a residential parking space, provide an energized outlet or full electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) capable of providing Level 2 charging. 10 North Village Secondary Plan Page 115 DRAFT 3.3.2 Climate Resilience Implement the primary measures for basement flood protection, extreme wind protection, and extreme heat protection from the most recent version of the Durham Region Climate Resilience Standard for New Houses. Meet the requirements of the ENERGY STAR for Homes, version 3, water management system builder checklist. Ensure planned major storm overland flow routes are compliant with the road authority's servicing standards for depth of ponding on their roadway corridors. 3.3.3 Ecology Tree Canopy • Plant large growing shade trees along street frontages that are spaced appropriately, having regard to site conditions. • Each separate new tree planting area must have access to a minimum volume of 30m3 of soil per tree. In urban conditions this may required soil cells. Rain gardens can be implemented in public spaces Heat Island Effect Use one or a combination of the following strate- gies to treat at least 50% of the site's non -roof hardscape: • High-albedo paving materials with an initial solar reflectance of at least 0.33 or SRI of 29; • Open grid pavement with at least 50% perviousness; • Shade from existing tree canopy or new tree canopy within 10 years of landscape installation; • Shade from architectural structures that are vegetated or have an initial solar reflectance of at least 0.33 at installation or and SRI of 29; or • Shade from structures with energy generation. • Reduce the impact of paved surfaces devoted to parking areas through the use of curbed planting islands and walkway islands that separate and define large parking areas into smaller well-defined areas, while enhancing growing conditions for trees. Green & Cool Roofs Roof areas must be provided with one of the follow- ing: • Green roof for at least 50 percent of Available Roof Space • Cool roof installed for 100 percent of Available Roof Space • A combination of a green roof, and cool roof and solar PV for at least 75 per cent of Available Roof Space • Green roofs are encouraged throughout the community, specially the Neighbourhood center, and should be provided in combination with renewable energy initiatives. • Where green roofs are accessible, use of these spaces for local food production is encouraged. • Where green roofs are not easily accessible, the use of native, low -maintenance plant species is encouraged. • Where green roof is provided, consider PaR�rttl#illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 11 DRAFT incorporating a biodiverse green roof to support pollinator species. • For a low -sloped roof, typical of commercial and institutional buildings, the cool roof Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) value should be 0.64 and for steep -sloped roofs, typical of residential the SRI value should be 15. Light Pollution • All exterior light fixtures are Dark Sky/Nighttime Friendly compliant practices to minimize light pollution. • Exterior street and building lighting should project downward, and away from reflective surfaces in order to reduce light pollution. • Where possible, pedestrian -scale lighting should be provided, and excessive vehicle -oriented lighting should be avoided. Bird Friendly Design • Large expanses of glazed areas should employ bird strike deterrent strategies. This can be accomplished using patterned glass or window films that appear opaque from the outside. There are also a number of new and innovative Light-coloured cool roof plus solar PVs 12 North Village Secondary Plan technologies using ultraviolet patterns that are visible to birds but invisible to humans. • Building systems should be set up to automatically turn off major lighting after hours or close blinds once the sun has set to reduce energy use and minimize interference with the flight patterns of migratory birds. Habitat & Biodiversity • Bio-diversity should be encouraged through the selection of native, non-invasive species of plant life. • Plant the at -grade landscaped site area using a minimum of 50% native plants (including trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants) comprising at least two native flowering species that provide continuous bloom throughout all periods over the growing season. • Introduce no invasive plant species into the landscape. • Community gardens and public parks should prioritize low -maintenance, drought -resistant species. Street tree planting can help manage stormwater run-off by directing water flows into planted areas. Page117 DRAFT 3.3.4 Water Efficiency • All buildings should be designed to use water efficiently through such measures as ultra -low flow fixtures, dual flush toilets, and rainwater harvesting. • All water fixtures satisfy Ontario Building Code requirements and at least 10% of the water fixtures are high -efficiency WaterSense® certified. 3.3.5 Stormwater Management • Demonstrate best management practices (BMPs) are used to treat runoff, removing at least 80% of the average annual post - development total suspended solids JSS). • Provide quantity or flood control in accordance with applicable Municipal and Conservation Authority and Official Plan requirements in a manner best replicating natural site hydrology processes, retain (i.e. infiltrate, evapotranspirate, or collect and reuse) onsite the runoff from the developed site for, at minimum, the 80th percentile of regional or local rainfall events, using low -impact development (LID) and green infrastructure (GI) practices. Rainwater harvesting can be used for lanscape irrigation reducing unnecesaary use of potable water • Implement low -impact design measures that emphasize the use of bio-swales, vegetated filter strips, innovative stormwater practices, rain gardens, at -source infiltration, rainwater reuse system, and alternative filtration systems such as treatment trains. • Encourage the use of porous or permeable pavement instead of standard asphalt and concrete for surfacing sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, and many types of road surfaces as a stormwater run-off management strategy for promoting groundwater infiltration and water quality treatment. • Surface parking areas should minimize the use of impervious surface materials. Wherever soil conditions are conducive, large surface parking lots should direct drainage towards dedicated areas with permeable pavers; • Buildings are encouraged to collect rainwater for reuse in the building and/or for irrigation. • Rainwater harvesting systems, such as rain barrels and other simple cisterns, should be considered to capture rainwater, which can be used for landscape irrigation, thereby reducing unnecessary use of potable water. Landscaping with pollinator -friendly native plants PaR�rttlAllage urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 13 DRAFT 3.3.6 Materiality & Waste Diversion Building Materials & Construction Practices • Incorporate green building material standards to reduce the impact on the environment and ensure materials are purchased/obtained from responsible ethical sources; and where possible, materials should be sourced from certified local businesses. • Consider the use of recycled/reclaimed materials for new infrastructure including roadways, parking lots, sidewalks, unit paving, curbs, water retention tanks and vaults, stormwater management facilities, sanitary sewers, and/or water pipes. • Encourage the use of products extracted, processed, and manufactured locally (approx. 160 km) and target the following components. • framing; • aggregate for concrete and foundation; • drywall or interior sheathing. • Encourage the use of products that contain at least 25% post -consumer or 50% pre -consumer content. • Where feasible, incorporate concrete that consists of at least 30% fly ash or slag used as a cement substitute and 50% recycled content or reclaimed aggregate OR 90% recycled content or reclaimed aggregate. Waste Diversion • Incorporate strategies that emphasize targets for a higher diversion rate in recycling for the plan area. • Reduce waste volumes through the provision of recycling/reuse stations, drop-off points for potentially hazardous waste, and centralized composting stations. • In large buildings, such as multi -unit residential buildings and commercial buildings, provide on -site recycling facilities for handling, storing, and separating of recyclables, specially in the Neighbourhood center. • Manage construction and demolition waste in accordance with 0. Reg.103/94 and divert from landfill a minimum of 50% of all waste generated on -site. Provide space for local food production,community gardening should be provided as part of new development. 14 North Village Secondary Plan Page 119 DRAFT Local Food Production • Open spaces and rooftops that receive good sunlight should be designed to provide opportunities for urban agriculture and community gardens where appropriate. • Ensure solar access and provide fencing, watering systems, garden bed enhancements (such as raised beds), secure storage space for tools, and pedestrian access for these spaces. • Promote local agricultural products and help to ensure that they remain productive components of the local economy. Encourage and facilitate a higher diversion rate for recycling Green roofs are encouraged to achieve a minimum of 80% coverage of the total open roof space. PaWrt�9illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 15 DRAFT 3.3.8 Health & Wellbeing • Streets should be designed to reflect complete street design principles, balancing the needs of all users. • Parks and open spaces shall be designed to promote accessibility and usage for all ages and abilities. • All development, with a focus on streetscapes, parks, open spaces, parking lots, and other publicly accessible areas, shall include Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. • Incorporate art into publicly accessible and visible spaces and into building designs as an architectural element. • Integrate amenities into streetscape elements, such as benches, transit shelters, shading, and paving to encourage walkability. • Sidewalks should be designed to provide fully - accessible, barrier -free connectivity throughout the community. • Design the public realm to ensure efficient walking routes forming a continuous network to key destinations with continuous sidewalks, or Charging facilities for electric vehicles equivalent provisions for walking such as multi- use paths. • Provide pedestrian and cycling connections from on -site buildings to off -site public sidewalks, pedestrian paths, trails, open space, active transportation pathways, transit stops and adjacent buildings and sites. • Bicycle parking facilities for visitors should be covered or sheltered with awnings, canopies or other elements that provide shelter. 16 North Village Secondary Plan Page 121 DRAFT M- Bicycle parking facilities in parks Street furniture can also be art VP - Tactile surfaces at intersections improve safety and navigability throughout the neighbourhood `1111� AqV PaWrtWillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 17 DRAFT 4.0 Structuring Elements 4.1 Neighbourhood Centre The neighbourhood centre is the heart and soul of North Village, a key contributor to the development of a complete community, walkable and transit - ready. It provides residents with convenient access to diverse land uses to satisfy every day needs and essentials. Higher densities ensure it is vibrant at all hours and in all seasons, while providing diversified housing necessary for a life-long community. The neighbourhood centre includes not only the mixed use blocks at its core with their public square, but also the neighbourhood park, school, and adjacent streets and blocks. Compact and human - scaled, these uses work in concert to create a lively destination, evocative of a traditional main street or village core. The Public Realm and Built Form sections of this document provide specific design guidelines for the neighbourhood centre and emphasize design priorities that are unique to the neighbourhood centre, or are particularly important to achieve. The design of the neighbourhood centre should also have regard for the general public realm and built form guidelines. Neighbourhood Centre sketch Walkable and human -scaled main street Provide a space where the community can come together 18 North Village Secondary Plan Page 123 DRAFT -------------------- --------- i - • - 1 I , I I 1 I 1 I 1 I � 1 � LS � I � ■ r - 1 �l-'iI 11 pie 1� y ! r i r+ i 1 f /J•—_-_--_-_---------------------------------- —----------- L LEGEND North Village Secondary Area Bkzks 1� Neighbcurhoopj Rack Moved Use Area Highway Buffer Arterial Road -ype 0 Arterial Road—, ype C Collector Road ----- Local Road r....S Erhaned SbEetsrapa cREarr Labe 31� 113d Memood Cenb•e Buffer Public Square # Pmoinenl Enter ctiun 3 AoGms roads W Nek#tcurhw[rd CenWr Demonstration plan, Neighbourhood Center PaWrtl*llage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 19 DRAFT Key Urban Design Objectives Walkable & Connected • Composed of a fine-grained network of streets, blocks and pathways • Strong visual and physical connections to the rest of the neighbourhood • Multiple, convenient, direct and multi -modal links that prioritize active transportation Human Scaled & Pedestrian Oriented • Street -oriented buildings in compact form • Continuity of street walls with animated uses and narrow storefronts • High quality design and materials • Sunlit public spaces, pedestrian amenities, calmed vehicular traffic, weather protection and visual interest and delight Neighbourhood -Serving & Focused • Commercial uses meet the needs of the neighbourhood A space that's enjoyable all year round Vibrant All Day & In All Seasons • Mixed uses including upper -level residential to ensure a critical mass of people and activity throughout the day and in all seasons • Embed winter city design principals for year- round appeal • Shared amenities and facilities to minimize their cost and size — such as parking Sustainable & Resilient • Integrate green infrastructure such as porous pavers, rain gardens, green roofs, and a dense tree canopy to lessen environmental impacts while improving the public realm and micro - climate for pedestrians • Design for adaptability of all ground floor uses and parking infrastructure Identifiable & Inviting to All • Place -making that creates a unique identity, attracts activity and generates synergies • Variety of uses and accessible design • Enhance safety and security by prioritizing pedestrians and adopting Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design principles. 20 North Village Secondary Plan Page 125 lv, I '00 DRAFT 4.2 Streets, Blocks and Mid -Block Connections The local and collector streets, together with mid -block connections, create an interconnected network throughout the neighbourhood. This network allows pedestrians and cyclists to conveniently access local uses, amenities and destinations including homes, the neighbourhood centre, parks and potential school. Collector streets (Streets A and B) provide access to and a frontage for the neighbourhood centre, the focal point of the community. They connect each quadrant of North Village, allowing people from throughout the neighbourhood to conveniently and safely access the school and retail/commercial uses. They also connect four of the parks in North Village, and, through their southerly extensions, connect to approved parks and school sites in the neighbourhood to the south. The collector streets are the main axes of the community, and additional tree planting and landscaping is encouraged. Local streets in a modified grid create small development blocks for the neighbourhood's residential development. Local streets become window streets along arterial roads, providing pedestrian and cycling connectivity to the neighbourhood's edges. Where street connections to the arterial road network are not permitted, mid - block connections provide pedestrian and cycling linkages between local roads and the arterials. 22 North Village Secondary Plan Page 127 DRAFT ■iiiij����iiii��ii��* C ' .------------------ - 8 LrcG9NV 'Narth Viillege Secondary Area i Bh>ck!t Highway golfer ArherhW Road Hype a Arkb iW Rned Type G .r -` Enhanc*d 3W.Wi @pis Rtm Lwn4 • + + - Mk Axk Canrre.ien The collector roads A and B intersection with Regional Road 77 will be refined based on road safety considerations including sight distance and intersection spacing/geometric design requirements Demonstration plan, Blocks and Mid -Block Connections PaWrtl?011age Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 23 DRAFT 4.3 Open Space Network North Village has a variety of open spaces. A Neighbourhood Park is located in the heart of the neighbourhood in association with the neibhourhood centre. As the largest open space, it provides opportunities for the greatest variety of park amenities and serves the entire neighbhourhood. The street pattern ensures good accessibility to the Neighbourhood Park from all directions. Four smaller Parkettes are distributed throughout the neighbourhood, generally on collector or arterial streets. The Parkettes provide smaller scale amenities for the surrounding homes or quadrants. A potential school block is located in the heart of the neighbourhood, directly beside the Neighbourhood Park and across the street from a Parkette. All of these open spaces are located such that they create an interconnected `necklace' of green spaces. The Neighbourhood Park, potential school, and two of the Parkettes create a continuous corridor of green space linked by an enhanced streetscape through the Neighbourhood Centre. The other two Parkettes are located a short walk away. The configuration of open spaces provides a distributed network accessible to the whole neighbourhood. Along the west edge of the neighbourhood, an enhanced local road will include a tree -lined multi- use path along one side, helping to buffer Highway 35/115. This path will enhance connectivity and has the potential to be extended to the south. 24 North Village Secondary Plan Page 129 DRAFT —Cpproguivn Wd 3 1 y '1 1 . I i ■ i ' # i L ' Y • 1 a }y '31P f w e , I.__________________________ • f.�� i i i Y • i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 1 LEGIEND North Village Secondary Area &IR RS v_—r Neighhrrurhoad Park Parkene Highway Buffer Arterial Road Type B !!! Arterial Raad sype C WIELhor Road ----- Local Road Erhanred streemcape ----- RewLarge • fhid-Wook Connecfian Srtrpgl Public squares Demonstration plan, Open Space Network PaWrtWillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 25 DRAFT 4.5 Gateways and Prominent Intersections Gateways are located along the edges of the North Village neighbourhood, where vehicular access from the arterial road network is provided. This includes a Gatewayat the intersection of Regional Road 17 (and Concession Road 3) and at the intersection of Street B (and Arthur Street). These locations will celebrate the entrance to the neighbourhood through enhanced architectural and landscape features that create a sense of arrival. Prominent Intersections are located internal to the North Village neighbourhood. They are located along Street A, one at the intersection of Regional Road 17, and the other at the intersection of Street B. These locations celebrate the character of the neighbourhood itself, also through enhanced architectural and landscape features. They create landmarks for the neighbourhood that reinforce its unique identity. These Prominent Intersections are part of the Neighbourhood Centre, and an Enhanced Streetscape along Streets A and B will create green, pedestrian -friendly corridors. The Enhanced Streetscape can include a wide spectrum of streetscape elements such as generous sidewalks, special paving, street furniture, stroller and bike parking, additional street tree planting, and intersection bump -outs, among others. 26 North Village Secondary Plan Page 131 DRAFT � I ------------------------ !�� , •� , sheet B 46 I ------------- ---------- i . - - - ... , — - - - - - - - - - - - - r --------------------- — f LEGEND Narth Village Secondary Area Elawks v Neighhcvrhoad Park Parke. -re Highway Buffer Arterial Ruad Type B Arterial Road Type C CalleaW Road ----- Loral Road r Enhanced 5treemcape - fear Larne - - • Mid-NackConneclion � S�aal Pr-Dminent llnterseDtian '� Gabeway Demonstration Plan, Gateways & Prominent Intersections PaWrt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 27 DRAFT 5.0 Built Form: Private Realm The private realm is comprised of the properties that will remain in private ownership, including all forms of housing and businesses. The private realm represents the majority of development within North Village, and will make a significant contribution to defining its character, streets and public spaces. 5.1 Development of Blocks and Lots • Street blocks will be defined by the public street network. • Development blocks and lots should be oriented to allow for buildings to be oriented to public streets, including for the main front entrance to have a direct connection to the public sidewalk. • A variety of lot sizes should be provided, in order to ensure a diversity of housing types, sizes and designs, and to provide variety in the streetscape • Generally, lot shapes should be simple and rectilinear so as not to limit design and siting options. However, variations to the traditional lot should be incorporated to manage slope or property boundary issues. • Lots should allow for building frontages to face public parks. • Alternative street patterns and lotting should be prepared for the school site in the event that the school is not required. 5.2 General Site Layout and Building Design Guidelines 5.2.1 Lot Size and Variety • A variety of lot sizes should be provided, in order to ensure a diversity of building types, sizes and designs. • Sites should be planned and designed in keeping with Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Standards and Crime Prevention Through Enviromental Design Principles. Sites should allow for unobstructed street frontage adjacent to public open spaces. • Corner lots and lots adjacent to public open space features should be wider than interior lots to promote building facade articulation and visual interest along the side elevation. 5.2.2 Siting and Orientation • The primary facade of buildings should relate directly to the street and be sited generally parallel to it, creating a well-balanced, human - scale street and building relationship, which encourages pedestrian activity. • Building setbacks should define the street edge and establish visual order. Projections into the front or flankage yard, such as porches, entrance awnings or canopies, porticos, entrance steps and bay windows are encouraged for their beneficial impact on the streetscape. Encroachments should comply with applicable Zoning By-law regulations. • Buildings should be sited close to the minimum required front yard setback, to provide a human scale. • Buildings should be sited and oriented to optimize passive solar opportunities and natural ventilation. • Buildings should be sited and oriented to ensure the coordination and cohesion of the development within the context of adjacent properties and the surrounding streetscape. For multi -building sites, buildings should be organized into a pattern of internal streets and blocks, which are defined by buildings and/or landscaped areas. 5.2.3 Pedestrian Circulation • Clear and accessible pedestrian walkways should be provided from the sidewalk to the front entrance of each building. • Pedestrian walkways should be well defined and provide direct connection to parking areas, 28 North Village Secondary Plan Page 133 DRAFT building entrances and adjacent developments. Pedestrian walkways should be designed to promote pedestrian comfort, and encourage a pleasant walking experience. Pedestrian walkways should be provided along the full length of apartment, mixed use and commercial buildings, including residential lobby, residential apartment, storefront or restaurant entrances, and along any facade abutting parking areas. Pedestrian walkway depths should be maximized adjacent to the residential lobby, storefront or restaurant entrances, with consideration for the provision of appropriate canopy, awning or arcade treatments for pedestrian weather protection. 5.2.4 Landscaping and Amenity Space • Landscape design should incorporate the retention of existing mature trees, where possible, as well as the planting of new trees within the site, where space permits. • Streetscape elements should be provided along street frontages to maintain a consistent urban character. • Site fencing design should be complementary with the design of buildings. • A clear hierarchy of public, semi-public and private outdoor spaces should be provided. • Landscaping should include hard and soft landscape elements, including planting, decorative walls / fencing, paving materials, and pedestrian amenities. • Landscape elements, such as planting arrangements, should provide visual emphasis at the end of view corridors on buildings sites and vista terminations. • Landscaping should be used to screen parking areas and focus attention on adjacent buildings. • Front, side and rear setback areas should be landscaped with groundcover at minimum where not required for vehicle access. • For single detached, semi-detached and townhouse type lots, additional tree or shrub planting shall be provided for each dwelling. Planting will enhance community biodiversity, provide stormwater management benefits, beautify the community, and/or may serve functional uses such as for privacy, wind barriers and shade. • Grades should ensure water is directed away k..-_.KLZ. A clear and accessible pedestrian walkway links the Utilize plantings to maintain privacy and provide wind sidewalk to the front entrance of each building. barriers and shade. PaWrt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 29 DRAFT from buildings and neighbouring properties, and toward adjacent stormwater management infrastructure, streets and open spaces. • Avoid abrupt change of grade along streetscapes. • Private outdoor amenity space should be provided within rear yards, porches, porticos, balconies or terraces. 5.2.5 Lighting • All outdoor light fixtures should be LED, and "dark sky" compliant. • Parking areas, driveways and walkways should be adequately illuminated with low level, pedestrian -scaled lighting. • Building entrances should be well lit. Natural lighting is encouraged through the use of sidelights, fanlights or door glazing. Wall - mounted down -cast lighting is also appropriate adjacent to building entrances. • Lighting should be restricted adjacent to sensitive natural and residential environments. 5.2.6 Signage and Site Furnishings • Signage / addressing should be designed to be characteristic of the architectural identity of the development. Street addressing shall be clearly visible. • Site furnishings should be incorporated on private property along pedestrian connections to provide amenities at convenient and comfortable locations, such as building entrances and gathering spaces. • Multi -building developments should incorporate a consistent and compatible approach to signage and furnishing. • Site furnishings should reflect the intended use of the space and expected number of users. • Where permitted, addressing associated with secondary suites should be visible and clearly distinguished from that associated with primary units. 5.2.7 Site Access, Servicing, Storage and Utilities • Driveway entrances should be oriented to minimize visual impacts on adjacent properties. Such features should be integrated within the site, located away from building corners and with minimal interruption of walkways and sidewalks. • Catch basins should not be located in front of planned driveway entrances. • Site access should be provided via a single curb cut. • Driveways and associated curb cuts should be minimized in width. • On corner lots, driveways should be accessed from the street of lesser prominence. • The use of permeable surface materials are encouraged within driveways, parking pads, and surface parking areas. • Utility meters, gas lines, transformers and HVAC equipment should be placed in discrete locations and screened from public view. • Utilities and servicing areas should be located as that they do not interfere with existing trees, mature tree growth or landscaping. Detached Dwellings, Semi -Detached Dwellings and Townhouses • Driveways should have sufficient width and length to facilitate vehicle parking entirely within private properties, without obstructing adjacent sidewalk or vehicle sightlines. • Driveways and associated curb cuts should either be combined and shared between adjacent properties, or laid out with a consistent rhythm between adjacent properties. • Where two-lane driveways are desired, asphalt 30 North Village Secondary Plan Page 135 DRAFT width should not exceed that of associated garage doors, and tapering is encouraged as driveways approach associated curb cuts. • Garbage and recycling storage areas should be located at the side or rear of dwellings. Where this is not possible, garbage and recycling storage areas should be screened from public view. Apartment Buildings, Mixed Use Buildings, Commercial Buildings and Institutional Buildings • Future development should coordinate and consolidate driveway entrances, where feasible. Ground floor frontages may need to be set back adjacent to parking access sites to provide visibility at the exit. • Loading facilities should be consolidated between adjacent properties, where feasible. Such facilities should be integrated into the building design or placed away from street frontages and screened from view. Screening measures should include landscaping and/or fencing. • Garbage and recycling storage rooms should be centralized indoors, and at the rear of the building. • Service and outside storage enclosures should be constructed of materials to match or complement the building material. No enclosure should be made of any form of chain link fencing. Gates and/or access doors may be constructed of materials different from the actual enclosure material to facilitate operation. • Outside storage areas should not be visible from any street, and be fully screened by wall enclosures. Screen walls should have a minimum height equal to that of the item which it is screening. • Noise attenuation measures should be provided where service areas are in proximity to neighbourhoods. These features should be complementary in material and design to surrounding buildings and structures, to reinforce the image of the community. Driveways incorporate permeable paving strategies and are minimized in width. PaWrX illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 31 DRAFT 5.2.8 Vehicle Parking Driveways • Maximum driveway width shall be 2 cars, or the width of the garage opening, whichever is less. Garages • A variety of garage typologies, including integral front, integral rear and detached rear garages, are encouraged throughout the community. • Integral front garages should be integrated into the massing and design of dwellings. • Integral front garages should either be flush or recessed relative to the primary building face of dwellings, and should not project forward. The primary building face may include the levels above grade. • Integral rear garages should either be integrated into the massing of dwellings, or connected via a breezeway. • For street -facing garages, maximum garage width should be 50% of the building widthThe width of garage doors should be narrow, with preference given to the use of multiple single vehicle doors over double car garage doors. • Garages should incorporate a design and material quality which is consistent and complementary to associated dwellings. Surface Parking Lots • Surface parking spaces should be located at the side or rear of buildings, either served by laneways or consolidated by block. • Visitor / guest parking spaces should be clearly distinguished from resident / employee parking spaces, and should be coordinated in location. • Landscaping and permeable, sustainable materials and technologies will be prioritized. • Surface parking spaces should be organized in compact formations with significant, high -quality soft landscaped edges, especially adjacent to the public realm. • Landscaping and site organization should prioritize managing stormwater quality and quantity on -site, wherever possible. • Landscaping near parking and vehicle routes should provide opportunities for shading, without minimizing safety and visibility. • Surface parking lots should be screened from view along adjacent streets, through the use of low-level landscape buffering. • Pedestrian movement should be given priority Materiality and design of the garage is consistent with the building. 32 North Village Secondary Plan Page 137 DRAFT in the design of all parking facilities. Clearly marked, direct and safe pedestrian routes should be provided wherever possible and should be separated when appropriate. Lighting for parking should be oriented to limit visual impact on adjacent neighbourhoods but should otherwise be well distributed to enhance safety and visibility. Accessible parking spaces should have direct access to building entrances and should not be placed across a drive aisle. Other Forms of Parking • Above -grade structured parking, underground or partially -recessed parking, if provided, shall be designed to minimize its visual impact on the public realm, inclusive of structures, driveways, ramps, and vents. • Above -grade structured parking shall be located to the rear of buildings and screened from view from streets and open spaces. Surface parking with pedestrian walkway and landscaping 5.2.9 Bicycle Parking for Multi -unit Residential, Commercial and Public Buildings • Internal bicycle parking within buildings should be located at grade with direct access to the adjacent street, wherever possible, or should provide ramped access to the street. • Internal bicycle parking should be made available to employees and residents. • All bicycle parking for visitors external to the building should be covered, either by lobby canopies, breezeways or independent shelter structures. • Bicycle parking should be provided in proximity to mixed use buildings in order to encourage active transportation. • Adequate bicycle parking shall be provided at all public buildings. Visitor bicycle parking is sheltered. PaWrt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 33 DRAFT 5.3 Building Design Buildings should be planned and designed in keeping with current iterations of the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Standards and Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design Principles. 5.3.1 Character Provide building forms, materials and architectural character that are compatible with the historic qualities of the Village of Newcastle. For low-rise residential building design, consider one or more of the following: • simple massing forms for the overall building massing • simple roof forms • gable and hip roofs • models featuring brick or clapboard • broad porches along the face of dwellings • gable wall or roof dormers • vertical window proportions • architectural trim and details referencing historic styles. For commercial or mixed use building design, consider one or more of the following: • brick as the primary material in the podium levels • decorative brickwork, e.g. bands, reveals, soldier courses, brick cornices • strong cornice line above the ground floor level • strong cornice line at the top of the podium level • vertically proportioned punched windows in the podium levels • small stand-alone commercial buildings designed to appear as a converted house form (e.g. pitched roof, clapboard or brick). } WOr- iJT .w� Mixing building designs creates more interesting streetscapes. Consider options with garages in the rear yard. 34 North Village Secondary Plan Page 139 DRAFT High quality architectural detailing, including brick and trim work, variety in window treatments. tall dormers, and long porches spanning two units, help to create a dynamic streetscape for this long building type. A variety of facades give the street frontage a unique character. PaWrtWillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 35 DRAFT 5.3.2 Height, Massing and Transitions Where building elevations are visible from adjacent streets and open spaces, a variety of massing can be achieved through alternative facade treatments, roof line, emphasis, building projections, materials, colours and architectural styles. Where significant grade changes occur within a site, buildings should be designed to accommodate such grade changes. Where building frontages exceed 30 metres, massing should be articulated or broken up through a continuous rhythm of building fronts achieved through a pattern of projections and recessions, columns, datum lines, entrances, signage, and/or glazed areas. This is important to ensure that facades do not appear to be overwhelming, and can create a sense of multiple buildings along the length of the property. Vertical breaks and stepbacks should also be provided to maintain a comfortable pedestrian environment. 5.3.3 Entrances • Primary entrances shall address the street. • Building entrances should be highly visible, and should face and provide direct connections to the adjacent street, or walkway, via pedestrian walkways. • Where permitted, entrances to secondary suites should be located so as not to visually detract from primary unit entrances. In the case of corner conditions, such entrances are encouraged to address flanking street frontages. • Building entrances should promote visibility and views between interior and exterior spaces. • Entrances should be emphasized as focal points in a building's facade and complementary to the overall articulation and material palette of the building. • Weather protection and building entrances should be provided through the use of covered porches, porticos, wall recesses, canopies or awnings, as consistent with the architectural style of the building. • Building entrances should be well lit. Natural lighting is encouraged through the use of sidelights, fanlights or door glazing. Wall - mounted down -cast lighting is also appropriate Building entrances are highly visible and provide direct connections to adjacent street. 36 North Village Secondary Plan Page 141 DRAFT adjacent to building entrances. • Patios associated with building entrances should be consistent and proportionate in scale with the architectural style and massing of the building. • Steps and ramps should be architecturally integrated within the building entrance. • Elevated main front entrances and large concentrations of steps at the front should generally be avoided. Typically, a relationship of no more than approximately 5 risers to the porch is desirable to maintain a pedestrian scale. Site grading conditions and various built form types may warrant additional risers. • Main entrances associated with residential dwellings should be no greater than 1.5 storeys in height. • Entrance enhancements are encouraged, and may include pilasters, masonry surrounds, a variety of door styles, and a variety of transom lights. 5.3.4 Projections • The majority of dwellings should incorporate a street -facing porch, portico or balcony. • Porches and porticos, associated with dwellings, should be located closer to the sidewalk / street than the garage. This diminishes the visual impact of the garage and creates a comfortable pedestrian environment. • Wraparound porches are encouraged for dwellings on corner lots, where appropriate to the style of the dwelling. Wraparound porches should incorporate railings. • Porch dimensions should be adequate to comfortably accommodate seating. Porch depths should generally be no less than 1.8 metres. Deeper porches are encouraged and should be in proportion of the scale of the building. Porticos and balconies may have a reduced depth of 1.5 metres. • Porch, portico and balcony design and detailing should be consistent with the character of the building. • The width of stairs should be maximized to the extent feasible to match the porch or portico opening width. • Where railings are used, they should be consistent with the character of the building. Railings should attach to porch columns and not wrap around them. The colour of railings should reflect the design of the dwelling. Primary entrances are accessible and face public The design of the porch is consistent with the and/ or private roads. character of the building. PaWrtWillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 37 DRAFT • Balconies and terraces should be designed as cohesive elements of the building, and should not extend closer to the street than the ground level porch. 5.3.5 Windows • Windows should be designed as an expression of interior use. • Window sizes should be generous and have proportions and details which are consistent with the architectural style of the building. • Windows should play a functional role in providing natural ventilation and light, views and privacy, and passive heat gain in cold seasons. • Dwellings should incorporate bay windows, or other large windows, adjacent to main living areas, as well as smaller windows at primary building entrances. Emphasis should be placed on providing large windows on the ground floor. • Where provided, basement windows should match main floor windows. Large basement windows are encouraged where grading conditions permit. • Where permitted, windows associated with v. basement secondary suites should be sufficiently sized, proportioned and located to facilitate adequate sunlight penetration and egress. The use of window wells is encouraged in order to limit finished first floor heights. • Clear glass is preferred for all glazing, in order to promote a high level of visibility. • Where appropriate to the style of the building, window mullions and muntin bars are encouraged on publicly exposed elevations. • Sills and lintels should be consistent with the architectural style of the building. • Where appropriate, shutters should have a width equal to half of the associated window. • The use of coloured window frames is encouraged to add variety, appropriate to the colour palette of the associated dwelling. • Dormer windows should be designed and situated to contribute to the overall massing strategy and complement the location of lower storey windows. 5.3.6 Roofs • Roof types and forms should be consistent with i� Window sizes are generous. Clear glass for all glazing 38 North Village Secondary Plan Page 143 DRAFT the architectural style of the buildings. • A variety of roof types and forms should be provided along streetscapes. • Roof materials should complement the building's cladding materials. • Wide roof overhangs are encouraged both as a design feature and as a means of providing shade and weather protection. • Building designs are encouraged to incorporate parapets or cornice treatments to provide an interesting roof form. • Roof elements, including chimneys, dormers, pitches, cupolas, and vents are encouraged as distinct elements, which contribute to the variety of roof designs. • Solar panels and green roofs are encouraged. • Where incorporated as secondary roof elements, metal accent roofs should be heavy gauge, and be designed with a standing seam and a pre - finished colour which complements the primary roof colour. • Vents located on side of buildings also should be a color that blends with siding material and not located facing the street. • Vent stacks, gas flues and roof vents should be located on the rear slope of the roof, when possible. Roof vents should be of a pre -finished Wide roof overhangs are encouraged to provide shade and weather protection. colour which complements that of the roof. • Rooftop mechanical equipment should be integrated into the roof design and screened from public view. • Rooftop amenity space shall be designed such that railings and architectural details visible from street level are integrated and consistent with the architetural style of the building. 5.3.7 Materials • Design and construction quality should reflect a high level of craftsmanship. • Building materials should be selected based on their aesthetic quality, durability, energy efficiency, lifecycle cost, and environmental impact. • Building materials should be appropriate to their use and location, and consistent with the expression of the area or district. • A variety of materials and colour palettes are encouraged. • The installation and implementation of building materials is as important as the selection of the materials themselves. Careful attention or I 4b Provide for a variety of roof types and forms. PaR�rt��illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 39 DRAFT should be paid to the detailing, connection and juncture of building materials to create a clean architectural expression. • The material composition of upper storeys may differ from base materials, but compatibility and transition between materials should be considered, and the rhythm and proportions of the lower floors should be respected. • Functional screens, including shade devices and other passive solar design elements, which complement the building design, are encouraged. • Side and rear facades should include materials of equal quality to the front facade. • Stone, stucco, pre -cast cement -fibre siding, vinyl siding, pre -finished shakes / shingles and pre -finished panelling are encouraged for use as accent materials where consistent with the architectural style of the building. • Building materials that should be avoided or limited in use include: concrete block, residential - type metal siding, or large quantities of highly reflective and mirrored finishes for glazing, or finish effects that simulate another material. • False facades are strongly discouraged. • Material changes should occur at logical locations including changes in plane or volume, Encourage green roofs and provide flat roofs as private or shared outdoor amenity spaces. wall openings or downspouts. Material change is discouraged at projecting (outside) corners; instead, a minimum 2.5 metre material return is preferred. 5.3.8 Articulation and Detailing • Buildings should be designed to individually and collectively contribute to the character of the surrounding neighbourhood or district. • Buildings should have a unique identity, while respecting and responding to the surrounding context. • Individual buildings should be self -consistent in architectural expression, with appropriate facade detailing, materials and colours consistent with its architectural style. • Primary building facades, which address adjacent streets or open spaces, should be articulated through the use of design elements such as entrances, windows, projections, recesses, canopies, awnings, and changes in material. Primary building facades should not be blank. • Secondary building facades, which address adjacent streets or open spaces, or are visible from the public realm, should contain a design and material standard equal to the primary building facade. Secondary building facades, which are not visible from the public realm, may be blank. • Where blank walls occur, the use of additional architectural details and building materials is encouraged. • Functional building elements such as vents and rainwater leaders should be integrated into the design of the building, where possible. • Utilities, vents and other unsightly elements should be integrated into the design of the building, and screened from public view. • A variety of architectural expressions and elevation treatments should be provided. 40 North Village Secondary Plan Page 145 DRAFT 5.4 Detached, Semi -Detached, Townhouse and Stacked Townhouse Dwellings For single detached and semi-detached: • identical building elevations should not be located side by side or directly opposite from one another. Such elevations should be separated by a minimum of 2 buildings. • identical building elevations should not appear more than 3 times within a cluster of 10 dwelling units. For semi-detached and all townhouses: • all the units that comprise the building should be compatible in terms of design expression. Elevations may be symmetrical or asymmetrical. • Dwellings should be fully -attached above grade. For all townhouses: • Exterior walls should be articulated, through the stepping of units and the use of bays, gables and porches, to avoid large unbroken expanses of Single detached dwellings articulate a distinctive identity. roof or wall planes. • Townhouse block widths may range from 3 to 8 adjacent horizontal units. • Privacy screens should be provided between outdoor amenity spaces of neighbouring units. For stacked townhouses: • Provide a separate and clearly articulated main front door for each unit. • Set back rooftop access from the street edge. • Provide soft landscaping within the front yard that can accommodate low planting and a small tree. Both halves of a semi-detached dwelling are consistent in architectural style. PaWA4011age Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 41 DRAFT upper floor setback mitigates the pL%rmved h2il�ht of building cornet extits with primary facades and entnmCAS on both Streets r pedestrian entmirico •#* •;;F� with djrK# access frGt11 •r; s primary Street;; 'r s a • Design principles for townhouses and stacked townhouses. Townhouses with rear laneways are appropriate along arterial roads. sufficient separation distance between units provides privacy srlRB amenity space• on Mp of weather protected carport uohlcular efltrarice Off of sa0znd ary Street Large building massing is articulated with a variety of techniques including roof forms, entry treatment, dormers and projections 42 North Village Secondary Plan Page 147 DRAFT 5.5 Low -Rise Apartment Buildings • A minimum of 50% of the street frontage shall be occupied by the primary building massing. • A minimum of 70% of the building's frontage should be built to the applicable minimum front and exterior side yard setbacks. The remaining 30% may be setback a maximum of 2.0 additional metres. • Low-rise apartment buildings should have a podium with a minimum streetwall height of 2 storeys and a maximum streetwall height of 4 storeys. Above the podium, upper levels shall have a minimum stepback of 1.5 metres. • Where residential uses are anticipated at - grade, such buildings should have a maximum finished ground floor height of 1.5 metres above established grade. • Where residential uses are anticipated at -grade, such buildings should incorporate a minimum ground floor height of 3.5 metres, measured floor -to -floor. • Where provided, upper storey residential apartment units should be accessed via a consolidated lobby. • Ground floor residential units facing streets or public walkways are encouraged to have individual entrances accessing the sidewalk. • The ground floor facade and the front yard shall be designed to provide a transition to the sidewalk that emulates a traditional front yard, such as by providing a stoop or porch, stairs, walkway, and low walls or landscaping. • Private outdoor amenity space should be provided through the provision of balconies and terraces. • Privacy screens should be provided between outdoor amenity spaces of units that do not face streets. • Common outdoor amenity space should be provided in the form of landscaped courtyards, forecourts, and accessible rooftops. • Street furniture including seating and bicycle parking should be provided adjacent to low-rise mixed use buildings in order to enhance the pedestrian experience and contribute to the character of the area or district. Individual entrances for units facing public walkway, and upper storey residential apartment units accessed by a consolidated lobby PaWrWillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 43 DRAFT 5.7.5 Parking • All required vehicle parking should be provided on -site, via surface parking areas or underground structured parking facilities. • Surface parking shall be located at the side or rear of the building. Entrances • For corner buildings, locate main entrances at or near the corner of the building so as to animate both sidewalks. Where multiple building entrances are desired, they are encouraged to address both frontages. • Entrances may be recessed where located directly adjacent to public sidewalks so as to minimize the obstruction of open doors. Strong Corner Presence and Street Frontages Building Frontages Should Occupy min. SM of t tie Street Siting and design of apartment sites. Parking in rear with access from secondary streets or laneways LPermeable Pavements in Parking Areas Medium Density I I Residential 44 North Village Secondary Plan Page 149 DRAFT 5.6 Neighbourhood centre Built form in the neighbourhood centre will be street- orientied and human scaled, with a fine grained rhythm of uses and buildings. The central focus of the built form guidelines for the neighbourhood centre is the comfort, convenience, security and visual interest of the pedestrian as shaped by the experience at the level of the sidewalk. The design objective for development is to create a main street character. This is defined by: • well -framed and animated public streets and spaces • 2 to 6-storey buildings at the street edge forming a continuous rhythm of narrow storefronts • residential uses above retail • a range of building typologies and variety in architectural expression. The following neighbourhood centre built form guidelines are primarily intended for the mixed use blocks. However, they can also be used to inform the design of live -work or other commercial uses within the neighbourhood centre area. Ground floor entrances to retail should be located Siting & Orientation • Buildings should have a consistent setback from the right-of-way along street frontages. • Buildings may be located a maximum of 3 metres from the right-of-way to provide a flexible space in front of commercial and retail. • Buildings, the public square, mid -block connections, and/or other public spaces shall occupy a minimum of 75% of the site frontages along Streets A and B, with buildings themselves occupying a minimum of 50% of the frontages. Parking, driveways and other non-pedestrian- oreinted facilities are limited to 25% of the site frontages of Streets A and B. • Ground floor entrances to retail, commercial and other non-residential uses shall be located along Street A or B, or the public square. Retail entrances shall not be located to face parking lots. Direct walkway connections between the parking lot in the rear and the street edge shall be provided. Height & Massing • Streetwall heights should be no less than 2-storeys and no taller than 4 storeys, at which Streetwall height of 3-storey along street A or B PaR�rt�illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 45 DRAFT point a minimum 1.5 metres stepback free of encroachments should be provided above the streetwal I • Buildings, or portions of buildings, within 10 metres of adjacent residential of lower height shall be capped at 4 storeys height to provide a transition. 46 North Village Secondary Plan Page 151 DRAFT Retail, floor -to -floor height of 4.5 metres. Entrances face street. y : tip., i Retail, commercial located along { �= Str et A or B, and the public square. Continuous rhythm of �•� , _ r narrow storefronts. t x. y Residential uses above retail. ' V k � (_ '€ { A range of building typologies and variety in architectural expression. Neighbourhood centre Sketch Well -framed and animated public streets. 3�. PaR�rt�illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 47 DRAFT Interface with the Public Realm A building's interface with a street or public space refers to the character and quality of the lower podium levels that meet the sidewalk and can make the greatest impact on the quality of the public realm and pedestrian experience. • Streetwalls should be designed to have the highest possible material and architectural quality. • Blank walls at -grade are prohibited on any street frontage. • Buildings should address prominent intersections by locating principle entrances at the corner, and providing distinct architectural elements in massing (e.g. spires, projections) or materials. • Guidelines for commercial interfaces include: • The grade -level should have a prominent presence on the street with a floor -to -floor height that is no less than 4.5 metres. • Primary entrances should be oriented to the street or open space with minimum 75% clear glazing at -grade to maximize visual transparency and street animation. • To create an inviting `main street' environment, smaller -scale retail formats should be located at the street frontage or facing public space, with larger formats directed to the second level. • Where larger format retail (over 1,500 square metres) is located at -grade, it should be articulated as narrow shop fronts, and if possible, multiple entrances. • Weather protection for pedestrians is encouraged through the use of awnings and canopies. • Arcades or colonnades, if provided, should be continuous along a block with an interior height of 2 storeys and a minimum clearway of 2 metres. • Spill -out commercial activity such as outdoor cafes is encouraged. • Encroachments into the public realm should be permitted for awnings, outdoor cafes, entry features, and perpendicular signage. Principal entrances at corner and high quality architectural design. 48 North Village Secondary Plan Page 153 DRAFT 1.5m stepback above the podium levels 2-4 Weather protection Up to 3.Om setback for cafe and retail spill out Retail and active use at grade FRoadwav PL 1 Multi-Furpme Cycle Fede%jrlan I Setback Min unIable Boldleward TrnMarkc[ & Ca2JrwiY R:af6 Zone Decorative sidewalk treatment continuous to building face Ground floor height 4.5m PaR�rt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 49 DRAFT Visually Prominent Sites Corner buildings have visual prominence because they front onto two streets, frame intersections, and are viewed from two or more streets. Buildings sited at the ends of or bends in streets terminate a view, and orient visitors to a place. • Provide a distinct architectural response, with elevated use of design and materials, for buildings at visually prominent sites to create landmarks. • Align design features to the view axis which, in addition to tall architectural elements, can include aligned entries, portico openings, projections, or bays. • Modest exceptions to step backs and height restrictions encourage massing and design that accentuate the visual prominence of the site, such as spires and turrets. • Facade design should address both street frontages with a primary expression. • Ground floor uses should address both street frontages through entries and glazing. Commercial Signage Commercial signage plays an important role in the overall image of the neighbourhood centre. Signs should be consistent with by-laws and contribute to the quality of individual buildings and the overall streetscape. • Signs are encouraged to be constructed using high quality materials and be well maintained. • Facade signs with individual three-dimensional �r F Streetwall should be of high quality materials and include continuous narrow shops, weather protection, and tall grade level heights 50 North Village Secondary Plan Page 155 DRAFT letters are encouraged. • To minimize visual clutter, signage should be integrated into the design of building facades wherever possible, through placement within architectural bays and friezes. • Signage should not obscure windows, cornices or other architectural elements. • Commercial signage should not overwhelm the building and/or the storefront. • Large freestanding signs, roof signs, large- scale advertising such as billboards, and back lit illuminated rectangular sign boxes are discouraged. • Highly animated and illuminated digital signage should not be permitted where residential uses can be impacted. Loading & Parking A key objective is to promote walkability within the neighbourhood centre area, recognizing that it will be accessed and serviced by vehicles. • No parking, drive aisles, stacking lanes, or loading should be located between the street and the building, or between the building and an adjacent open space. • Driveways should be shared where possible, between adjacent properties in order to reduce the extent of curb cuts in the streetscape and potential conflicts with pedestrians along the sidewalk. • Rear lanes or shared driveways should be used for townhouse and mixed -use residential developments. • Pick-up and drop-off access should be provided at the rear of buildings, or, in small layby zones within the on -street parking lane. Surface Parking Lots • All parking should be accommodated on the street, in parking areas located at the rear or side of the building where they are generally not visible to public view, or in parking structures hidden from view. • Exposed surface parking areas should be screened from view with elements such as low decorative fencing, architectural features, and landscape buffers. • Surface parking areas are encouraged to be paved with light-coloured and permeable paving. Pedestrian walkway incorporated into parking area. Trees used to to break up the parking areas and reduce heat-island effect PaR�rt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 51 DRAFT • Landscaping to break up the parking areas, reduce heat-island effect, and buffer adjacent residential properties is encouraged at a ratio of one tree per five parking spaces. • Landscaped islands should have a minimum width of 3.0 metres. • Landscaping should be used to screen loading and servicing areas where visible from public view. • Pedestrian walkways and landscaping should be incorporated into parking areas to enable safe, clear and direct movement to Streets A and B, and the public square. • Where walkways cross drive aisles, they should be clearly articulated through the use of surface materials and colour. • Shared parking among uses is encouraged. Above -Grade Parking Structures (If needed) • Vehicular access from driveways or lanes is preferred. • Where an above grade parking facility fronts on a street, the ground -level frontage must provide retail, public or other active uses along 90% of the building length. r Pedestrian walkway incorporated into parking area • Facade design shall conceal the parking function and, reinforce the built character and blend into the streetscape, using high quality materials compatible with other mixed -use buildings • Pedestrian access to above -grade parking structures should provide amenities such as awnings, canopies, and sheltered entries. • Stairways, elevators and entries should be clearly visible, well lit and easily accessible. • Signage and wayfinding should be integrated into the design of public parking structures.. • The impact of interior garage lighting on adjacent residential uses should be minimized, while ensuring that safe and adequate lighting levels are maintained. Pedestrian walkway incorporated into parking area. 52 North Village Secondary Plan Page 157 DRAFT 5.7 Highway Commercial • Site design shall respond to the surrounding context and create a comfortable and attractive pedestrian -scaled environment with a cohesive image. • Building facades facing public streets shall be well -articulated and incorporate a high degree of glazing. Blank walls are not permitted. • A direct pedestrian walkway connection shall be provided from each street frontage, linking the street sidewalk with a building entrance. Crosswalks over drive aisles shall be clearly marked. • Site and building signage shall be coordinated in colour, materials and graphics. • Landscaping, inclusive of groundcovers, low ornamental shrubs and canopy trees, shall be provided along all street edges. Landscaping shall, at tree maturity, provide clear sight lines between the shrub layer and the canopy layer into and out of the site. • Buffer landscaping, inclusive of groundcovers, shrubs and canopy trees, shall be provided along all lot lines adjacent to residential lots or the highway. • A solid fence of minimum 2 metres height shall be provided along all residential lot lines. PaR�rt�illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 53 DRAFT 6.0 Public Realm Design Guidelines The public realm is comprised of publicly -owned spaces and land uses, including public open spaces, streets, trails, mid -block connections, and the potential school site. The public realm collectively defines the character of the community, and hosts its public life. Good design of the public realm promotes community use, an increased sense of belonging, and plays a big part in creating a distinct identity for the North Village. 6.1 Public Parks • Public Parks should be provided in central locations, and should be visible and accessible to residents. • Public parks together with an interconnected public road system will be considered as part of an integrated public realm. • Direct connections to the walkways and facilities within public parks shall be provided from all adjacent sidewalks, including consideration for cyclists. • Public parks shall have street frontages on at least two sides. No reverse frontage is permitted on parks. • Public Parks should incorporate an appropriate range and variety of active and passive recreational uses for a variety of ages and abilities. While features and amenities within specific parks will vary depending on need, such features may include junior and senior play structures, trails, multi -purpose play courts, splash pads, shade structures, seating areas, formal entries with seating areas, un- programmed open space, and structured sports fields. • Public Park plantings should comprise of species which are tolerant of urban conditions, emphasizing native and non-invasive species. Accent planting should be focused at formal entries, and around seating areas and play areas. • Parks shall be designed to promote sustainability in an urban context, including: • plant selection to maximize biodiversity • planting and grading to provide stormwater management benefits • maximize biomass, particularly large canopy trees • planting for pollinator, avian and other species habitat • use of turf grass only where required by park program elements such as play areas • minimize impermeable surfaces • low carbon facilities and infrastructure. • Tree plantings should generally respond to the use and program of the park area, in order to optimize pedestrian comfort by providing opportunities for both sun and shade. • Where on -street parking is permitted adjacent to Public Parks and Open Spaces, such features should be situated on the same side of the street as the park, in order to facilitate convenient, direct and safe access. • Formal entries to Public Parks should be strategically located, in order to ensure convenience access. • Public Parks should incorporate permeable paving treatments in large areas of hard surface. • Public Parks should be planned and designed in keeping with current policy directions of the Municipality of Clarington. 6.2 Neighbourhood Park • The Neighbourhood Park should be dimensioned in keeping with the Municipality of Clarington standards, between 1.5 and 3.0 hectares in area. • The Neighbourhood Park should be situated in the centre of the North Village, and should front onto Streets A and B, and Local Roads. It should accessible within a 500 metre walking distance of most residents. Colocate Neighbourhood park with the school. • The Neighbourhood Park should be framed by and open to public streets on at least three sides. • The Neighbourhood Park should serve a broader spectrum of users associated with higher density mixed -use areas and that include those 54 North Village Secondary Plan Page 159 DRAFT that live, work and visit. It should incorporate recreational programming elements which target neighbourhood residents ranging from children, to families to seniors. • The Neghbourhood Park should accommodate a range of functions including a flexible hard surface space for public gathering and events. • Consider coordination and design of the neighbourhood park and school site in order to capitalize on opportunities for complimentary facilities and amenities, such as parking, sports fields, and playgrounds. 6.3 Parkettes • Parkettes should be dimensioned in keeping with the Municipality of Clarington, with areas from 0.5 to 1.0 hectares. • Parkettes should be situated centrally within individual neighbourhoods, and should be accessible within a 250 metre walking distance of most residents. • Parkettes should be located along internal streets that connect the neighbourhood together and that provide connectivity to the mixed use center. • Parkettes should be framed by public streets on at least two sides. Neighbourhood Parks should include seating areas, trees, and accent/ decorative planting. • Parkettes should incorporate recreational programming elements which target neighbourhood residents. Each parkette should provide elements for children, which may include purpose-built playgrounds or multi -purpose play, challenge and mobility elements. • Parkettes should incorporate seating areas, refuse / recycling receptacles, bicycle locks, pedestrian -scaled lighting, trees, accent / decorative planting, hard and soft landscaping, shade structures and public art, in appropriate locations. Dark sky compliant LED bollard lights in public park. Parkette with Playground PaWrtWilage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 55 DRAFT 6.4 Streets and Mid -Block Connections • Streets should be designed to reflect complete street design principles, in order to balance the needs, safety and comfort of pedestrians, LEGEND .North Village Secondary Area .l3k cks Hghway Bafftr Arterial Road , ye IS AFknia# Rnad i ype C colkow RIM - Loaw RAW Enhanmd 54rGo apo Iww LMho 4444 Ml"AKk `�- cyclists, transit users and motorists. • Streets should be designed and laid out based on a modified grid pattern to promote interconnectivity. • Street patterns should provide continuous, safe and comfortable avenues of public movement and promote connections to neighbourhood i 4 { t � • i 1 rY i• JJ k F i.� f Demonstration plan, Streets Blocks and Mid -Block Connections 56 North Village Secondary Plan Page 161 DRAFT focal points. • Street patterns should provide significant views and vistas, where feasible. • Boulevard widths should be sufficient to support the healthy growth and development of boulevard trees. • Pavement widths should be minimized. Minimum lane widths are preferred wherever possible. • Block lengths should generally be a maximun of 200 metres. In special circumstances, where blocks lengths exceed 250 metres, a mid -block connection for pedestrians and cyclists or a mid - block Parkette should be provided. • Street networks should be planned and designed in keeping with current policy directions of the Municipality of Clarington. NE 111111111111111M� 6.4.1 Arterial Roads Arterial roads accommodate a range of travel modes, including passenger vehicles, public transit, cyclists, and pedestrians. Type B Arterial • Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3 (west of Regional Road 17) are Type B Arterial roads. • Type B Arterial Roads should have a right-of-way width of 30 metres. • A Multi -Use Path with a minimum width of 3 metres, should be provided on one side of the Aterial Road. • A pedestrian clearway, with a minimum width of 2 metres, should be provided on the other side of Arterial roads. • Individual access driveways for residential units 30m ROW Planting Planting Planting Sidewalk/ and Travel Lane Left -Turn Lane Travel Lane and Multi -Use Planting Zone Pedestrian furnishing where required furnishing Path Zone clearway zone zone Curb and Curb and Gutter Gutter Type B Arterial Road Cross Section (Regional Road 17 and Concession Road 3, west of Regional Road 17) PaWrt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 57 DRAFT are prohibited. • Transit facilities may be acommodated on Type B Arterial roads. Type C Arterial • Arthur Street and Concession Road 3 (east of Regional Road 17) are Type C Arterial roads. • Type C Arterial roads will have a minimum right- of-way width of 26-30 metres. • Provide pedestrian clearways on both sides of the right-of-way with a minimum width of 2 meters. • Planting boulevards, with a minimum width of 2.0 metres, should be provided to facilitate street trees and landscaping on both sides of Type C Arterial Roads. • Type B arterials shall accommodate cycling facilites within the boulevards, which could be a Multi -Use Path or one-way bicycle lanes. • Transit facilities may be acommodated on Type f C Arterial roads. • Individual access driveways for residential units are prohibited. 26-31)rn ROW loommmmaf- Planling PlanLlrp Skkwa €j ganLlnq Mull) -Use and Trwel Lune Lelt-turn Lane Travel Larie and pa&M r{an PIEWIting Zone Path furrmrhlnD wbefL requlred iurnlshWg Cleaiwdy+ zone MHE gsne Curb and Curb and Guk tff GUttfr Type C Arterial Road Cross Section (Arthur Street and Concession Road 3, east of Regional Road 17) 58 North Village Secondary Plan Page 163 DRAFT 6.4.2 Collector Roads • Collector Roads should have a right-of-way width of 23 metres. • Provide pedestrian clearways on both sides of the right-of-way with a minimum width of 2 meters. • Collector Roads have on -street cycling routes. • On -street parking with a minimum width of 2.25 meters should be provided on both sides of the road. • Planting boulevards, with a minimum width of 2.5 metres, should be provided to facilitate street trees and landscaping on both sides of Collector Roads. • Shared driveway access is encouraged on Collector Roads. • Transit facilities may be acommodated on Collector roads. 23m ROW Sidewalk/ Planting Planting Sidewalk/ Pedestrian and Street Travel Lane Travel Lane Street and Pedestrian Clearway furnishing Parking Parking furnishing Clearway zone zone Collector Road Cross Section in Residential Areas (different in Neighbourhood Centre) PaWrt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 59 DRAFT 6.4.3 Local Roads • Local Roads should have a right-of-way width of 20 metres. • On -street parking with a minimum width of 2.25 metres, should be provided on both sides of Local Roads. • Provide pedestrian clearways on both sides of the right-of-way with a minimum width of 2 meters for all local roads that connect to the village centre, school site or public open spaces. • For other local roads provide a pedestrian clearway on one side with a minimum width of 2 meters. The opposite boulevard will have a wider planting zone. .?e 1� Sidewalk/ Planting Pedestrian and Clearway furnishing zone Local Road Cross Section 20m ROW Travel Lane Travel Lane Street Parking ISM Planting Sidewalk/ and Pedestrian furnishing Clearway zone 60 North Village Secondary Plan Page 165 DRAFT Local Road with Multi -use Path / Trail • The local roads with a multi -use path is located along the west edge of the North Village, adjacent to Highway 35/115. The multi -use path is accommodated within the municipal right- of-way, and provides connectivity within the community, from the highway commercial site in the north, to the future development to the south. • The total right-of-way width is 23.5 metres. • A Multi -Use Path with a minimum width of 3 metres should be provided on the west side of the road. • A row of trees will be provided along both sides of the multi -use path. • A pedestrian clearway, with a minimum width of 2 metres, should be provide on the east side. • Planting beds, with a minimum width of 2.0 metres, should be provided to facilitate street trees on both sides. w�lE'"7 i 1 kNWJ Planting planting Planting 8nd Multi -Use and Street Travel Lane Travel Lane Street and Pedestrian furneshing path furnishing Parking Parking furnishing Clearway zone zone zone Local Road with trail Cross Section PaR�rt�illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 61 DRAFT 6.4.4 Public Rear Lanes • Rear lanes should be considered adjacent to Arterial Roads and Public Parks within the medium density land use category, in order to provide a street -oriented built form presence with a continuous rhythm of building frontages and front yard landscaping, while eliminating the need for front yard driveways. • Rear lanes should have a minimum right-of-way width of 8 metres. • Where detached laneway-facing garages are desired, such buildings are encouraged to attach as pairs to provide a consolidated appearance. • Rear garages should be located close to the edge of the adjacent laneway, in order to discourage parking within the lane. • Rear lanes should terminate onto Local Roads for ease of snow clearing. • The use of permeable surface materials is encouraged throughout Rear lanes. B.Om ROW Travel Lane Travel Lane Laneway Cross Section 6.4.5 Mid -Block Connections • Mid -block connections are pedestrian and cyclist movement corridors that provide additional connectivity through the community where block lengths exceed 250 metres. • Mid -Block connections should have a width of 6 metres. • Pathways should provide a clear, unobstructed path with gentle grades and be a minimum of 3 metres in width to serve all users. • Planting and furnishing zones with a minumun 1.5 meters width should be provided on both sides. • Mid -block connections shall have adequate lighting from adjacent streets or from within the mid -block connection to enhance safety and visibility, but without causing adverse impacts on adjacent residential uses. and multi -use and furm8hing Path furnishing zone zone Mid- Block Connections 62 North Village Secondary Plan Page167 DRAFT 6.4.6 Residential Sidewalks, Crosswalks and Intersections • Sidewalks are the primary pedestrian movement corridors through the community and provide access to its amenities and destinations. • Sidewalks should provide a clear, unobstructed path of travel with gentle grades and be a minimum of 2 metres in width to serve all users. • Adjacent sidewalks, pedestrian and cycling connections, Public Park pathways, and walkway connections to front entrances located on private property should connect to public sidewalks. • Street intersections should be clearly visible for all modes of travel, without visual obstructions. • Street name signs should be clearly visible at all intersections. • Crosswalks should provide a continuous path of pedestrian travel with all adjacent sidewalks. • Universal access should be provided at all crosswalks, including curb ramps and tactile surface indicators to facilitate access for the visually impaired. • Crosswalk safety should be emphasized by appropriate surface markings, construction materials and/or signage. • Signalization should promote pedestrian safety and convenience. 6.5 Streetscape elements • Street furniture, including seating, bicycle racks, waste receptacles, light poles, bollards, signs and wayfinding should have a consistent style that creates a unified image for the neighbourhood and promotes a pedestrian scale. • Variation in streetscape elements may delineate special locations within North Village including gateways and the mixed use centre. • Street furniture should be placed at regular intervals along streets and throughout the to provide focal points and amenities at gateways, prominent intersections, public parks and their adjacent streetscapes, and to reinforce focal points. • Lighting should be low energy and dark sky compliant. • Public art that enhances the sense of place and contributes to the overall character, culture and history of North Village is encouraged. • Locate public art where it is highly visible to the community, for example within the mixed use centre, public parks, or at gateways. • Public art should be accessible, durable and easily maintained. • Above grade utilities should be designed to be visually unobstructive in the streetscape. Generally, locate utilities where they are screened from view by building massing or landscaping, and away from high profile intersections. Provide decorative screening or public art treatments where utilities are exposed to view. 6.6 Prominent Intersections/ Gateways • Buildings and streetscaping at prominent intersections and gateways will be undertaken at a high standard of architectural and landscape design quality. • Buildings should make a significant contribution to the character and identity of the community, while respecting the immediate context and creating a distinct built form, appearance or landmark. • Enhanced landscaping should respond to each location and can include decorative walls, seating areas, bicycle facilities, refuse/ recycling receptacles, patios, pergolas, event and gathering spaces, trees and landscaping, signage and wayfinding elements, banners, public art, and community special paving treatments. • Group street furniture and community mailboxes Wayfinding and identity signage is encouraged. PaR�rt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 63 DRAFT 6.7 Universal Design • Universal design is an integral consideration in the design of the built environment. Throughout North Village, all development will be undertaken in accordance with the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, Design of Public Spaces Standards O. Reg 413/12, Ontario Building Code and any other applicable or successor legislation including municipal and Regional standards. • Universal design principles shall be given to pedestrian circulation, including the adequate design and location of designated parking spaces, close to building entrances to avoid vehicular circulation conflicts; curb ramps, pedestrian drop-off areas, steps, building entrances, signage, rest areas and lighting. • Pedestrian networks should be barrier -free, with direct paths, slip -resistant surfaces, minimal interruptions from access driveways, and without abrupt grade changes. • All street furniture should be located outside of main pedestrian networks, in order to ensure that pathways remain clear and unobstructed. • Housing models should incorporate options which can be easily upgraded or modified to accommodate persons with mobility challenges. • Barrier -free access to the ground level of all publicly accessible buildings within the mixed use centre should be provided. Ramps, and access structures and equipment, should be designed to harmonize with buildings. 6.8 Parking • On -street parallel parking should be provided, wherever possible, to animate streets, provide traffic calming and serve as a buffer between pedestrians and vehicles. • Convenient parking for bicycles, scooters and 64 North Village Secondary Plan strollers should be provided in public parks and the mixed use centre to encourage alternative transportation options and active transportation. • Bicycle parking should be provided where it does not impede pedestrian movement, gathering areas or children's play. Bicycle parking and seating areas in public spaces Convenient parking for bicycles, scooters and strollers should be provided in public parks Page169 DRAFT 6.9 Schools • School sites should be centrally located within the neighbourhood and form part of the neighbourhood centre, with frontage along Streets A and B. • Site design should prioritize pedestrian routes and play areas. • Pedestrian crosswalks with clear markings shall be provided at all surrounding street intersections. Wide, direct paved routes leading directly to building entrances should be provided from the intersection of Streets A and B. • The school building should be located at the corner of Streets A and B, with a main front entrance addressing the corner. • Facade design should address Streets A and B with a frontal appearance, including a high degree of glazing, and multiple entrances if appropriate. • General parking, including bicycle parking, should be located at the side or rear of the school building, and never between the building and a right-of-way. • Pick up and drop off should be located where it will minimize impact on the pedestrian realm, such as: • The school site should be designed in conjunction with the Parkette as a public open space and destination, with shared community use outside of school hours. • along the street in clearly marked layby lanes • at the side or rear of the school building. • Clearly delineated cycling connections should be provided from the adjacent cycling lanes to the school site. 6.10 Reservoir and Pumping Station • Site design shall respond to the surrounding context and create a comfortable and attractive pedestrian -scaled environment with a cohesive image. • Building facades facing public streets shall be well -articulated. • Landscaping, inclusive of groundcovers, low ornamental shrubs and canopy trees, shall be provided along all street edges. Landscaping shall, at tree maturity, provide clear sight lines between the shrub layer and the canopy layer into and out of the site. 6.11 Neighbourhood Centre The quality of the public realm is critical to the success of the neighbourhood centre. To create the kind of village core that is compatible with the character of Newcastle envisioned by the Secondary Plan will require enhanced streets and public open spaces. They will need to be designed as unique features, with ongoing maintenance matching their design quality. A standard approach to street and park design is not sufficient. The public realm includes spaces that are in or contiguous with the public domain, including lands in public ownership and those that are privately held but publicly accessible. 6.11.1 Streetscapes • Streets A and B are the primary means of access and circulation in the neighbourhood centre. They serve the an important civic function and have the greatest impact on how the neighbourhood centre is experienced. They will have an enhanced streetscape design that creates a distinct sense of place as a `linear urban room' Elements of the enhanced streetscape are described below. • Streets A and B will be designed with Complete Street principles, balancing their primary function in the neighbourhood centre as pedestrian and cycling corridors, with their vehicular function as collector streets. • The following guidelines provide design objectives for Streets A and B. They are accompanied by potential cross sections that demonstrate a range of design configurations that can achieve their pedestrian and placemaking function. PaR�rtI79illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 65 DRAFT �'% `• ,'� Minimun 2.5 metre pedestrian clearway. Continuous sidewalk surface from r building face to on -street parking lane. 'Distinguish between zones through material, colour and/or texture. Neighbourhood centre Sketch Pedestrian Realm Street furniture Public square I Continuous canopy of :€ ,1 street trees • Provide a minimum 2.5 metre pedestrian clearway. • Sidewalk surface should be continuous from building face to on -street parking lane. Sod boulevards are not appropriate. • Consider a cycle track that is safe for cyclists and separated from pedestrian sidewalk, including a 0.6-1.0m cane -detectable buffer if at sidewalk level. • Use a decorative paving surfaces for the sidewalk, cycle track and on -street parking zones. Distinguish between zones through material, colour and/or texture. • Provide a multi -purpose boulevard at the curb edge that accommodates the following functions: • on -street parking and layby lane raised above the driving lane surface by a mountable roll curb or similar • street furniture including seating, bicycle lock up, street and pedestrian lighting. • Street trees should be spaced to provide a continuous canopy at ten years after installation. on both sides of the street, along 80% of the length of Streets A and B. • Street trees should have a minimum of 30 cubic metres of soil per tree. This could be in the form of generous open planting areas, tree grates with soil cells, or a combination. • Wherever possible, direct surface water to planting areas and rain gardens. 66 North Village Secondary Plan Page 171 DRAFT • Lighting and street furniture should be spaced close together along the street. • Consider assymetrical configurations that create a wider boulevard on one side of the street: • Creates a promenade that can connect the public square, school, and/or neighbourhood park • Can accommodate a double row of trees along the promenade. Vehicular Realm • Reduce vehicular speeds to a minimum. • Reduce lane widths and turn radii to a minimum. • Avoid dedicated turn lanes. PaR�47qillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 67 DRAFT Enhaced Streetscape: Design Elments Boulevard Parking Rain garden planters with integrated seating ,j Street trees in tree grates planted and continuous pits Multi -purpose Mountable Boulevards, Kitchener Cycle Track in sidewalk, Mainland Multi -purpose Mountable Boulevards 68 North Village Secondary Plan Page 173 DRAFT Option 1: Traditional Main Street This example shows a traditional main street character with identical treatment on both sides of the street. • Narrow vehicular travel lanes • Raised multi -purpose boulevard with on -street parking, street trees and furniture on both sides • Pedestrian clearway • Building setback provides retail spill out space TwW. BDLAVard UgM.N P"rqg Fwe"" Serbui Pedcs[rlln Cyele MullI-NMPOSE Maaket & Clearway Track Mountable CAM Zt . Boulevard Granite pavers used to distinguish cycle track from sidewalk, Montreal. I I Virklr-A ticl".ms Rain -Gardd rurmthlrg T}art Turm MuIfi-Pidrpase €ydc Pedevelm Se[Wek Lane Lave Me�untab4e Track Gearway market & 9cx it wd €alq� zme . Conceptual demonstration of Street A or B designed as a traditional main street. PaWrtlMllage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 69 DRAFT On Street parking and active comercial boulevard Tr2Y $� BOulr•vard LiGhaing Parkigg C F Track I Pain Garden& I ryrrµshing Sob Kk Pedestrian Muld-flupose Market& Clearway Mnurtable Cale Zone Bouteward Optional location for cycle track Street trees on both sides of the boulevard 70 North Village Secondary Plan Page 175 DRAFT Option 2: Promenade on One Side This example shows a traditional main street character with asymmetrical treatment for each side of the street. • Narrow vehicular travel lanes • Raised multi -purpose boulevard with on -street parking on one side, and a double row of street trees on the other side • Pedestrian clearway • Building setback provides retail spill out space Wide pedestrian promenade on one side with integrated cycle track. .---------------------------- - - - - -- Suliding Face to Sul Iding Face i _*r- -_- - -r_-_-_-_- - -__-_-_- - -__r1r ---------------�.. i i r , Right of Way 4------------- i --- � 6L4110Yird URhti, Paiilrmt RPM QrPa FNrrLF}hiPC Sc4lmck RLdCStrian WIIi.PprpgW Tfaw Travel Rain Garden Twv'.Yay Pc'dcitrian Trm& Sciback Market & tleaFWay Poiauntahle lane Lane Tree & Cycle Track Clearway famishing Market & Cafk tone Dmlievard Lighting Caf,6 tone Conceptual demonstration of Street A or B with a wide promenade along one side. PaR�l17 illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 71 DRAFT 6.11.2 Prominent Intersections Prominent intersections signal key points of entry into the neighbourhood centre, reinforce a distinct identity, and serve a orienting devices. The design of open spaces, landscaping, signage, public art and architecture should be coordinated. Create a landmark or gateway element at one or both prominent intersections that creates a distinct identity for the neighbourhood centre. This can include public art, unique streetscape furniture, or significantly enhanced landscaping. Provide intuitive wayfinding and/or signage that directs pedestrians, cyclists and motorists to the neighbourhood centre. Prominent Intersection at Regional Road 17 & Street A Given the arterial road function of RR17, this location will be afforded the greatest exposure and visibility to passing motorists. • The special streetscape treatment of Street A shall be continuous from Street B to RR17. • Residential -only buildings at the intersection should have taller massing than adjacent Prominent intersection created with architectural element. residential, minimum 3 storeys. Design them to be compatible with the commercial/mixed-use buildings using techniques such as: • live -work • flat roofs • planar, vertical streetwall • reduced setback along Street A • taller ground floor height • distinct cornice line above the first floor and/ or at the roof line. Prominent Intersection at Street A & Street B This prominent intersection encompasses the mixed -use blocks, neighbourhood park and school site. Each of these functions contributes to the enhancement of the intersection. • Site the school building to define the frontages of Street A and B, including the provision of a main entrance at the corner. • Design the parkette to have a main pedestrian and cycling gateway at the corner of Streets A and B. Provide a gathering space with plenty of seating, bicycle facilities, shade and other amenities. • Provide broad crosswalks demarcated through special treatments such as paving or public art. 74 North Village Secondary Plan Page 179 DRAFT • Ensure the landscape treatment is consistent across all four corners, extending to all adjacent building faces. • At the corners of Streets A and B, provide special features in the design of the mixed use blocks, either enhanced built form or by locating the public square at the corner. 6�j Prominent intersection created with building design. Prominent intersection created with public art. Prominent intersections created with public art & lighting. s PaR�rtlNillage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 75 DRAFT 6.11.3 Public Square The public square is a modestly scaled open space that serves as the main gathering place for the community and can accommodate events, markets and festivals, as well as day to day activities such as lingering, socializing, eating, playing and relaxing. • Ensure the public square has a minimum of 30 metres of frontage along Street A or B, and a minimum area (excluding the right-of-way) of 600 square metres. • Provide a placemaking element in the built form or public realm. • Minimize shadow and microclimatic impacts on the public square from adjacent buildnigs during the shoulder seasons, to the extent possible, recognizing the importance of defining the edge of the square with buildings. • The public square design shall extend from the adjacent right-of-way(s) to the building face through a continuity in the landscape treatment. • Provide a large hard surface area with unique, high quality decorative paving that is flexible to accommodate retail spill out, cafes, and small events. ff Public Square with retail at ground level. Public Square with pedestrian amenities. 76 North Village Secondary Plan Page 181 DRAFT There are many locations and configurations the public square could take within one or both of the mixed use blocks to achieve the design objectives. Corner Location ► IMMFW kL .� OL 1 Central Location Spanning the Street Mid -Block Location Rt' I*' . Mid -Block Location Linear Along the Street PaR� illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 77 DRAFT 6.11.4 Mid -block Connections Mid -block connections can enhance the convenience and experience of the neighbourhood centre on foot. They promote pedestrian circulation and connectivity, strengthening retail viability. They can be located in the surrounding urban fabric to enhance community connectivity to the neighbourhood centre, or within the mixed use blocks. Where possible they should be lined with shops and services. • Mid -block pedestrian connections should be provided between buildings and through parking lots. They should connect the parking areas in rear to the public square and Streets A and B. • To enhance safety, mid -block connections should be designed according to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles, including: • adequate lighting; • clear sight lines, allowing view from one end of the walkway to the other; • appropriate landscaping that avoids creating blind spots or concealing spaces; and, • transparency and animated uses adjacent to public walkways to ensure informal surveillance and enhance the sense of safety. Mid -Block connection with double row of trees. Clearly visible mid -block connection 78 North Village Secondary Plan Page 183 DRAFT 6.11.5 Crosswalks Crosswalks aligned with desired walking patterns and destinations are important to creating a convenient, safe pedestrian environment, and calming traffic. • Well -articulated crosswalks should be provided at all street intersections, including at a minimum Streets A and B, and, Street A and RR17. • Signalized pedestrian crosswalks should be provided at mid -block locations or non - signalized intersections where important destinations or significant walking traffic is anticipated, such as at open spaces, mid -block connectinos, schools or other pedestrian desire lines. • Pedestrian crosswalks should have a minimum width of 3.0 metres. • The primary sidewalk surface should be continuous across vehicular driveways to act as a clear crosswalk. • To enhance their visibility and quality, pedestrian crossings should utilize distinctive paving, or at a minimum they should be identified with distinctive painted lines. • Curb ramp designs at intersections should have raised tactile surfaces or materials with contrasting sound properties to help pedestrians with visual impairments. Cycle and pedestrian crossing. Pedestrian crossings should be identified with distinctive painted lines. PaR�rt illage Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 79 DRAFT TO Interpretation The North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines are primarliy focused on design matters: how streets, public spaces, site layouts, buildings, and sustainability initiatives should be planned, designed and implemented. They provide further direction to, and should be interpreted in conjunction with, the Official Plan and the North Village Secondary Plan. Other municipal policies and guidelines that are applicable to the North Village include: • the Zoning by-law • Municipality of Clarington Corporate Climate Action Plan • Clarington General Architectural Design Guidelines. The North Village Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines provide standards, benchmarks and tools to create a great community consistent with the Vision and Principles. They should be interpreted with flexibility. Exceptional development proposals may differ from these guildelines, but demonstrate conformity with both the community's Vision and Principles and the spirit and intent of these Guidelines. They should be assessed on their merits. 80 North Village Secondary Plan Page 185 " v ASCO 1 b • : ;�,: fogtprfnt Attachment 5 to Report PDS-043-23 Corporation Municipality of Clarington By-law Number 2023-XX Being a By-law to amend By-law 84-63, the Comprehensive Zoning By-law for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Whereas the Council of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington deems it advisable to amend By-law 84-63, as amended, of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington for ZBA-2023-XX; Now Therefore Be It Resolved That, the Council of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington enacts as follows: 1. Sections 14, 15, and 16A of By-law 84-63 are amended as set out in this By-law. 2. Section 14.6 "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Three (R3)" is amended by adding Special Exception Zone 14.6.XX applicable to the Low Density Zone, as follows: "Section 14.6.XX "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Three (R3-XX) Zone" Notwithstanding Sections 12.1 a. and b., 12.2 a. i) and ii), b. i), c. i), d. i), ii), iii) and iv), f. i) and ii) and h., Section 13.1 a. and b., 13.2 a., b., i) and ii), c. i), ii), iii) and iv), d. i), e., f., g., h., and Sections 14.1 a. and b. and 14.3 a. i) and ii), b. i), c. i), ii) and iii), e. and g., those lands zoned R3-XX on the Schedules to this By-law shall be subject to the following zone regulations with a maximum of 20% townhouses distributed in the zone: a. Permitted Residential Uses i) Dwelling, Single Detached ii) Dwelling, Semi -Detached iii) Dwelling, Street Townhouse iv) Dwelling, Link Townhouse/Stacked Townhouse b. Maximum 20% Street Townhouse and Link Townhouse/Stacked Townhouse are permitted in a zone. C. Regulations for Single Detached Dwelling i) Lot Area (minimum) 300 square metres Page 187 ii) Lot Frontage (minimum) a) Interior Lot b) Exterior Lot iii) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard 10.0 metres 12.0 metres 6 metres to private garage or carport 3.0 metres to dwelling 2.0 metres to porch b) Exterior Side Yard i. Without an attached garage or carport 3.0 metres ii. With an attached garage or 1.2 metres on one side; carport 0.6 metres on the other side c) Interior Side Yard 1.2 metres with no garage or carport d) Rear Yard 7.5 metres iv) Lot Coverage (maximum) a) Principle dwelling 50 percent b) Total of all buildings and structures 55 percent v) Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall 30 percent b) Front Yard 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping vi) Building Height (maximum) 10.5 metres vii) Parking spaces (minimum) 2 spaces viii) Accessory Building Regulations a) Total number of dwelling units (maximum) 3 units b) Parking space for Additional Dwelling Units 0 space Page 188 c) Front and Exterior Side Yard (minimum) As per zone requirements d) Rear Yard Setback (minimum) 1.2 metres e) Interior Side Yard (minimum) 1.2 metres f) Lot Coverage (maximum) The zone regulation's lot coverage maximum g) Height (maximum) 7.0 metres ix) Special Regulations i) Private garages or carports shall be recessed a minimum of 1.0 metre from the from the front of the dwelling unit. d. Regulations for Semi-detached Dwelling i) Lot Area (minimum) 550 square metres ii) Lot Frontage (minimum) a) Interior Lot 18.0 metres b) Exterior Lot 20.0 metres iii) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard 6 metres to private garage or carport 3.0 metres to dwelling 2.0 metres to porch b) Exterior Side Yard iii. Without an attached garage or carport 3.0 metres iv. With an attached garage or 1.2 metres on one side; carport 0.6 metres on the other side c) Interior Side Yard 1.2 metres with no garage or carport d) Rear Yard 7.5 metres iv) Lot Coverage (maximum) a) Principle dwelling 55 percent b) Total of all buildings and structures 60 percent Page 189 v) Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall 30 percent b) Front Yard 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping vi) Building Height (maximum) 10.5 metres vii) Parking spaces (minimum) 2 spaces viii) Accessory Building Regulations a) Total number of dwelling units (maximum) 3 units b) Parking space for Additional Dwelling Units 0 space c) Front and Exterior Side Yard (minimum) As per zone requirements d) Rear Yard Setback (minimum) 1.2 metres e) Interior Side Yard (minimum) 1.2 metres f) Lot Coverage (maximum) The zone regulation's lot coverage maximum g) Height (maximum) 7.0 metres ix) Special Regulations i) Private garages or carports shall be recessed a minimum of 1.0 metre from the from the front of the dwelling unit. e. Regulations for Street Townhouse i) Lot Area (minimum) a) Interior Lot 170 square metres b) Exterior Lot 210 square metres ii) Lot Frontage (minimum) Page 190 f a) Interior Lot b) Exterior Lot iii) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard b) Exterior Side Yard c) Interior Side Yard d) Rear Yard iv) Lot Coverage (maximum) a) Principle dwelling v) Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall b) Front Yard 7.0 metres 20% of lots could be 6.0 metres 10.0 metres 6 metres to private garage or carport 3.0 metres to dwelling 2.0 metres to porch 3.0 metres 1.2 metres 7.5 metres 60 percent 20 percent 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping vi) Building Height (maximum) 10.5 metres vii) Parking spaces (minimum) 2 spaces viii) Special Regulations i) Private garages or carports shall be recessed a minimum of 1.0 metre from the from the front of the dwelling unit. ii) Maximum driveway width 3.0 metres Regulations for Link Townhouse/Stacked Townhouse i) Lot Coverage (maximum) Page 191 iv) a) Link Townhouse b) Stacked Townhouse Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall b) Front Yard Building Height (maximum) Outdoor Amenity Space (minimum) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard i. To garage or carport ii. Dwelling iii. Porch 60 percent 80 percent 20 percent 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping 10.5 metres 4.0 square metres per unit 6.0 metres, where an outdoor parking space is provided 3.0 metres 2.0 metres b) Exterior Side Yard (minimum) 3.0 metres c) Interior Side Yard (minimum) 1.2 metres d) Rear Yard (minimum) 7.5 metres e) Rear yard separation between two buildings (minimum) 15.0 metres Parking spaces per dwelling unit 2 spaces; plus 0.25 space (minimum) for visitor parking 3. Section 15.4 "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Four (R4)" is amended by adding Special Exception Zone 15.4.XX applicable to Medium Density Zone, as follows: "Section 15.4.XX "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Four (R4-XX) Zone" Notwithstanding Sections 14.1 a. and b. and 14.3 a. i) and ii), b. i), c. i), ii) and iii), e. and g., and 15.1 a. and b. and 15.2 a. b. c. i), ii), iii), and iv), d. i), ii), iii), and iv) e. f. g. h. i), i. i), ii), those Page 192 lands zoned R4-xx on the Schedules to this By-law shall be subject to only the following zone regulations: a. Permitted Residential Uses i) Dwelling, Street Townhouse ii) Dwelling, Link Townhouse/Stacked Townhouse iii) Dwelling, Apartment b. Regulations for Street Townhouse i) Lot Area (minimum) a) Interior Lot 170 square metres b) Exterior Lot 210 square metres ii) Lot Frontage (minimum) a) Interior Lot 7.0 metres 20% of lots could be 6.0 metres b) Exterior Lot iii) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard b) Exterior Side Yard c) Interior Side Yard d) Rear Yard iv) Lot Coverage (maximum) a) Principle dwelling v) Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall 10.0 metres 6 metres to private garage or carport 3.0 metres to dwelling 2.0 metres to porch 3.0 metres 1.2 metres 7.5 metres 60 percent 20 percent Page 193 C. b) Front Yard 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping vi) Building Height (maximum) 10.5 metres vii) Parking spaces (minimum) 2 spaces viii) Special Regulations iii) Private garages or carports shall be recessed a minimum of 1.0 metre from the from the front of the dwelling unit. iv) Maximum Driveway width 3.0 metres Regulations for Link Townhouse/Stacked Townhouse i) Lot Coverage (maximum) c) Link Townhouse 60 percent d) Stacked Townhouse 80 percent ii) Landscape Open Space (minimum) a) Overall 20 percent b) Front Yard 30 percent, which must be soft landscaping iii) Building Height (maximum) 14.5 metres iv) Outdoor Amenity Space (minimum) 4.0 square metres per unit v) Yard Requirements a) Front Yard (minimum) i. To garage or carport 6.0 metres, where an outdoor parking space is provided ii. Dwelling 3.0 metres iii. Porch 2.0 metres Page 194 b) Exterior Side Yard (minimum) 3.0 metres c) Interior Side Yard (minimum) 1.2 metres d) Rear Yard (minimum) 7.5 metres e) Rear yard separation between two buildings (minimum) 15.0 metres vi) Parking spaces per dwelling unit 2 spaces; plus 0.25 space (minimum) for visitor parking d. Regulations for Apartment Dwelling i) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Front Yard 2.0 metres (minimum) 5.0 metres (maximum) b) Exterior Side Yard 2.0 metres (minimum) 5.0 metres (maximum) c) Interior Side Yard 1.5 metres 5.0 metres abutting a R3-XX Zone d) Rear Yard 1.5 metres 10.0 metres abutting a R3-XX Zone ii) Landscape Open Space (minimum) iii) Building Height (maximum) iv) Outdoor Amenity Space (minimum) v) Parking spaces per dwelling unit (minimum) 15 percent 14.5 metres 20 metres in Neighbourhood Centre 14.5 metres abutting Mixed Use Area 4.0 square metres per unit 1 space; plus 0.25 space for visitor parking 4. Section 16A.2 — Residential Mixed Use (MU2) Zone is amended by adding Special Exception Zone 16A.7-X as follows: Section 16A.7 X "Special Exceptions — Residential Mixed Use Exception (MU2-X) Zone" Page195 Notwithstanding the respective provisions of Section 16A, those lands zoned as MU2-X, on the Schedules to this By-law shall, in addition to all other uses and regulations of the MU2 zone, be subject to the following requirements: a. In addition to those residential uses permitted in Section 16A.2, the following residential dwelling types shall also be permitted within this zone: i) Live — Work Unit b. Prohibited Uses i) Dwelling, Stacked Townhouse c. Notwithstanding regulations included in section 16A.4, in addition to all the regulations of the MU2 zone, the following regulations shall apply to mixed -use buildings and apartment buildings: d. Regulations for Mixed Use Buildings i) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Rear Yard ii) Building Height (maximum) Outdoor Amenity Space (minimum) 1.5 metres 20 metres 4.0 square metres per unit Building Massing a) Number of Storeys 2 storeys (minimum) 6 storeys (maximum) b) Minimum length of street fagade should be 70% along primary frontage. c) Buildings four storeys or taller shall setback all floors above the second storey to a minimum of 1.5 metres. d) Minimum amount of transparent glazing within the street fagade shall be 75%. Page 196 g) Maximum size of non-residential units e. Regulations for Apartment Dwelling i) Yard Requirements (minimum) a) Interior Side Yard b) Rear Yard ii) Building Height (maximum) ii) Outdoor Amenity Space (minimum) 5. Schedule `A' attached hereto shall form part of this By-law. 600 square metres; with potential for one grocery store up to 1,500 square metres 1.5 metres 1.5 metres 20.0 metres 4.0 square metres per unit 6. This By-law shall come into effect on the date of the passing hereof, subject to the provisions of Section 34 and Section 36 of the Planning Act. Passed in Open Council this day of Adrian Foster, Mayor June Gallagher, Municipal Clerk Page 197 This is Schedule "A" to By-law 2023- , passed this day of , 2023 A.D. I J CONCESSION ROAD_3 r- W Zoning Change From 'A-1' To 'R3-XX' Zoning Change From 'A-1' To 'R4-XX' Zoning Change From 'A-1'To'M U2-XX' Zoning Change From '(H)A-92' To 'R4-XX' Zoning Change From 'A-92' To 'R4-XX' Zoning Change From 'C4' To 'R3-XX' Zoning Change From 'C4' To 'R4-XX' Zoning To Remain 'C4' Newcastle • ZBA 2023-XXXX • Schedule 5 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Summary of Technical Background Reports — North Village Secondary Plan Report Key Findings and Next Steps Agricultural Impact The Agricultural Impact Assessment (May 1, 2020) was Assessment prepared by DBH Soil Services Inc as part of Phase 1 of the project. The report identifies agricultural characteristics of the Link to access the area, assesses potential impacts to agriculture, development Document: recommendations and improvement measures to mitigate Available upon potential impacts to agriculture, farm operations and in the request surrounding area. The study found no large livestock operations within the project area or broader study area. Further, it was determined that the project area had no agricultural tile drainage and there was no investment in land forming for the purpose of increasing agricultural production in the area. The study also reviewed traffic impact and identified that increase in traffic along roadways can lead to safety issues with respect to the movement of farm machinery and potentially interrupt or alter farm traffic flow patterns. Rebuilding roads to accommodate the volumes of proposed traffic and allow for large shoulders for farm equipment was identified as a potential mitigation measure. The study recommended further review of traffic flow and impact as part of the Transportation Impact Assessment. The study concluded that the development of the NVSP area, in conjunction with the use of appropriate mitigation measures designed with the adjacent agricultural land uses in mind, would have minimal impact on the surrounding agricultural activities. Page199 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps Cultural Heritage The Cultural Heritage and Cultural Landscape Screening and Cultural Report (May 1, 2022) was prepared by AECOM as part of Heritage Landscape Phase 1 of the project. The purpose of the report was to Screening Report screen the area by assessing the known and potential cultural heritage resources and cultural heritage landscapes in Link to access the advance of and to guide future planning of the area for Document: completion of the North Village Secondary Plan. Cultural Heritage Report The study identified that one Heritage Inventory property (879 Regional Road 17) is in the NVSP area. The Heritage Inventory property was evaluated previously by AECOM in accordance with Ontario Regulation 9/06 and was determined to not meet the minimum criteria for determining cultural heritage value or interest. Further, the study states that no significant cultural heritage landscapes were identified in the NVSP area. One Heritage Inventory property (3354 Concession Road 3) is located adjacent of the NVSP area. This property may be subject to impacts from the development of the NVSP area and should be evaluated through completion of a Cultural Heritage Evaluation Report (CHER) as part of the Regional Road 17 EA associated with the NVSP. Natural A Natural Environment Report was prepared by AECOM (May Environment 1, 2020) as part of Phase 1 of the project. The purpose of this Report report was to document the function, structure and characteristics of the existing landscape within the NVSP area Link to access the as well as adjacent areas to the south. Document: Available upon The NVSP area consists mostly of a rural agricultural area request with a small amount of natural vegetation cover. Page 200 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps The portion located east of Regional Road 17 is intensively cultivated lacking any natural features except one patch of cultural meadow and an observed hedgerow. Two unnamed intermitted watercourses and a second hedgerow are located to the south. Other parcels between Highway 35/115 and Regional Road 17 may have some environmental constraints. However, the study notes that the cultural meadows likely do not provide nesting habitat for the two species of Threatened grassland birds since they are relatively small and impacted by high noise level from adjacent Highway 35/115. The small woodlot at the northwest appears to be of poor quality based on openness of canopy, size, proximity to the highway and houses, and lack of habitat connection. The woodlot has some potential to provide roosting or maternity habitat for Endangered bat species. The study recommended the woodlot and cultural meadows west of RR17 should be further investigated to confirm their condition and significance. Sustainability A Sustainability Background Report (May 1, 2020) was Background Report prepared by Footprint in Phase 1 of the project. The background report provides an overview of standards, policies Link to access the and programs that have been set forth through a review of Document: existing provincial, regional, and municipal policy documents to inform the Sustainability Plan and Green Development Sustainability Guidelines, including the Clarington's Official Plan and the Background Report Priority Green Clarington Development Framework. The report has been prepared to ensure that the North Village Page 201 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps Secondary Plan Area reflects the ambitions advanced in these documents. The report is structured to provide the necessary background information to assist with the preparation of sustainability policies for inclusion in the Secondary Plan and the necessary steps for moving towards the preparation of the Sustainable Development Guidelines. Key recommendations from the report included: • Neighbourhood design strategies should promote fine- grained streets, multi -use trails, and generous open spaces to ensure convenient cycling connections and walkable environments. • Building design and materials should aim to minimize embodied carbon and energy use for heating and cooling. • Energy and resource conservation should aim to incorporate passive design, explore low -carbon energy sources, and manage energy demands. Archeological A Stage 1 Archeological Assessment (May 1, 2020) was Assessment prepared by AECOM in Phase 1 of the project. The objective of the Stage 1 assessment was to document the Link to access the archaeological and land use history and present conditions Document: within the study area. This information will be used to support Stage 1 : recommendations regarding cultural heritage values or Archaeological interests as well as assessment and mitigation strategies. Assessment Report Stage 1 assessment of the NVSP area including adjacent areas to the south determined that the potential for the recovery of archaeological resources is high, given the Page 202 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps proximity of the study area to known archaeological sites, registered heritage properties, early Euro-Canadian settlement, industry and transportation routes, as well as close proximity to water sources and soil drainage. The study stated that areas where archaeological potential has been removed include, areas determined to have been subject to extensive land alterations that have significantly compromised the recovery of archaeological materials and constructed roadways, as well as those areas cleared through previous assessments. The study recommends that further Stage 2 assessment is only required for potentially undisturbed lands west of the Regional Road 17, and that all other lands identified do not require further investigation. Master Servicing The Master Servicing Report (May 2023) prepared by AECOM Report (Draft) evaluates the impacts of the proposed development on Regional and Municipal servicing infrastructure and utilities Link to access the and to provide further guidance on the implementation of Document: water, wastewater and stormwater infrastructure required to Draft: Master service the preferred Land Use Plan for the NVSP area. Servicing Report Water Servicing — Based on the gross area of the NVSP, it was determined that the range in population densities is relatively low and would be compliant with assumptions made by the Region for the planning of their water servicing capital expansion program. As per the Region's 2023 Water and Sanitary Sewer Budget and 9 Year Forecast, the water servicing infrastructure proposed for the area, when Page 203 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps constructed and commissioned will facilitate the servicing of the NVSP area. Wastewater Servicing - The report states that the Region's existing trunk sanitary sewer on North Street at the CP Railway crossing has sufficient capacity to service the NVSP preferred land use plan. Stormwater Management - The west stormwater management facility that is being designed to service part of the NVSP area and the approved subdivision to the south, is proposed to be relocated from to the west side of North Street. The report states that further consideration is needed to ensure the NVSP area will be serviced by the planning external minor storm sewer system and external major storm overland flow route being planning for the adjacent lands to the south. Transportation The Transportation Needs Report (May 2023) prepared by Needs Report AECOM reviews existing and future links, provides consideration of active transportation opportunities, and Link to access the identifies potential considerations and opportunities to ensure Document: the development of a future robust and well-rounded Phase 3: transportation network to serve the community. The report Transportation Needs also identifies potential constraints within the broader study Report area that should be considered in developing the overall transportation network plan. The study states that given the scale of development and long planning horizon for the NVSP area and surrounding lands, additional transportation review and study is suggested as development comes to fruition. Page 204 Attachment 6 to Report PDS-043-23 Report Key Findings and Next Steps Retail Market The Retail Market Analysis (February 28, 2022) was prepared Analysis by urbanMetrics inc. The purpose of the study was to determine the scale, tenant composition and market need for Link to access the the various retail and service commercial uses that are Document: warranted in the proposed neighbourhood centre. Available upon request The study concluded that based on high-level commercial need's analysis, existing and future residents of Newcastle Urban Area can support a total of 290,200 square feet of net new space, in most of the retail/service categories. Further, based on the forecasted population to 2031, the study area warrants demand up to 49,600 square feet of net new space. The study states that the new retail/commercial space will be accommodated in the proposed neighourhood centre in the NVSP. Future residents of the study area represent the primary customers for local -servicing retail/service commercial uses in the neighbourhood centre, as such, there is not expected to be an impact to existing and future businesses in downtown Newcastle or throughout other areas of Newcastle. Page 205 Clarftwn Staff Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-044-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO By-law Number: File Number: PLN 7.17 Resolution#: Report Subject: Planning and Infrastructure Services — 2022-2023 Departmental Highlights Recommendation: 1. That Report PDS-044-23, and any related delegations or communication items, be received for information. Page 206 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-044-23 Report Overview Page 2 The 2022-2023 Departmental Highlight Report will introduce the new Planning and Infrastructure Services Department (the "Department"), provide an overview of the services provided, highlight key statistics, projects and initiatives undertaken between January 1, 2022, and May 31, 2023, as well as key initiatives for the upcoming year. The intent of this Report is to provide one comprehensive report to Committee and Council. The Report summarizes Departmental activity in 2022 and to date in 2023 for the six divisions that make up the Department, while also replacing seven annual reports that were previously submitted individually. Staff continue to look for ways to streamline processes within the Department and look forward to continuing to find process improvements in the years to come. 1. Purpose of Report 1.1 In 2022, a re -organization of the Planning and Infrastructure Services Department (the "Department") occurred. As part of the re -organization of the Department, we saw the addition of the Infrastructure and Development Engineering Divisions from the Public Works Department, as well as the introduction of a new Economic Development Division. 1.2 The 2022-2023 Departmental Highlight Report will introduce the new Department, provide an overview of the services provided as well as key initiatives for the upcoming year. This is the first Departmental Report in the Planning and Infrastructure Services history, and therefore is a work in progress. The intent is to provide Council, Committee and the public a departmental snapshot of highlights from January 1, 2022 to May 31, 2023, but is not intended to be a comprehensive report outlining all projects ongoing at this time. This is a mid -year draft report for Council and Committee's input. 1.3 In previous years, individual Divisions would take numerous information reports to Council annually. This included, but was not limited to, the following: • Annual Development Approvals Report • Annual Heritage Incentive Grant (HIG) Report • Annual Seasonal Sidewalk Patio Program Results Report • Annual Community Improvement Plan (CIP) Program Report • Annual Growth Trends Report • Annual Building Division Activity Report • Annual Environmental Stewardship Program and Tree for Rural Roads (TRR) Report 1.4 To limit the number of reports on the Planning and Development Committee and Council Agenda's, Staff have opted to create one annual Departmental Highlight Report that contains all relevant information pertaining to the six divisions within the Department (Attachment 1). This Report results in additional benefits which includes having the information contained within one comprehensive report, including all Departmental Highlights for the preceding year, outlining upcoming initiatives and Page 207 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-044-23 Page 3 priorities, and reducing the amount of staff time historically required in the preparation of each individual report. 1.5 Staff will continue to provide Committee and Council a Departmental Highlights Report in this format on an annual basis moving forward. 2. Financial Considerations 2.1 Not Applicable. 3. Concurrence 3.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer 4. Conclusion 4.1 It is respectfully recommended that Attachment 1 be received for information. Staff Contact: Amanda Tapp, Manager, 905-623-3379 ext. 2427 or atappQclarington. net Attachments: Attachment 1 — Planning and Infrastructure Services Departmental Highlights Report (2022- 2023) Interested Parties: There are no interested parties to be notified of Council's decision. Page 208 MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ATTACHMENT 1 TO PDS-044-23 PLANNING AND INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES Departmental 7V, Highlights ti r ONE. Report 2022-2023 DRAFT Welcome to the Planning and Infrastructure Services Department Highlight Report, which highlights 2022- 2023 activity as well as upcoming projects and initiatives. Clarington is one of eight municipalities within the Region of Durham (the "Region") with a total population of 105,000 people and growing, Clarington has a blend of city living and rural charm. According to Census Canada, Clarington is the fastest growing Municipality within the Region. Clarington also forms part of the Greater Toronto Area which is one of the fastest growing regions in North America. The work of the Clarington Planning and Infrastructure Services Department continues to shape the future of Clarington. The 2022-2023 Departmental Highlight Report will introduce the new Planning and Infrastructure Services Department (the "Department"), provide an overview of the services provided as well as key initiatives for the upcoming year. This is the first Departmental Report in the Planning and Infrastructure Services history, and therefore is a work in progress. The intent is to provide Council, Committee and the public a departmental snapshot of highlights, but is not intended to be a comprehensive report outlining all projects and numbers ongoing at this time. The last two years have been very productive years for the Department. As detailed in this report, Staff have been faced with a number of changes including Provincial Legislative changes, a departmental re -organization and the creation of our new Economic Development Division. In 2022 and continuing into 2023 the department has seen a steady submission of planning applications/permits for review and approval. A huge departmental win was the approval of thirteen new full-time positions in the 2023 budget. Looking ahead, as we continue in 2023 we are excited for what's to come, the many departmental accomplishments, and our ability to support the Municipality of Clarington! Page 210 THE TRANSFORMATION OF THE PLANNING AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEPARTMENT A re -organization of department occurred in September 2022. The re -organization resulted in all different services that work towards providing growth and development in the Municipality being brought under one umbrella. The intent of the re -organization was to provide one department for landowners and applicants to deal with, from the initial concept to occupancy, for land development as well as job creation. The key functions of each division are outlined below. W& Planning and Infrastructure Community Planning Development Review • Planning Policy (Official Plan and Secondary • Residential/Industrial/Institutional Development Plans) • Commercial and mixed -use development • Heritage and Agriculture • GIS Database Management Infrastructure • Infrastructure Development • Asset Management • Construction Oversight • Parks and Greenspace Development • Active Transportation Planning Economic Development • Economic Development Strategy and Tourism • Business Attraction and Expansion • Centralized Coordination of Investor Inquiries • Patios and Community Improvement Plans • Committee of Adjustment • Zoning and Subdivision Clearance Letters • Sign Permits (temporary and permanent) • Centralized Customer Service Development Engineering • Development Application Review • Infrastructure Planning • Stormwater Management Planning and Design • Utility Coordination • Site Alteration Permits Building • Building, Renovation, and Demolition Permits • Plans Review • Building, Structural, HVAC and Plumbing Inspections • Centralized Customer Service Page 3 COMMUNICATION AND COMMUNITY OUTREACH fl 20+ COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SESSIONS 0 1111 28 STATUTORY PUBLIC MEETINGS wdoo 000 .00 .00 70,000+ TOURISM, POSTCARDS/ BROCHURES SENT 401 5500+ CITIZEN, INVESTOR AND DEVELOPMENT INQUIRIES Emil L 99 COUNCIL REPORTS DEVELOPMENT BUILDING AND INFRASTRUCTURE ^AL ov 1100+ HOUSING PERMITS ISSUED 19,000+ BUILDING INSPECTIONS 1250+ BUILDING PERMITS COMPLETED PROCESSED THE FUTURE :7 POPULATION FORECAST 221,000 (2051) fJOB FORECAST 40,400 (2051) ADAPTATION TO NEW LEGISLATION In 2022 and 2023 several major steps have been taken by the Province in implementing the Ontario Housing Affordability Task Force recommendations. These include: • Enactment of Bill 109, the More Homes for Everyone Act, 2022; • Enactment of Bill 23, the More Homes Built Faster Act, 2022; • Enactment of Changes to the Greenbelt Plan to add and remove lands, • Clarington was assigned 13,000 new residential units to be built by 2031 to address the Minister's Order which assigned housing targets to 29 rapidly growing municipalities across Ontario. Further, the Province has introduced a new 2023 PPS, proposing to integrate the existing Provincial Policy Statement, 2020(until now, referred to as the PPS) and the Growth Plan: A Place to Grow, 2019 into one, Province -wide document. The 2023 PPS represents a fundamental change to how municipalities plan for growth, particularly in the Greater Golden Horseshoe. The focus of the 2023 PPS appears to be on supporting the Province's goal of constructing 1.5 million homes by 2031, above all. on June 8, 2023, Bill 97, Helping Homebuyers, Protecting Tenants Act, 2023 received Royal Assent. With respect to land use planning, Bill 97 has a number impacts to land use planning including: • Extended the commencement of the refund provisions proposed under Bill 109 for zoning by-law amendment applications and site plan applications from January 1, 2023 to July 1, 2023; • Introduced a new definition, 'area of employment' to the Planning Act which specifically exclude institutional and commercial uses. Office uses would only be permitted if they are ancillary to a permitted employment use; • Amended Interim control by-law notice and appeal periods; • Introduced new powers that permits the Minister to grant MZOs that are not in compliance with provincial policies or official plans; • Permits Official Plans to require more than one parking space for a primary residential unit. Implementation of these legislative changes will be done through efforts including the Official Plan Review as well as applying actions from Clarington signed Housing Pledge, signed and sent to the Province in March of 2023. • • ! i PRE -CONSULTATION In response to the timeframes and the More Homes for Everyone Act, 2022, implementation of an updated, enhanced, two -stage pre -application pre -consultation process was approved by Council in December of 2022, consisting of: Stage 1: Conceptual Proposal Review — Stage 1 reflects the current pre -consultation carried out by the Municipality. Applicants present and discuss their development proposal with relevant staff and agencies, The meeting aims to provide preliminary comments on the development proposal, identify key issues, and define the development applications, drawings, and studies that will be required. Stage 2: Technical Proposal Review — Stage 2 involves an initial screening of the supporting information, materials, and studies before submission as supporting documentation for an application, providing an opportunity to verify adequacy and completeness. The Municipality will coordinate review and commenting from all applicable Municipal departments and agencies in this stage. Applicants will be requested to demonstrate how the comments provided to date have been addressed as part of a complete application. BUILDING PERMIT REVIEW In an effort to streamline our departmental processes, staff have continuously looked for improvements to better serve internal and external customers. One of the processes reviewed was building permit review. In response, effective March 2023, the permit process was updated to shift simple permit zoning review from planners to plans examiners. Effectively, freeing up time for planners to continue to process development applications subject to the new Bill 109 timeframes and also assist the Building Division in meeting legislated timeframes under the Ontario Building Code. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY Bill 13, the Supporting People and Businesses Act, 2021, received royal assent December 2, 2021. The Bill made changes to the Planning Act, Municipal Act, 2001 and City of Toronto Act, 2006, that enables Council to, by a by-law, delegate the authority to pass by-laws under section 34 of the Planning Act (Zoning By-laws) that are of a minor nature to a committee of Council, or an individual who is an officer, employee or agent of the municipality. This authority is currently held exclusively by Council. In response, in February 2023, the Municipality approved an Official Plan Amendment (OPA) to enact these changes. The amendment intends to simplify the process for citizens and shorten approval process times in an effort to facilitate additional housing and economic development opportunities within the Municipality. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TRANFORMATION INITIATIVE In August 2022, the Department retained Dillon Consulting Ltd. to undertake the Development Review Transformation Initiative, using grant support provided through the provincial Streamlined Development Approvals Fund. The Transformation Initiative seeks to enhance the existing approach to providing land development services with a view to improving the efficiency and effectiveness of processes, taking a customer -centric approach, and maximizing the benefits that can be realized through the Corporation's concurrent digital transformation. TECHNOLOGY - AMANDA Clarington is undergoing a digital transformation with the design, build, and implementation of the AMANDA IT System. This will act as Clarington's major IT infrastructure and workflow management software. AMANDA allows for an omni-channel approach to centralized information collection by gathering customer responses from multiple channels including, in person counter visits, phone calls and e-mails. This would provide customer service representatives with a central database of information about the customer and any interactions they have had with the Municipality. This would improve the efficiency and effectiveness of customer service delivery by tailoring each response to the situation. The new AMANDA system has the overall capability to provide: • Automation of some manual activities - improving efficiency; • Reduction of routine calls to skilled workers - increasing productivity; • Automation of high -frequency tasks - reducing errors; • Streamline of processes through workflow tools- improving collaboration; • Alignment of activity to employee skill level - minimizing undervalued effort of skilled workers; • Improves integration with department systems - increasing knowledge sharing. CITIZ On November 21, 2022 the main floor of the Municipal Administrative Centre was transformed to feature a new customer -centric service area on the ground floor. The intention was to create an overall access to services by removing the need for the public to travel between multiple floors. The Department has three wickets and a separate counter in the Building Division area. Service areas include: • Building Permits • Committee of Adjustment • Development Applications • Development Engineering • Economic Development • Infrastructure • Official Plan Information • Pool Enclosure Permits • Property and Zoning Inquiries CUSTOMER SERVICE INQUIRY PORTAL Customer Inquiry Portal was created internally for the Department to track inquires for properties. The application was developed by a member of the in-house IT team and is a dashboard that was built upon the existing GIS Software. The inquiry dashboard allows for faster responses to inquiries, tracking of inquiries and reduces duplication of effort. The inquiry portal allows for better coordination for Staff to cross-reference inquiries with present and past planning development applications and permits. 2,495 inquires were received in 2022, and an average of 10 inquires were received each business day. PRIORITY GREEN STANDARDS In 2015, Council approved Clarington's green development framework and the Priority Green initiative. The sustainable development principles and practices are applied throughout ongoing development approval application and the basis of the Sustainable and Urban Design Guidelines associated with each ongoing Secondary Plan. ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP PROGRAM Council provides annual funding for an ongoing Environmental Stewardship Program. The program encourages citizens and groups to carry out initiatives that improve municipal public lands, such as valley lands and natural areas. Promoting responsible stewardship of Clarington's natural heritage system is a goal of Clarington's Official Plan as part of protecting the natural environment and managing our natural resources. The Environmental Stewardship Program in Clarington is an initiative that has been well received in the community. Since 2002, over $215,000 has been invested in numerous projects; however, the value of the in -kind contributions multiplies the benefits many times over. TREES FOR RURAL ROAD (TRR) Since 2012, a key component of the Environmental Stewardship Program has included the replanting of trees along rural roads through the Trees for Rural Roads program. 54,E In 2022, the Environmental Stewardship Program continued to I support the Trees for Rural Roads program, contributing to the ..;�planting of 580 saplings along rural roads in Clarington._ _� � The benefits of the TRR program go beyond the monetary value° of the projects and include ecological enhancement, climate ' change mitigation, community beautification, preservation of • # .? historical landscapes, education and research, and community engagement through volunteerism. Since the introduction of the TRR in 2012, the program has been adopted and adapted by other local municipalities and continues to garner interest. 4. • 0 CLARINGTON ELECTRIC VEHICLE ACTION PLAN (EVAP) In January, 2022, Council endorsed the Clarington Electric Vehicle Action Plan (EVAP). The EVAP is a guide to transition the municipal fleet to zero -emissions electric vehicles (EV) and install fleet and public EV charging stations at municipal facilities between 2022 and 2026. The EVAP sets out the Municipality's annual EV purchases and infrastructure needs and makes recommendations for the timing and location of public EV charging stations to be included in the annual budget cycle. By following the steps outlined by the EVAP the Municipality will transition 25 fleet vehicles to electric and install at least 60 EV charge points on municipal properties for public and fleet charging. Fleet vehicles are responsible for 13.8 per cent of Municipal greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Transportation is responsible for approximately 47 percent of region -wide emissions. By implementing the EVAP, the Municipality has taken significant steps to respond to climate change by directly reducing GHG emissions associated with corporate transportation; provide infrastructure to meet the community's need for public EV charging; and improve community wellbeing by promoting transportation options that reduce air and noise pollution. In May of 2022 the Building Division rolled out their new fleet of seven electric vehicles. Charging stations were installed at the Garnet B Rickard facility in Bowmanville, where the vehicles are parked daily. ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION The Planning and Infrastructure Services Department has issued a Request for Proposal (RFP) for the Active Transportation Master Plan (ATMP) and Wayfinding System Strategy. The ATMP aims to establish an active transportation network plan, inform policies and develop an implementation program and schedule to support Clarington's vision for a safe, integrated, and cohesive transportation network for all modes of active travel. This includes walking, cycling, and other non - motorized modes of travel and mobility devices. The ATMP will also recognize and review the integration of active transportation with public transit routes to form a complete and connected network. The Wayfinding System Strategy will complement the ATMP and serve to inform and guide active transportation users in a navigational and advisory capacity, inform policies, encourage and promote utilization of these features, and develop an implementation program/schedule to complement the ATMP. FAREWELL CREEK TRAIL PHASE 2 The Farewell Creek Phase 2 trail was substantially completed in 2022. The trail extends from the terminus of Phase 1 to further in the valley. This section of trail included two pedestrian bridges. The project was awarded at a value of $1,130,793. TOYOTA TRAIL CONNECTION The Toyota Trail Connection was completed in 2022. This trail connection includes one pedestrian bridge and connects the Soper Creek Trail to the Bowmanville Cemetery. The project was valued at $852,277 at the time of contract award. SOPER CREEK TRAIL - PHASE 3 -PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER A Public Information Centre will be held exclusively online on Tuesday May 16th, 2023. The Municipality of Clarington is planning to construct the Phase 3 extension of the Soper Creek Trail from the north limit of the existing Phase 2 trail, located 100 metres east of Sprucewood Crescent and 700 metres north of Concession Street East, to Cotton Street in Bowmanville in 2023 (pending Council approval). The Phase 3 trail will provide an approximate 650 meter extension and ultimate completion of the Soper Creek Trail to Mearns Avenue. i I V =.r. Council of the Municipality of Clarington, through Official Plan policy, supports the provision of a variety of housing types, tenure and costs for people of all ages, abilities and income y,. groups. k~ SECONDARY PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS The ongoing Secondary Planning within the Community Planning Division reflects this policy and incorporates recommendations found in Clarington's Affordable Housing Toolkit. Through policy, each Secondary Plan will demonstrate how it contributes to meeting Council's affordable housing target. The Landowners Group from each completed (or i 6j nearing completion) Secondary Plan has agreed to provide a contribution towards affordable housing. To date, the Secondary Plan program is responsible for commitments of over 5 Million dollars for the Municipality to use towards affordable housing. The total committed amounts are below; 'M 'r.r. Secondary Plan Total Contribution Southeast Courtice $2,000,000 _ Southwest Courtice $400,000 Brookhill Neighbourhood $760,000 Wilmot Creek Neighbourhood $800,000 North Village $1,100,000* Total $500601000* *to be confirmed ti The Municipality will develop a framework for use of the contributions with the assistance of the Affordable Housing ' Task Force. Milk M Ww" F I TV - �=__ ADDITIONAL DWELLING _. UNITS As part of Clarington's Affordable x� Housing Toolkit, the implementation of the Amended Official Plan policies and _ Zoning by-laws have created opportunity for residents to construct Additional +. + Dwelling Units (ADUs) on their properties, f' subject to zoning standards. Throughout �= 2022 and 2023, ADUs have been constructed within our Urban Settlement Areas, Rural Settlement Areas, and Rural - , lands within the Greenbelt. Subsequently, the Planning and Infrastructure Services Department has seen over 190 building _ permit applications in 2022 and 2023 pertaining to ADU construction and /---� -- registration. pp� - *� In 2022, the Planning and Infrastructure Services Department collaborated with the Community in many ways, which included, but was not limited to: • 20 Engagement Sessions • 3,800 Citizen, Investor and Development Inquiries • 17 Statutory Public Meetings • 1 Million Tourism Campaign Digital Impressions • 59 Council Reports • 70,000+ Tourism Postcards/Brochures Sent Community engagement provides the opportunity for community members to engage with the Planning and Infrastructure Department and in many cases, provide comment on future land use and development within their community. YEAR TO DATE 2023 • 1,781 Citizen, Investor and Development Inquiries • 11 Statutory Public Meetings • 40 Council Reports • 4 Planning e-Update newsletters sent • 8 Tourism Visitor newsletters sent • 5 Tourism Stakeholder newsletters Sent • 211 Facebook Posts Since initiation of the Secondary Plan program in 2017, Council has adopted four Secondary Plans and adopted one Subwatershed Study. Eight other Secondary Plans and one Subwatershed Study continue to progress. With the four adopted Secondary Plans, as well as the upcoming North Village Secondary Plan Public Meeting, include the approvals or upcoming approvals for over 12,000 units and an increased population of 31,000 within the Municipality. ,K or -"= Page 225 COMMUNITY PLANNING SECONDARY PLANS The Courtice Transit -Oriented Community (TOC) and GO Station Area Secondary Plan Secondary Plan includes a Major Transit Station Area (MTSA) for the future GO Station, a high school, and numerous elementary schools and parks. As confirmed through public engagement, the community supports planning for a community that includes taller buildings and denser development, protection of natural features, enhanced trail and transit networks and support for the protection of existing and future employment uses. 0 �� # �' � � - ����.� `ors` • ., f _ A --zoo . r •, Lr+� •# R • Page 18 COMMUNITY PLANNING SECONDARY PLANS Planning the North Village Secondary Plan continued through 2022 and 2023. The North Village Secondary Plan will create a neighbourhood centre at the heart of the new community, surrounded by a mix of housing types. The neighbourhood centre will provide for convenient access to shopping and services, park space, and a school. The design of the neighbourhood will be walkable, with pedestrian and cycle connections throughout the community. Sustainable design elements, such as EV charging stations and stormwater management, will also be included. This area is anticipated to house approximately 2,800 residents in approximately 1,100 units in a variety of low - and medium -density housing forms. Approximately 110 jobs are anticipated to be generated by new small-scale commercial uses in the Neighbourhood Centre and in a future elementary school. The Staturory Public Meeting is scheduled for June 27, 2023. Page 19 COMMUNITY PLANNING PROMOTING HERITAGE 2022 HIG ACTIVITY Three applications for HIGs were received in 2022 in response to the letter notifying designated property owners of the Program. Funding up to 50% of the total eligible project costs was allocated to the three designated properties for works that included: • Repair and replacement of the dwelling's eavestroughs and downspouts (99 Church Street). • Repair and replacement of the dwelling's front porch roof, frame, and pillars (14 Concession Street W.); and • Repair and restoration of the dwelling's front veranda, storm windows for exterior French Doors and interior French doors (49 Division Street). Uptake of the HIG Program has proven successful, with little funding unexpended year to year. Generally, funding that remains unallocated in a given year is carried over for use in the following years. A small amount remains unallocated from the 2022 budget and will be carried over to support applications in 2023. Page 20 In 2022 and to date in 2023, the Department has received over 340 new development applications. The breakdown below represents the number of Development Planning Applications received and processed (January 1, 2022 to May 31, 2023): +340 APPLICATIONS Preconsultation 122 Land Division 35 Subdivision 15 Zoning By-law Amendments 31 Part Lot Control 8 Site Plans 46 Official Plan Amendments Minor Variances 4 81 Further, as requirements for the new two stage preconsultation approach came into effect January 1, 2023, the Department has received 49 preconsultation meeting application requests. It is anticipated that the Development Review Division will see an influx of applications in the coming months as applicants proceed through the two -stage approach and prepare for complete and fulsome development application submissions. Additionally, the Development Review Division has processed over 420 other applications which included Additional Dwelling Units, Sign Permits, Sign Variances, Zoning Clearance Letters and Subdivision Clearance Letters. 0 Page 229 ' 2022 and 2023 have been demanding for the Development Engineering Division. In spite of several staff reassignments and vacancies, the Division continued to provide comprehensive engineering reviews and support for the Community Planning, Development Review and Building Divisions. In 2022 and 2023 to date, Development Engineering issued authorization to commence for six developments sites and assumed nine subdivisions. Staff participated in over 100 pre -consultations providing comments to assist with moving development forward, reviewed engineering components on 287 Development Applications and provided engineering input on all ongoing Secondary Plans. Staff also issued and inspected 90 Municipal Consents and 23 site alteration permits. Authorization to commence Assumed Subdivisions Preconsultation review Development Application Review Municipal Consents Site Alteration permits 0 100 200 300 Page 230 INFRASTRUCTURE KEY STATISTICS $15 MILLION TENDER VALUE 17 PROJECTS $10+ MILLION IN 1.4 TENDERED O 0 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS The Infrastructure Division tendered 17 projects with a total tender value of $15 Million (18% increase from 2021) and provided $10.3 million in construction contracts that carried over from 2021. This. included the completion of the following infrastructure improvements: • Five large diameter culvert replacements • Constructed / reconstructed/rehabilitate 1.8 km of roads across four projects • Constructed / reconstructed 1.5 kilometre of recreational trails across three projects :.. • Installed four new pedestrian bridges and re -deck a 4th bridg • Installed four pedestrian crossovers to improve pedestrian safety at four intersections • Rehabilitated and paved one facility parking lot • Constructed one new parkette • Full sediment removal and restoration on one stormwater management pond - • Resurfaced one tennis court • Completed various streetlighting, sidewalk and roadside safety improvements across the Municipality. Page 23 ACTIVE / PLANNED PROJECTS (2023) UA • Newcastle Community Park • Various Court Replacements • Bowmanville Cemetery Expansion • Port Darlington Boat Launch Reconstruction • Brookhill Parkette Construction • Brown Street Reconstruction • Hill Street Rehabilitation • Various Road and Parking Lot Resurfacing • Soper Creek Trail Phase 3 • Intersection Accessibility Upgrades • Active Transportation Master Plan and WSS • Grade -level Rail Crossing Improvements In 2022 and to date in 2023, the Building Division has issued over 1,300 building permits, resulting in permit revenues exceeding $2 ,000,000. The most common type of permit issued has been residential at over 80%. The Building Division is also responsible for conducting inspections. In 2022 and to date in 2023, staff have conducted over 19,000 inspections for issued permits. 200 150 100 50 0 NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS 2022 VS 2023 January February (JAN - MAY) March 2022 w2023 il 11 April May Page 233 BUILDING KEY STATISTICS In 2022 and to date in 2023, the Building Division has experienced an increase in construction value across most sectors totaling over $400,000,000. In the residential sector, several large residential projects were approved and combined to produce approximately 700 new residential units. Further, approval of a number of industrial projects resulted in the receipt of over 22 industrial building permits with over $89,000,000 in construction value. Page 26 The Ontario Building Code mandates that complete building permit applications shall be issued or the applicant shall be notified that the permit is being refused and provided with the reasons why it is refused within a prescribed time period based on the type of building. From January 1 to December 31, 2022, 966 applications were received and 827, or 86%, of them were complete applications. This is an increase of 5% over 2021. For the complete applications, the following table reports on the median number of days it took for the Building Division to either issue the permit or notify the applicant why the applications was being refused. Median Number of Days 2022 14 E 17.5 Page 235 ' . - r�Fal\ MU Mi I FM M ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY To assist in managing our continuous growth and development June 2022, Clarington Council adopted in principle, its first Economic Development Strategy (the "Strategy"). The Strategy reinforces the work currently underway in support of those key catalyst projects and highlights the importance of other projects including redevelopment of the former Goodyear site and the expansion of the Canadian Tire Mosport Park. The Strategy also - includes three main objectives: • Cultivate an innovative land -use framework; • Strengthen the business innovation support ecosystem; and • Target high -growth businesses and investment. Clarington's current population is approximately 105,000 people and projected to increase to 131,150 people by 2051 including the creation of 40,400 jobs. Residential, commercial, and industrial growth has continued notwithstanding the pandemic. Our growth is being spurred by key economic catalyst projects such as: • GO Train Expansion to Courtice and Bowmanville; • Expansion of the nuclear energy sector including the development of small nuclear reactors; and • Expansion of the Bowmanville Hospital. Page 236 . ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHTS BUSINESS RETENTION AND EXPANSION PROGRAM On January 1, 2022, the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington entered into a two year "Purchase of Services Agreement" with the Clarington Board of Trade (CBOT). The term of this Agreement commenced on January 1, 2022 and continues until December 31, 2023. Through this agreement the Municipality purchased a number of economic development services from CBOT including but not limited to: • The development and implementation of the Business Retention and Expansion program; • Conduct monthly outreach/visits/engagement activities with local business; • Undertake regular consultation with the public and business community on relevant economic development topics as requested by the Municipality; • Market and promote the Municipality to existing and potential new local ventures; • Facilitate interaction between the local business community and the Municipality; • Support the municipality in identifying, establishing and maintaining suitable relationships wherever necessary to meet the economic development objectives of the Municipality; • Provide guidance and leadership in the development of the local workforce; • Inform, where able, the offices of the Mayor, CAO and Director of Planning and Infrastructure in advance of public announcements involving CBOT and/or economic development matters; • Support the growth of Clarington's entrepreneurial ecosystem and small business economy through partnerships; and • Prepare and submit semi annually to the Municipality reports on the progress associated with the services. Page 29 SIDEWALK PATIOS The Seasonal Sidewalk Patio Program was developed in consultation with restaurant owners in the Bowmanville and Newcastle downtowns and the applicable Business Improvement Associations (BIA). Input considered in the development of the Program included (i) assurance the patios would be available for more than a single season to the restauranteurs in order to justify their investment in the patio infrastructure (outdoor furniture, lighting, heaters etc.), and (ii) the ability to serve alcohol within the patio areas. Clarington Tourism has featured outdoor patios as part of its promotions in recent years. Tourism operators have received positive feedback from visitors indicating that sidewalk dining opportunities are appreciated. 2022 was a continually steady patio season. Patios provided an opportunity for sit-down dining during periods of the pandemic when indoor service was restricted. Sidewalk patios have been successful in animating the street and drawing visitors to the downtown areas. To support the continued success of the Seasonal Sidewalk Patio Program, the unexpended funds allocated in 2022 from the downtown CIP programs will be carried forward to support new patios in 2023. So far, 6 Sidewalk Patio Licenses have been issued in 2023. V FW DOWNTOWN COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT PLAN PROGRAMS The grant programs available under the Bowmanville, Newcastle, and Orono downtown Community Improvement Plans (CIP) continue to be an effective tool for encouraging investment and renewal in Clarington's historic downtowns. These CIPs are intended to support improvements to the appearance and function of buildings in the downtowns. The Courtice Main Street CIP was adopted by Council in 2016 and functions in a different manner. Its purpose is to promote land consolidation, redevelopment and intensification in support of the vision for a sustainable, quality -designed, and complete community established by the Courtice Main Street Secondary Plan. Applications for CIP grants increased in 2022. Four CIP signage grant applications associated with three Bowmanville properties were received. One application was received for properties within respectively the Newcastle or Orono CIP areas. Participation of property and business owners in each of the downtown areas was increasing in 2022 compared with in previous years, likely due to the business recovery after the COVID-19 pandemic measures were eased. To date in 2023, one CIP grant has been issued. In early spring the establishment of a new Economic Development division was completed. The division is dedicated to supporting the following areas: Employment Lands, Agriculture & Tourism, Urban Areas & Downtowns, and Marketing & Investment Attraction. Development of a Business Concierge program is underway. A customer focused service that helps businesses navigate municipal regulations, permits, licensing, and applications. The service provides a single point of contact to act as a liaison between the businesses and various municipal and regional departments, with the goal of providing a quick and seamless experience for a business owner or investor. Development of an Economic Development Webpage www.investclarington.ca providing a robust online resource of information for Municipal and Regional Stakeholder business support services. Business Innovation Centre. The Shaw House located at 156 Church Street is currently undergoing significant renovation and restoration. The Economic Development Division will move to this exciting new space upon its completion. Supporting Business Improvement Areas (BIA) - BIA's provide enhancements within their area to create a more pleasant atmosphere for local businesses and the neighbouring residential areas. The Economic Development Division has started attending the Orono, Newcastle, and Bowmanville BIA meetings to understand how it can support each to accomplish their goals. Development of a Community Profile. A new Clarington specific Community Profile has been created to provide a quick snapshot of the community highlighting the strengths of its economic environment. Clarington's Community Profile will be used to promote the community domestically and internationally with the purpose of helping to attract new investment. Development of a vacant and available Employment Land database has been created and kept up-to-date in order to facilitate rapid responses to investment inquiries. • Support local businesses to Access Municipal Contracts for the provisions of services and materials. PLANNING AND INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES DEPARTMENTAL PRIORITIES The Department is committed to planning for the community. The Municipality of Clarington is expecting significant growth in population and job creation in the coming 30 years. To prepare for this growth, the department encourages, wherever possible, affordable housing, active transportation linkages, appropriate park and recreation areas, and a high quality of development. Staff will continue to look for ways to incorporate these priorities into all applications, projects and initiatives moving forward, as well as all other priorities that stem from Council, Committee and members of the public. Affordable Housing Planning for Future 0; POPULATION FORECAST 221,000 (2051) fJOB FORECAST 40,400 (2051) Active Transportation Parks and Recreation O G '4D 0006- 1 Quality of Development Diverse Population o 3 0 Page 33 JU TIN BARRY () pf- tiirF.. Clarftwn Staff Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-045-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO By-law Number: File Number: Resolution#: Report Subject: Economic Development Initiatives Recommendation: 1. That Report PDS-045-23, and any related delegations or communication items, be received for information. Page 243 Municipality of Clarington Page 2 Report PDS-045-23 Report Overview To create an environment conducive to achieving significant economic growth, a municipality must strive to; operate in a business -friendly manor, offer resources necessary to support its businesses, and be able to provide the up-to-date data businesses need to make informed investment decisions. This report provides an update on three key initiatives identified in the economic development strategy related to achieving these goals. The establishment of a new Business Concierge Service is the first initiative addressed in this report. This service offers a dedicated staff member to help businesses and investors to help navigate municipal processes with the goal of providing a quick and frictionless experience. When businesses know they are supported by the municipality, it gives them confidence to move forward with new investments. To help promote the community and attract investment, the second initiative, a Clarington Community Profile was created. This snapshot of the Clarington economic environment offers a simple, high-level synopsis of what Clarington has to offer and helps to grab an investors attention when conducting a preliminary review of locations for investment. The last initiative outlined in this report is the establishment of a new Business Innovation Centre. Business Support Centre's play a key role in fostering entrepreneurship and business development in a community. By creating a space to help business integrate innovative solutions into their business model, the municipality can support job creation and economic growth on a grass roots level. 1. Background 1.1 The economic development strategy for the Municipality of Clarington assists in shaping the local economy. Following the approval of the Strategy in 2021, a new Economic Development division was created within the Planning and Infrastructure Services department. 1.2 In January of 2023, staff from Clarington Tourism were reassigned to Economic Development. Resources for the division were solidified through the 2023 budget and in early spring of 2023 a manager of Economic Development was hired. 1.3 Since fully staffing the new division, the Economic Development Division established a structure that best addresses the needs of the business community. This structure clearly defines the division's role in supporting the local economy and to efficiently spearhead the implementation of the new Clarington Economic Development Strategy endorsed in principle by Council in 2021. 1.4 While continuing to tackle the initial initiatives that lay the foundation for the division's future success, it concurrently began work on specific key projects that have been identified as early priorities. The following report provides a status update on the process made on three key priorities. Page 244 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 2. Business Concierge Service Page 3 2.1 Identified in the economic development strategy is the development of a Business Concierge Service. This action item is linked to Objective 2.2 to enhance the development approvals process and was identified within the division as one of its early 2023 project priorities. 2.2 The perception of a municipality's level of `business -friendliness' by the business community is formed over time through the level of service each business feels they receive as they engage with municipal staff. Those feelings are then communicated within that business' network and begins to shape public opinion on whether a municipality is supportive of business investment. 2.3 The primary function of a Business Concierge Service is to create a superior customer service experience that encourages business investment and growth when engaging with the Municipality. In addition, the Concierge Service is a solutions -based service providing a dedicated staff member or `concierge' to help businesses and investors navigate municipal regulations, permits, licensing, and applications, with the goal of providing a quick and frictionless experience. 2.4 There are numerous benefits offered to the customers of the Business Concierge Service, the primary benefit being the connection to an appointed Economic Development staff member. This dedicated team member serves as a single point of contact for the business inquiry until its resolution. This personalized approach enables Economic Development staff to provide customized assistance tailored to the specific needs of the business owner. To further ensure customer satisfaction, offering a timely response to inquiries is critical. To address this element, a concierge will respond to initial inquiries within one business day. Page 245 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Business Concierge Service: F Q 1.Incoming 2.Inquiry is Inquiry directed to EcDev staff Direct outreach to Inquiries are triaged Invest Clarington within the Economic through the front Development Division desk portal. and assigned to the appropriate staff member. V Resolution [� r Follow —! V 5 up with customer 4. Customer Resolution staff follow up directed to with the customer appropriate to gain an understanding of resources the details of the customer's needs. If staff are able to resolve the inquiry directly, the interaction is completed. If staff aren't able to resolve the inquiry directly, they make a connection to the appropriate resource or process that can offer a solution. Staff will remain engaged in the process, acting as the municipal point of contact until the customers' needs have been resolved fully.Hubspot will be an essential tool used within the Concierge Program to help effectively manage customer interactions, automate parts of the process, and analyze data to measure success. Page 4 Q Q 0 Continued support and success measurement Continued communication and support will follow for success measurement. Figure 1, Infographic describing the Clarington's Business Concierge inquiry handling process. 2.5 Example: Brewer's Pantry in historic Downtown Bowmanville has the distinction of being the first business to benefit from the concierge service. Due to several factors, Brewer's Pantry was unable to successfully secure a permit for a temporary sidewalk patio in 2022. In 2023, they were assigned a concierge from the Economic Development division to assist. Through many points of engagement, the concierge was able to: • Guide Brewer's Pantry through the requirements of the application process, • Work with other divisions in the department to identify solutions to application obstacles. • Assist in pulling together the information required by the municipality including the creation of a site plan that met municipal standards, ensuring a safe space was created for customers and pedestrians. • Continued consistent communication between the business and municipal departments to work within the seasonal deadline for installation and completion. Page 246 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Page 5 Patio construction has been completed and according to the owner, the patio has had an immediate positive impact on his business, adding additional seating and hiring staff. Figure 2, Customers of Brewers Pantry enjoying its new temporary sidewalk patio. Located in historic Downtown Bowmanville. 2.6 Clarington's business concierge service has been designed to standout from other municipalities with similar programs. The uniqueness comes from providing an elevated level of support for all business -related inquiries and will not be subject to filters such as: minimum number of employees, target sectors, or monetary level of investment. Inclusivity and personalized support will set the Clarington service apart from other municipalities. 2.7 Clarington's business concierge service aids in creating a business -friendly environment by instilling confidence in the local business community. Clarington businesses are empowered to pursue new investment knowing that they have a dedicated resource to support them through the processes of starting, growing, and sustaining their business. A positive concierge program will support the success of local businesses, promote economic growth within the community, and encourage job creation. 2.8 Establishing a business concierge service will also serve as an essential marketing tool. Promoting businesses success stories will help attract employment -generating investment and stand out relative to other municipalities competing for the same investment opportunities. By supporting all businesses, the program helps to achieve the goal of making Clarington standout as the LTA's most business -friendly community. 2.9 As an extension of the concierge service, the Economic Development Division will begir supporting the other divisions within the Planning and Infrastructure Services in creating an expedited development approvals process for significant non-residential investment. Page 247 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Page 6 This new service will formalize the approvals process helping to shorten development timelines and add predictability in meeting the target deadlines that are critical to investors. This is facilitated by the integration of the planning and economic development functions under one umbrella, the new Planning and Infrastructure Services Department. 3. Community Profile 3.1 The publication of an online and printed Community Profile is another action item identified as part of Objective 3.3 in Clarington's economic development strategy. To address this action, a new Clarington specific Community Profile has been created to provide a quick snapshot of the community by highlighting the strengths of its economic environment. Clarington's Community Profile will be used to promote the community domestically and internationally to help attract new investment. 3.2 The attached Community Profile (Attachment #1) highlights Clarington in following areas: Location: Clarington is uniquely situated as the eastern most municipality in the GTA (Greater Toronto Area) with easy access to major ports, highways, and industry. Quality of Life: Clarington offers all the amenities you would expect of a major urban city. With a thriving tourism industry, and home to many major attractions including Agri - Tourism making Clarington the `Pick -Your -Own' Capital of Canada. Demographics: With a current population of 105,270, Clarington is projected to increase to 234,000 and create over net new 40,400 new jobs by 2051. Clarington is truly in the midst of immense growth. Talent/Education: Clarington can access a highly skilled workforce close to reputable post -secondary institutions, including Durham College, OntarioTech University, and Trent University -Durham Campus. Local Economy: Industry in Clarington is a balanced mix of agriculture, energy, healthcare, manufacturing & logistics, retail, and tourism. Within these key sectors are several major catalysts for growth including Ontario Power Generation's new Small Modular Reactor, the expansion of the GO Train line to Courtice and Bowmanville, development surrounding the Bowmanville Hospital, and Canadian Tire Motorsport Park. 3.3 Copies of the Community Profile will be printed for distribution at various tradeshows, conferences, and events, and will be available to Council, staff, and municipal partners to use for official business purposes. A copy of the document will be available online, accessible via a QR code. Staff are also looking into diverse options for an interactive web -based tool to present the Community Profile digitally. Both print and digital versions of Clarington's Community Profile will be important tools for the work, outreach, and marketing efforts of Invest Clarington. Page 248 Municipality of Clarington Page 7 Report PDS-045-23 4. Business Support and Innovation Centre 4.1 The economic development strategy notes three strategic priorities, which are: 1) Cultivate an Innovative Land -Use Strategy, 2) Strengthen the Business Innovation Support Ecosystem 3) Target High -Growth Businesses and Investment. To help address objective two, Economic Development has begun work on establishing a Business Support and Innovation Centre. 4.2 Innovation is defined as something new, such as an invention, or the practice of developing and introducing new things. An innovation is often a new product, but it can also be a new process or even a new way of thinking. Innovation is most associated with business and technology, but it happens in any field where people introduce change. 4.3 In a study conducted by Industry Canada, over 30 per cent of small businesses will not survive longer than two years, and 50 per cent will not survive longer than five years. These stark numbers illustrate the uphill battle that small businesses face on their path to achieving success. Despite these numbers, there are ways that municipalities can actively help to improve the success rate of small businesses. According to Mentor Works Inc., companies nurtured in an Innovation Center environment have a survival rate of 87%, much higher than that of unassisted companies. It's clear that offering access to the resources provided in a business support centre can significantly increase the chances of a new business's success. 4.4 The absence of a local business support centre, regional business support agency, or post -secondary institution presence in Clarington represents a glaring support gap in the Clarington business community. As emerging technologies and innovative solutions are implemented within the general business ecosystem, Clarington businesses require a local resource to help guide the implementation of these same solutions in their respective areas of business. 4.5 The Shaw House, located at 156 Church St., is currently undergoing a significant renovation and restoration to make it accessible. The Shaw House will become a hub where technology, talent, creativity, and business, come together to create a unique place to encourage business success. To support this objective and provide services to the business community, the Economic Development Division and other planning staff will move to this new space upon its completion. Page 249 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Page 8 Figure 3, Front exterior image of the Shaw House, located at 156 Church St. Bowmanville 4.6 Clients to the business innovation centre will receive immediate access to the following business support services offered by the Economic Development division: • Real Estate location services • Municipal incentives • Local economic data and insights • Patio and film permit application support • Tourism and agri-business support • Business support resource connections 4.7 In addition, through the exploration of partnerships with key business support stakeholders in the Region, such as, Ontario Tech, Durham College, Spark Centre, Business Advisory Centre of Durham (BACD), and Durham Workforce Authority (DWA). Local businesses will also gain vital assistance in programming, mentorship, networking Page 250 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Page 9 opportunities, resources, funding and grant support. A growing partnership network will flourish by creating an environment that is focused on generating opportunities for networking and growth. Municipal staff are in the process of developing these partnerships in support of Clarington's business community. 4.8 A business innovation centre offers numerous benefits to individual businesses and the entire community. These centers foster entrepreneurship and new business development within the community. By providing resources, support, and guidance to startups and early -stage companies, they contribute to job creation and economic growth. Nurturing companies through an innovation centre encourages the development and commercialization of modern technologies and creative ideas. This promotes innovation within the community and enhances its competitiveness in the broader market. Moreover, successful startups may serve as a source of knowledge transfer, sharing expertise and ideas with other local businesses and professionals. 4.9 This support can help businesses overcome hurdles, reduce costs, and accelerate their growth. As stated earlier in the report, starting a business is inherently risky, and the failure rate among startups is high. Business Innovation Center's help can mitigate this risk by providing guidance, support, and mentorship to entrepreneurs. By offering access to experienced advisors, industry networks, and market insights, innovation centers increase the chances of business survival and long-term success. 4.10 Over the coming months, staff will work to refine the design of the interior and exterior spaces at the Shaw house that will foster an innovative atmosphere, identify the scope of services to be offered at the Innovation Centre, and engage with business support stakeholders to develop a roster of experts to deliver those services. We expect the opening of the Shaw House Innovation Centre in the spring of 2024. 5. Financial Considerations 5.1 Funding for the ongoing accessibility upgrades and renovations have been secured to create the Business Innovation Centre. Some areas are still being explored, such as the level of connectivity required in the building, high-speed internet, and the quality of finishes to be offered to new businesses that may require additional funding. Should this be the case, these requirements will be presented as part of the 2024 budget. 5.2 In 2021, the Municipality signed a contract for two years with the Clarington Board of Trade for the amount of $625,000; the contract focus was on business retention and expansion. As the Economic Development division ramps up services through staff, the services of the Clarington Board of Trade to the municipality in economic development are being redefined. 5.3 The Municipality is embarking on the preparation of a multi -year budget plan for 2024, and the Economic Development division will be preparing a detailed work plan for the multi -year budget; staff anticipates that the services to be contracted to the Clarington Board of Trade for economic development will be approximately $150,000 per year for the next two years, half of the previous contract. This reduction reflects the resources that Council has already allocated to the Economic Development division. Page 251 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-045-23 Page 10 5.4 As the contract will exceed the $50,000 limit of our purchasing bylaw, a further report to Council will be forthcoming once the Purchasing Division receives a detailed proposal from the CBOT that will complement the Economic Development Divisions work plan. 5.5 The Economic Development Division is also collaborating with the Clarington Board of Trade on the physician recruitment program being established by the region. The municipality has allocated $20,000 a year for this project, and this initiative has been the subject of staff Report FSD-028-23 . 6. Concurrence 6.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer who concurs with the recommendation. 7. Conclusion 7.1 Through the creation and implementation of the Business Concierge Service, Community Profile, and Clarington Business Innovation Centre, the Economic Development division of the Planning and Infrastructure Services Department has made tremendous strides in establishing itself as a key resource in the development of a business -friendly environment in Clarington. Other initiatives of the Economic Development division are highlighted in the P & I services report as part of today's agenda. 7.2 The Planning and Infrastructure Services Department, in particular, the Economic Development division, in collaboration with other departments, levels of government, and the Clarington Business community, will continue to build off this positive momentum by continuing to implement the actions identified in the Economic Development Strategy. This ongoing work will serve to further promote economic growth within the municipality. Staff Contact: Andrew Poray, Manager of Economic Development, aporay@clarington.net. Attachments: Attachment 1 — Community Profile Interested Parties: There are no interested parties to be notified of Council's decision. Page 252 Attachment 1 to Report PSD-045-23 Clar18 ington Community Profile DRAFT Business Friendly. Investment Ready. Clarboon � Invest 1�► Clarington Page 253 Welcome to Clarington, a thriving community that proudly embraces its reputation as a business- riendiy and investment - ready destination. Clarington is experiencing a rush of growth which began during the COVID-19 pandemic and shows no signs of stopping. Our community is attracting a talented new workforce and celebrating as their ambitions take root in our municipality. This growth brings a wonderful opportunity for new economic and employment opportunities. With partnership and collaboration with the local business community and the Region of Durham, we saw municipal water and sewer services extended to the South Courtice Business area. Also, we unlocked 13 hectares in Bowmanville for industrial development and provided businesses with a direct route to Highway 401 by extending the dead-end Lake Road to Bennett Road. Currently, downtown Bowmanville is in the midst of an exciting revitalization, with existing businesses expanding as new small businesses open their doors. Looking ahead, our economy will grow in many areas. Clarington plans to develop urban neighbourhoods around Major Transit Station (GO Train) Areas in Bowmanville and Courtice, adding shovel -ready employment lands to the market and attracting knowledge -based workers and employment opportunities. The Bowmanville hospital will be upgraded to ensure there is enough room to serve our growing population. Canadian Tire Motorsport Park draws over 500,000 visitors a year, and the park could expand to attract more automotive -inspired tourists and support other industries, including manufacturing research and film production. We are fostering a diversified economy, focusing on the specific investments we want to invite into the community and building the infrastructure to support them. Clarington has long been the best place to live in Ontario, and now it's also becoming the best place to do business. AAdrian Foster, Mayor :AMunicipality of Clarington 2 Invest Clarington La ke Michiga Chicago • W Lake Huron MICHIGANY" Montr I ONTARIO a Ottawa - Qo Claringto Lake Toronto' Ontario NEW YORK Niagara Falls Buffalo Detroit Lake Erie OUR LOCATION Nestled along the shores of Lake Ontario and only one hour east of Toronto, Clarington is situated on the eastern most edge of the Greater Toronto Area (GTA). Distance to major cities: Toronto: 75km Niagara Falls: 200km Ottawa: 375km New York: 790km Montreal: 470km Chicago: 888km Detroit: 434km Buffalo: 234km 15 minutes from The Port Direct access to the 401 and of Oshawa, commercial the 407 provincial highways harbour and St. Marys and connected by highway Cement deep water 418. Clarington offers business port dock. convenient access to the Toronto and Montreal markets. One hour from Toronto 15 minutes from the Oshawa Pearson International Airport. GO Train and VIA Rail 20 minutes to the Oshawa _ _ Stations. Future site of two Airport. 40 minutes to the new Major Transit (GO Train) Peterborough Airport. areas. Page 255 DRAI- www.investclarington.ca 3 QUALITY OF LIFE With a population over 105,000 and growing, Clarington boasts a high standard of living, offering residents a balanced lifestyle with access to both urban amenities and the tranquility of rural landscapes. The Municipality encompasses the historic downtowns and urban centers of Bowmanville, Courtice, Newcastle, and Orono, and over 14 rural hamlets and neighbourhoods, each with its own unique charm. Residents enjoy a sense of community, with numerous recreational facilities, parks, and trails for outdoor activities. The proximity to Lake Ontario provides opportunities for boating, fishing, and waterfront leisure. Clarington also hosts numerous cultural events, festivals, and fairs throughout the year, fostering a vibrant and inclusive community spirit. Clarington is an ideal place to live, work and do business. Clarington as a destination offers a variety of attractions including Canadian Tire Motorsport Park, Brimacombe Ski Hill, Darlington Provincial Park, and many agri-tourism-related farms and markets. Experience the 'Pick -Your -Own' Capital of Canada and learn more about Clarington's tourism attractions and events by visiting www.DiscoverClarington.ca. 4 Invest Clarington Page 256 OUR DEMOGRAPHICS Clarington's current population is over 105,000 people and projected to increase to over 131,000 people by 2051 including the creation of 40,400 new jobs. Residential, commercial, and industrial growth will be spurred by several major catalysts including two new Major Transit Station (GO Train) Areas and other transformative Secondary Plans. 105,000+ $1121000 161615 Total Population' Median Household Total Visible Income' Minorities' 280,000 square feet of commercial and industrial space approved in 2022 0 $8613201710 0 value of construction of 22 industrial building permits in 2022 $1919041211 value of construction of 52 commercial building permits in 2022 edz-3i I 401400 Jobs Expected to be Created by 2051' 75 Business Locations Opened in 20222 &AG 39.2 Median Age' Page 257 DRAFO www.investclarington.ca 5 OUR TALENT Clarington is home to a population base representing a total labour force more than 50,000 strong. Businesses in Clarington benefit from access to a strong and diverse talent pool that are highly skilled and educated in numerous industries. With three post -secondary educational institutions located at its doorstep, Clarington businesses have access to workers with the most cutting -edge knowledge in their field. Access to this level talent offers a clear competitive advantage for new and growing businesses in the Municipality. Labour Force by Industry' • Industry refers to the general nature of dP_'q!b the business carried out by the employer►. �jv ■� JMj .. .. Health Care 7,265 Transportation 2,320 54265 Retail 5,945 Finance 2,170 1 Construction 5,250 Other 2,135 Total Labour Education 4,420 Wholesale 1,580 Force' Manufacturing 3,685 Information 990 Public Administration 3,555 Arts and Entertainment 985 Professional Services 3,235 Real Estate 920 Accommodation 2,525 Agriculture 730 Administration 2,445 Management 180 O/O Utilities 2,405 Mining 65 62.9% Major Fields of Study' Employment The major field of study chart shows the predominant areas of learning or training of a person's highest completed postsecondary Rate' certificate, diploma or degree classified by Statistics Canada. L.� 4.3% Unemployment Rate Other (1 Engineering and Related Technology (10,060) Business, Management and Public Administration (8,685)� Agriculture and Natural Resources (995) jLife Sciences and Tech nology(1,335) Health and Related Fields (7,465) Visual and Performing Arts (1,570) Mathematics and \ Information Science (1,655) Humanities (1,885) \ Education (2,755) \ Protective and Transportation Services (3,695) 6 Invest Clarington S ciaage l S aces and Law (6,305) EDUCATION Clarington is conveniently located near renowned post -secondary institutions: Durham College, Ontario Tech University, and Trent University with over 24,000 new students enrolled every year. These institutions offer a wide array of programs and contribute to a well-educated and skilled workforce. Additionally, Clarington promotes lifelong learning through public libraries, adult education programs, and community workshops. LOCAL ECONOMY The municipality has a mix of manufacturing, agriculture, retail, and service sectors. Major employers include energy companies, automotive manufacturers, health services, and educational institutions. Clarington is strategically located along the Highway 401 corridor, making it easily accessible for commuting and attracting businesses to set up operations. The municipality's economic development initiatives focus on fostering entrepreneurship, innovation, and attracting investment to ensure a prosperous local economy in the following key sectors: Energy Transportation Healthcare Agriculture a . Tourism Manufacturing Retail TOP EMPLOYERS • Ontario Power Generation • Lakeridge Health, Bowmanville Hospital • Alpa Pre -Engineered Panel Systems Inc. • Ell -Rod Holdings Inc • Canadian Tire • St. Marys Cement Motorsport Park • Toyota Eastern Canada • Brimacombe Parts Distribution • Cardan Contracting Centre • Algoma Orchards Page 259 DRAF www.investclarington.ca 7 Stay up-to-date on the latest economic trends and opportunities in Clarington. • Invest Clarington www.InvestClarington.ca Invest Clarington is an initiative of the Municipality of Clarington's GaFbOOREconomic Development Division within Planning and Infrastructure Services. 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, ON L1 C 3A6 'Statistics Canada, 2021 Census 905-623-3379 / ecdev@clarington.net 2 Durham Region, 2022 Business Count 'Envision Durham, Draft Offical Plan February 2023 Page 260 4Labour Market Plan 2023, Durham Workforce Authority Clarftwn Staff Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-046-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO Resolution#: File Number: S-C-2021-0007 and ZBA2021-0017 By-law Number: Report Subject: Revised Applications by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law Amendment for 217 residential units in Courtice Recommendations: 1. That Report PDS-046-23 and any related delegations or communication items, be received; 2. That the applications by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law Amendment, municipally known as 1593 Bloor Street, 1614 Trulls Road, Courtice be supported subject to the conditions as generally contained in Attachment 1 to Report PDS-046-23. 3. That the Zoning By-law Amendment application submitted by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. be approved as contained in Attachment 3 to Report PDS-046-23; 4. That once all conditions contained in the Zoning By-law with respect to the removal of the (H) Holding Symbol are satisfied, the By-law authorizing the removal of the (H) Holding Symbol be approved; 5. That the Region of Durham Planning and Economic Development Department and Municipal Property Assessment Corporation be forwarded a copy of Report PDS- 046-23 and Council's decision; and 6. That all interested parties listed in Report PDS-046-23 and any delegations be advised of Council's decision. Page 261 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Report Overview Page 2 This is a recommendation report relating to the applications for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and a Zoning By-law Amendment by Tribute (King Street) Ltd. to permit 130 single detached dwellings, 42 semi-detached dwellings, 45 street townhouse dwellings, 2 regional corridor blocks and a future development block. The Plan also contains, a neighbourhood park block, an environmental protection block, a walkway block and roads to be dedicated to the Municipality. 1. Application Details 1.1 Owner/Applicant: Tribute (King Street) Ltd. 1.2 Proposal: Draft Plan of Subdivision The proposed Draft Plan of Subdivision would permit 217 residential units, consisting of 130 single detached dwellings, 42 semi-detached dwellings and 45 street townhouse dwellings, two regional corridor blocks and a future development block. The Plan also contains, a neighbourhood park block, an environmental protection block, and a walkway block to be dedicated to the Municipality. The subdivision would be accessed from two new collector roads from Bloor Street and Trulls Road. Zoning By-law Amendment To rezone a portion of the lands from "Agricultural (A)" to an appropriate "Urban Residential (R3)" Zone that would permit single detached, semi-detached and townhouse dwellings with the proposed lot sizes and provisions and "Environmental Protection (EP)" Zone. 1.3 Area: 31.7 hectares (78.3 acres) 1.4 Location: 1593 Bloor Street, 1614 Trulls Road southwest of Bloor Street and Trulls Road, Courtice 1.5 Roll Numbers: 010 070 00600 0000 010 070 00900 0000 Page 262 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 3 I MAN •• 11111 AIIIII06- __�_ IIIIIIIAIN�►���' == 1111111 � 11 -Illllllllll ` , i a STREET E SC 2021-0007 Single Detached Regional Corridor Walkway Semi Detached - Park Future Development Townhouse Environmental Protection Road Figure 1 — Area subject to applications 2. Background 2.1 In June 2021, Tribute (King Street) Ltd. submitted applications for a proposed Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law Amendment for lands at 1593 Bloor Street and 1614 Trulls Road. Page 263 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 4 2.2 A Statutory Public Meeting was held on September 12, 2022, to provide background information regarding the applications and to obtain public comments. The proposal was for 524 residential units, consisting of 130 single detached units, 30 semi-detached units, 69 freehold townhouses and 295 condominium townhouses. 2.3 Since the Public Meeting Report, the applicant has worked towards resolving staff, agency, and public comments. The latest Draft Plan of Subdivision has been revised as follows: The unit count (for the freehold lots) was reduced from 229 units consisting of 130 single detached dwellings, 30 semi-detached dwellings and 69 townhouse dwellings to 217 units consisting of 130 single detached dwellings, 42 semi- detached dwellings and 45 street townhouse dwellings; The street townhouse blocks shown on a portion of Regional Corridor Block 161 have been removed; and The regional corridor blocks are not being rezoned until such time as detailed concept plans are brought forward for discussion. 2.4 A summary of the public submission from the Statutory Public Meeting is provided in Section 8 of this report. 3. Land Use Characteristics and Surrounding Uses 3.1 The subject lands are located south-west of the corner of Bloor Street and Trulls Road within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area. Tribute Communities owns a total of 69.5 hectares in this location. However, only the northern 31.7 hectares are located within the boundary of the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and are the subject of these applications. The subject lands are bounded by: Bloor Street to the north, a Type `A' Arterial Road under the jurisdiction of the Region of Durham; and Trulls Road to the east, a Type `B' Arterial Road under the jurisdiction of the Municipality of Clarington. Page 264 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 5 A 3 W " z 0 r J fi i R. Street' g En I 1r , �m i ZBA 2021-0017 �- S-,C-2027 -0007 r j\M1 iFN ) P AV Figure 2: Aerial photo of subject lands and surrounding area. 3.2 The most prominent feature on the subject lands is the valley of Robinson Creek and the associated valley slope. These occupy most of the western half of the proposed Draft Plan of Subdivision. The eastern half of the property is currently farmland which slopes gently in a northeast -to -southwest direction. Page 265 Municipality of Clarington Page 6 Report PDS-046-23 3.3 The neighbouring lands are currently used predominantly for agricultural purposes but are slated for future urban development. They are described as follows: West: West of the Robinson Creek valley is tableland that is Draft Plan approved for a future residential development and the site of the existing South Courtice Arena and Recreation Complex. North: Across Bloor Street is farmland designated for future residential and mixed -use development in the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. East: Across Trulls Road is farmland designated for future residential and mixed -use development in the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. South: South of the subject lands is farmland currently subject to the Courtice Transit - Oriented Community and GO Station Area Secondary Plan. 4. Provincial Policy Provincial Policy Statement 4.1 The Provincial Policy Statement 2020 (PPS) provides policy direction on land use planning and development for matters of provincial interest. This includes protecting Provincial resources, public health and safety, and the quality of the natural and built environment. These objectives are to be achieved through efficient land use planning. Through land use designations and policies, municipal official plans and secondary plans are the most important vehicle for implementing the PPS. 4.2 The Provincial Policy Statement focuses on growth and development within urban and rural settlement areas. Development within these areas must meet the full range of current and future needs of its population by employing efficient development patterns and avoiding significant or sensitive resources and areas which may pose a risk to public health and safety. Land use patterns should promote a mix of housing, including affordable housing, employment, recreation, parks and open spaces, and transportation choices that increase the use of active transportation and transit before other modes of travel. 4.3 The applications are consistent with the Provincial Policy Statement. Provincial Growth Plan 4.4 The Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe 2019 (Growth Plan) provides guidance on where and how to grow within the Greater Golden Horseshoe (GGH). This includes requiring Municipalities to maintain a three-year supply of serviced land for residential development. Page 266 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 7 4.5 Building on the direction of the PPS, the Growth Plan supports the achievement of complete communities, a thriving economy, a clean and healthy environment, and social equity. These goals will be achieved by promoting access to transit and active transportation and increasing the amount and variety of housing that is provided. 4.6 Complete communities provide for the needs of all parts of society. This includes providing retail and office uses at locations that support active transportation and have existing or planned transit. To address the issue of housing affordability, the Growth Plan provides direction for a range and mix of housing to be offered with a priority on access to transit and amenities. 4.7 In order to promote intensification, the Growth Plan has mapped a Built Boundary that identifies the limits of existing development. Lands outside of the Built Boundary are designated as Greenfield Areas. The Growth Plan calls for new developments in Greenfield Areas to achieve a minimum density target of 50 residents and jobs combined per gross hectare. The subject lands are designated Greenfield Areas. 4.8 The Growth Plan requires the protection and management of important hydrologic and natural heritage features and areas in planning for future growth. Planning for large-scale development in designated Greenfield Areas within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area is informed by the Robinson / Tooley Subwatershed Plan. 4.9 The applications conform with the policies and objectives of the Growth Plan. 5. Official Plans Durham Regional Official Plan 5.1 The Durham Region Official Plan designates the lands as Living Areas and Regional Corridors along Bloor Street. 5.2 Lands designated Living Areas permit the development of communities incorporating the widest possible variety of housing types, sizes, and tenure to provide living accommodations and address various socio-economic factors. Development applications in Living Areas must consider having a compact built form, including providing intensive residential and mixed uses along arterial roads and transit routes. Consideration must also be given to urban design, pedestrian connections, a grid pattern of roads, and the availability of services and infrastructure. 5.3 The Region's Official Plan establishes a framework for Regional Corridors. Corridors are considered the main arteries of the Region's urban structure. Corridors will be developed to include, among other things, the promotion of pedestrian activity and public transit ridership through well -designed development, a mix of uses at higher densities, and sensitive urban design that orients development to the corridor, complemented by the consolidation of access points and preserving and enhancing cultural heritage resources. The built form should be a wide variety of building forms, generally mid -rise in height, with some higher buildings. Page 267 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 8 5.4 Region of Durham Official Plan policy supports the provision of affordable housing units throughout Clarington. The Region of Durham Official Plan also supports the provision of a range of residential unit types in order to support families, seniors, and special needs groups. 5.5 The applications conform with the policies and objectives of the of Durham Region Official Plan. Clarington Official Plan 5.6 The Clarington Official Plan seeks to create walkable neighbourhoods and to provide a variety of uses within each neighbourhood. New neighbourhoods will have a variety of housing densities, tenure and types for all incomes, ages, and lifestyles. Three key principles which provide direction for the policies of the Official Plan are: sustainable development, healthy communities, and growth management. 5.7 The Clarington Official Plan designates the subject lands as Urban Residential, Regional Corridor and Environmental Protection Area. 5.8 The Urban Residential designation shall predominantly be used for housing purposes, providing for a variety of densities, tenure, and types. Neighbourhoods must be walkable, compact, connected and create a high -quality public realm. 5.9 Regional Corridors shall provide for intensification, mixed -use development and pedestrian and transit -supportive development. The development of Regional Corridors aims to improve the public realm and establish walkable, transit -supportive corridors through high -quality streetscaping and built form. 5.10 The lands associated with the headwaters and tributaries of Tooley Creek, and Robinson Creek are designated Environmental Protection Areas. Environmental Protection Areas are recognized as the most significant components of the Municipality's natural environment, and their ecological functions are to be conserved and protected. 5.11 The applications conform with the policies and objectives of the Clarington Official Plan. Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan 5.12 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan designates the subject lands as Medium Density Regional Corridor, Low Density Residential, Environmental Protection Area and Neighbourhood Park. 5.13 The Secondary Plan establishes that development within the Medium Density Regional Corridor designation shall have an overall average density of 85 units per net hectare. In no case shall an individual development application have a density of less than 60 units per net hectare. Development on lands designated Low Density Residential shall have a minimum net density of 13 units per hectare and shall not exceed three storeys in height. 5.14 Within the Medium Density Regional Corridor designation, the predominant use of lands is a mix of housing types and tenures in mid -rise building forms. The highest and densest Page 268 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 9 built form shall front on Bloor Street. Retail and service uses are to be provided at strategic locations to reinforce the community structure and provide access to local amenities within walking distance for residents of the surrounding areas. 5.15 The Secondary Plan identifies the intersection of Bloor Street and Trulls Road as a Prominent Intersection. Within Regional Corridors, the greatest heights and densities shall occur at Prominent Intersections and the nodes which surround them. The Prominent Intersection at Bloor Street and Trulls Road shall feature built form no less than four storeys in height and is encouraged to include retail and service uses that provide amenities to the surrounding neighbourhoods. 5.16 The Secondary Plan establishes policies to ensure that development contributes to an attractive and animated public realm, fine grain connectivity, an enhanced pedestrian environment, and appropriate transitions between areas of different development intensity and uses. 5.17 Bloor Street is encouraged to be developed as a multi -way, a road design that balances the functional requirements of a Type A arterial road and a local road, in order to create pleasant urban environments along high -volume arterial roads. 5.18 The applications conform with the policies and objectives of the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. Southeast Courtice Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines 5.19 Southeast Courtice Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines were approved to provide direction in the form of design guidance and strategies to implement the vision and objectives of the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. Guidance addresses community structure, street, and block patterns, built form, public realm (including roads), cultural and natural heritage, stormwater management, transitions between uses and implementation. 5.20 The applications conform with the policies and objectives of the Southeast Courtice Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines. 6. Zoning By-law 6.1 Zoning By-law 84-63 zones the subject lands "Agricultural (A)". 6.2 A Zoning By-law Amendment proposes to place the subject lands in an appropriate R3 Urban Residential zone subject to a Holding zone to implement the Draft Plan of Subdivision. Open space lands and their buffers would be placed in the Environmental Protection (EP) Zone. A draft Zoning By-law Amendment for the subject lands is provided as Attachment 3 to this report. 6.3 The Holding zone will remain on the lands until the necessary conditions of draft approval and development agreements are in place for the draft plan of subdivision. The development agreements will require the applicant to, among other matters: Page 269 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-046-23 Page 10 address the recommendations of the background studies, including submissions of additional information, plans and reports; and provide for municipal services and road works that will service the development. 6.4 The regional corridor blocks will remain zoned "Agricultural (A)" until such time as the necessary concept plans have been provided to staff for consideration. A subsequent report to the Planning and Development Committee to recommend a proposed zoning change for the regional corridor blocks will be scheduled at the appropriate time. Street Townhouses with 6 metre Lot Frontages 6.5 The applicant is proposing that certain street townhouses have a lot frontage of 6 metres. A 6 metre lot frontage for street townhouses deviates from the current municipal standard which requires a 7m lot frontage. However, other shoreline municipalities have approved street townhouses with 6 metre lot frontages and developers having built in those other shoreline municipalities are proposing the same in Clarington. In addition, with the provincial changes, land costs, and projected population/density requirements, smaller lots are becoming more prevalent. With the appropriate landscaped open space and driveway width restrictions, good neighbourhood design can be achieved. Figure 3: Conceptual Rendering of a Street Townhouse Block 6.1 metre lot frontages 7. Summary of Background Studies Planning Justification Report, November 2021 (as amended) 7.1 The Planning Report prepared and submitted in support of the proposal concludes that the applications represent good planning and are in the public interest. Page 270 Municipality of Clarington Page 11 Report PDS-046-23 Functional Servicing Report, November 2021 (as amended) 7.2 The Functional Servicing Report submitted in support of the proposal concludes that subject to a trunk water and sewer extension in Baseline Road water and sanitary services will be available to service the proposed plan of subdivision. An appropriate condition of draft approval is being imposed. Stormwater Management Report, November 2021 (as amended) 7.3 The Stormwater Management Report submitted in support of the proposal concludes that subject to the construction of storm sewer connections and related infrastructure within the road allowances and the construction of the proposed stormwater management facility on lands to the south, stormwater management is available for this proposed plan of subdivision. 7.4 Although the lands to the south are owned by Tribute they fall outside of this proposed draft plan of subdivision. Therefore, the applicant will have to submit a severance application to the Region of Durham to create the necessary parcels of land and related easements. Appropriate conditions of draft approval are being imposed. Noise Impact Study, November 2021 (as amended) 7.5 The Noise Impact Study submitted in support of the proposal concludes that subject to noise mitigation measures (acoustic fencing, upgraded building materials, mandatory air conditioning) and warning clauses that the sound levels for future residents are acceptable. An appropriate condition of draft approval is being imposed. 7.6 An update to the Noise Impact Study will be required for regional corridor blocks 166 and 167 when subsequent planning applications are submitted detailing the proposed development for those blocks. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, August 2020 7.7 The Phase I Environmental Site Assessment concludes that a Phase II Environmental Site Assessment is required to be prepared prior to a Record of Site Condition being submitted to the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks. An appropriate condition of draft approval is being imposed. Environmental Impact Study, November 2021 (as amended) 7.8 The Environmental Impact Study submitted in support of the proposal concludes that, subject to appropriate buffers and grading, the proposal will not have a negative impact on the natural heritage system. Page 271 Municipality of Clarington Page 12 Report PDS-046-23 Energy Efficiency and Sustainability Plan, November 2021 7.9 The Energy Efficiency and Sustainability Plan submitted in support of the proposal concludes that the proposal meets the principles of Sustainable Development as outlined in the Municipality of Clarington Official Plan. Stage 1, 2 and 3 Archaeological Assessment, November 2019, and May 2020 7.10 The Stage 1, 2, and 3 Archaeological Assessments submitted in support of the proposal determined that there is high cultural heritage value and interest potential for recovering significant archaeological resources within the boundaries of the current Study Area. In addition, a Stage 4 Archaeological Assessment is required to be undertaken. It is recommended that development not proceed before receiving confirmation from the Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism, and Culture Industries, (MHSTCI) that the report has been reviewed and entered into the Provincial Register of Reports, and all other government agencies have signed off. An appropriate condition of draft approval is being imposed. Transportation Impact Study, October 2021 (as amended) 7.11 The Transportation Impact Study submitted in support of the proposal concludes that: Traffic anticipated to be generated by the proposed development can be accommodated by the study road network; The proposed development implements the TDM measures and incentives identified in the report to support active transportation and transit and to reduce the numbers of single -occupant -vehicle trips to and from the proposed development; and The proposed development provides sufficient on -street parking. 8. Public Submissions 8.1 A Statutory Public Meeting was held on September 12, 2022. Notification was provided to all property owners within 120 metres of the site. Signage was posted on the property and notification was also posted to the Municipality's website. 8.2 Staff received comments from a local councillor and various members of the public concerning traffic congestion, road and infrastructure improvements, the development of greenfield land and parking shortages. 8.3 These comments and concerns will be discussed in Section 10 of this report. Page 272 Municipality of Clarington Page 13 Report PDS-046-23 9. Department and Agency Comments 9.1 Various agencies and internal departments were circulated for comments on the applications. Attachment 4 to this report is a chart showing the list of circulated parties and whether or not we have received comments to date. 10. Discussion 10.1 The proposed development of 130 single detached dwellings, 42 semi-detached dwellings and 45 street townhouse dwellings helps to meet Provincial Growth Plan targets by adding units within the existing urban area. 10.2 The proposed development includes a neighbourhood park and environmental protection lands being conveyed to the Municipality, which meets municipal objectives and helps protect the natural heritage system. 10.3 New roads and other services will be provided to service this development and planned future developments to the north, south and east. The road pattern allows for connectivity to the planned future developments to the north, south and east. A future development block allows for certain lands to the south on North Street to develop and access the local road network, thereby reducing the number of driveways to North Street. 10.4 The proposed development relies on a trunk sewer extension in Baseline Road and a proposed stormwater management facility south of the subject lands before development can occur. The applicant is aware of these servicing constraints and has agreed to the appropriate conditions of draft approval being included. 10.5 The majority of the external agencies, authorities and internal departments have no objection to the applications subject to conditions. 10.6 The proposed development meets the intent of the Provincial Policy Statement, the Growth Plan, the Durham Region Official Plan and the Clarington Official Plan. 10.7 The proposed development represents good planning. Page 273 Municipality of Clarington Page 14 Report PDS-046-23 Addressing Comments and Concerns from Residents 10.8 Staff received comments from a local councillor and various members of the public concerning traffic congestion, road and infrastructure improvements, the development of greenfield land and parking shortages. These comments are outlined below, along with the staff response. Traffic Congestion and Road and Infrastructure Improvements 10.9 The abutting existing roads in the area, including but not limited to Bloor Street and Trulls Road, will be improved from rural cross sections to urban and eventually widened. As part of this proposal, the applicant is required to convey road widening and sight triangles to the Region of Durham and the Municipality of Clarington for these future road improvements. 10.10 The applicant is required to construct an internal road network to service this development and connect to Bloor Street and Trulls Road. This road network includes collector roads, local roads, sidewalks and cycling lanes. Development of Greenfield Land 10.11 The development of greenfield land within the urban area is permitted subject to achieving a density of 50 residents and jobs combined per gross hectare. The proposal has 64 residents and jobs combined per gross hectare and provides a range of housing types. 10.12 The entirety of the site is not being developed, the applicant is required to convey to the Municipality a neighbourhood park block (1.64 hectares) and an environmental protection block (14.42 hectares). Parking Shortages 10.13 The proposed development is not seeking a reduction in required parking and therefore meets the parking supply requirements in the Zoning By-law. In addition, the applicant provided an on -street parking plan illustrating where temporary visitor parking can be accommodated. 11. Financial Considerations 11.1 The capital infrastructure required for this development will be built by the developer and assumed by the Municipality upon acceptance. The Municipality will include the new capital assets in its asset management plans and be responsible for the major repair, rehabilitation and replacement in the future. 11.2 Maintenance and minor repairs of the neighbourhood park, environmental protection lands, walkways and road infrastructure will be included in future operating budgets. Page 274 Municipality of Clarington Page 15 Report PDS-046-23 12. Concurrence 12.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer 13. Conclusion 13.1 In consideration of all agency, staff and public comments, it is respectfully recommended that the application for Draft Plan of Subdivision and the Zoning By-law Amendment, as submitted by Tribute (King Street) Ltd., be supported and approved respectfully, subject to the Draft Plan conditions included in Attachment 1. Staff Contact: Morgan Jones, Principal Planner, 905-623-3379 Ext 2426 or mjones@clarington.net. Attachments: Attachment 1 - Conditions of Draft Approval Attachment 2 — Draft Plan of Subdivision Attachment 3 — Zoning By-law Amendment Attachment 4 — Departmental and Agency Comments Interested Parties: The following interested parties will be notified of Council's decision: Page 275 Attachment 1 to Report PDS-046-23 CONDITIONS OF DRAFT APPROVAL File Number: S-C-2021-0007 Issued for Concurrence: June 12, 2023 Notice of Decision: Draft Approved: Carlos Salazar, MCIP, RPP Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Municipality of Clarington Part 1 — Plan Identification 1.1 The Owner shall have the final plan prepared on the basis of approved draft plan of subdivision S-C-2021-0004 prepared by GHD identified as project number 11208864, dated November 2022, as revised June 2023, which illustrates 130 single detached dwellings, 42 semi-detached dwellings, 45 street townhouse dwellings, 2 regional corridor blocks, a future development block, a neighbourhood park block, an environmental protection block, a walkway block and roads. Part 2 — General 2.1 The Owner shall enter into a subdivision agreement with the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington (the "Municipality") that contains all of the terms and conditions of the Municipality's standard subdivision agreement respecting the provision and installation of roads, services, drainage, other local services and all internal and external works and services related to this plan of subdivision. A copy of the Municipality's standard subdivision agreement can be found at https://www.clarington.net/en/do-business/resources/application- forms/subdivision-aareement.pdf 2.2 The Owner shall name all road allowances included in the draft plan to the satisfaction of the Municipality and the Regional Municipality of Durham (the "Region"). 2.3 All works and services must be designed and constructed in accordance with the Municipality's Design Guidelines and Standard Drawings. Page 276 Page 11 Architectural Control 2.4 (1) The Owner shall be 100% responsible for the cost of any architectural design guidelines specific to this development, as well as 100% of the cost for the "Control Architect" to review and approve all proposed models and building permits, to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. (2) No building permit shall be issued for the construction of any building on any residential lot or block on the draft plan, until the architectural control guidelines for the development and the exterior architectural design of each building and the location of the building on the lot has been approved by the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. Marketing and Sales 2.5 (1) The Owner shall prepare a Land Use Plan which shows the draft plan and surrounding land uses. The Land Use Plan shall be in a format approved by the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. (2) The Owner shall erect and maintain a sign on the development site and/or in the sales office which shows the Land Use Plan as approved by the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. (3) The Owner shall submit its standard Agreement of Purchase and Sale to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services which includes all warning clauses/ notices prior to any residential units being offered for sale to the public. Site Alteration 2.6 Draft plan approval does not give the Owner permission to place or dump fill or remove fill or alter the grade of any portion of the lands within the draft plan. The Owner shall be required to obtain a permit from the Municipality under Site Alteration By-law 2008-114, as amended, for any such work. If any portion of the lands are within an area regulated by a conservation authority, the Owner shall obtain a permit from the conservation authority in addition to obtaining approval from the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services regarding the intended haulage routes, the time and duration of the site alteration work and security relating to mud clean up, road damage and dust control in accordance with the Dust Management Plan in Section 4.7. After registration of a subdivision agreement, the provisions of the Municipality's standard subdivision agreement shall apply to any proposed site alteration on the lands covered by the subdivision agreement. Page 277 Page 12 Part 3 — Final Plan Requirements 3.1 The following road allowances shown on the draft plan shall be dedicated to the Municipality upon registration of the final plan: a. Streets A, B, C, D and E 3.2 The Owner shall transfer to the Municipality (for nominal consideration free and clear of encumbrances and restrictions) the following lands and easements: a. Road Widening • Shown as Block 168 on the draft plan. b. Sight Triangle • Shown as Block 167 on the draft plan. C. Parkland • Shown as Block 163 on the draft plan. d. Walkway • Shown as Block 164 on the draft plan. e. Open Space • Shown as Block 165 on the draft plan. 3.3 The Owner shall transfer to the Region (for nominal consideration, free and clear of encumbrances and restrictions) the following lands and easements: a. Road Widening Block 169 Part 4 —Plans and Reports Required Prior to Subdivision Agreement/Final Plan Registration 4.1 The Owner shall submit the following plans and report or revisions thereof: Phasing Plan (1) The Owner shall submit plans showing the proposed phasing to the Municipality and the Region for review and approval if this subdivision is to be developed by more than one registration. The Phasing Plan must show how the roads and associated infrastructure within each phase are intended to connect to subsequent phases of development, including the provision of temporary or transitional works such as temporary turning circles, external easements for temporary turning circles, and associated frozen lots. The Municipality shall require the preparation of a subdivision agreement for each phase of development. Page 278 Page 13 Noise Report (2) The Owner shall submit to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services and the Region, for review and approval, an updated noise report, based on the preliminary noise report entitled Noise Impact Study, prepared by WSP, last revised December 14, 2022. Functional Servicing (3) The Owner shall submit to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services, Region, and Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority, for review and approval, an updated Functional Servicing Report, based on the functional servicing report prepared by WSP, last revised April 2023. The Robinson Tooley Subwatershed Study (RTSWS) and associated flood impact analysis has not yet been finalized. A written commitment to make all necessary revisions to the provided SWM design required when the RTSWS and Flood Impact Analysis Report have been finalized must be provided as a condition of Draft Plan approval. Stormwater Management Report (4) The Owner shall submit to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services and Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority, for review and approval, an updated Stormwater Management Report, based on the stormwater management report prepared by WSP, last revised April 2023. Hydrogeological Assessment (5) The Owner shall submit to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services a written commitment to implement the recommendations as stated in Section 5 of the Hydrogeological Assessment, including but not limited to additional infiltration testing for LIDs. Community Theme Plan (6) The Owner shall submit a "Community Theme Plan" to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services for approval. Such plan shall include design concepts for a community theme including gateway treatments, landscape treatments, lighting fixtures, fencing details and related design issues for the overall design, location and configuration of trails and open space buffers. All Engineering Drawings shall conform with the approved Community Theme Plan. Environmental Sustainability Plan (7) The Owner shall submit an update of the Environmental Sustainability, prepared by GHD, dated November 2021, to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. Such plan shall identify the measures that the Owner will undertake to conserve energy and water in excess of the standards of the Ontario Building Code, reduce waste, increase recycling of construction materials and utilize non -toxic, environmentally sustainable materials and finishes. The plan shall include the location of a shade tree, or provision for a voucher from a local nursery to allow the purchaser to acquire a shade tree to provide passive solar gain during the various seasons. Page 279 Page 14 Soils Management Plan (8) Prior to Authorization to Commence, the Owner shall provide a Soils Management Plan for review and approval by the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. Such plan shall provide information respecting but not limited to any proposed import or export of fill to or from any portion of the Lands, intended haulage routes, the time and duration of any proposed haulage, the source of any soil to be imported, quality assurance measures for any fill to be imported, and any proposed stockpiling on the Lands. All imported material must originate from within the Municipality of Clarington. The Owner shall comply with all aspects of the approved Soils Management Plan. The Director may require the Owner to provide security relating to mud clean up, dust control and road damage. Dust Management Plan (9) Prior to Authorization to Commence Works, the Owner is required to prepare a Dust Management Plan for review and approval by the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. Such plan shall provide a practical guide for controlling airborne dust which could impact neighbouring properties. The plan must: a. identify the likely sources of dust emissions; b. identify conditions or activities which may result in dust emissions; C. include preventative and control measures which will be implemented to minimize the likelihood of high dust emissions; d. include a schedule for implementing the plan, including training of on -site personnel; e. include inspection procedures and monitoring initiatives to ensure effective implementation of preventative and control measures; and f. include a list of all comments received from the Municipality, if any, and a description of how each comment was addressed. Part 5 —Special Terms and Conditions to be Included in the Subdivision Agreement 5.1 Cost Sharing Agreement The Owner enter into a cost sharing agreement with the abutting landowners and the Municipality be provided with a copy of a notarized letter confirming that a cost sharing agreement has been entered into and who has entered into said cost sharing agreement. 5.2 Trulls Road The Owner shall enter into a mutually agreeable cost sharing arrangement with the Municipality for the reconstruction of Trulls Road including all grading, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, watermains, bike lanes, boulevard works and landscaping excluding surface asphalt from Bloor Street to Street E. The reconstruction of Trulls Road shall be required with Phase 1. Page 280 Page 15 5.3 Parkland Conveyance The Owner shall convey Block 163 to the Municipality for park or other public recreational purposes in accordance with section 51.1 of the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.P.13. The Municipality acknowledges that Block 163 is an over dedication of parkland for this subdivision, but is the correct size and location of the neighbourhood park in accordance with the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. The Owner shall be credited with cash payment for the over dedication of land based on the value of the Lands as of the day before the approval of draft Plan of Subdivision S-C-2021-0007. 5.4 Park Development (1) In this section, "Park Plan" means a plan prepared by a qualified landscape architect showing: a. all proposed park features including walkways, playgrounds, sports fields and seating areas; and b. the proposed grading and stormwater drainage system to demonstrate that the proposed park size, configuration and topography will allow for the construction of park facilities. (2) An Authorization to Commence shall not be issued for any Works until the Owner has submitted and the Director has approved the Park Plan. (3) The Owner shall construct, and ensure the Engineering Drawings incorporate the final grades for the park including 200 mm minimum topsoil and seeding, sodding, fencing, all storm sewer servicing within the park and provision of sanitary sewer, water connections and hydro service to the park property line along the park frontage. (4) For purposes of the Subdivision Agreement, all works under the section 5.8(3) are considered a separate Works Component with a minimum maintenance period of 2 years. 5.5 Trail The Owner shall construct and pay for up to 100% of a trail through the Open Space block 165 at the west limits of the site and Neighbourhood Park block 163 to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. 5.6 Noise Attenuation (1) The Owner shall implement the noise attenuation measures recommended in the updated noise report. (2) The Owner shall not make an application for a building permit for certain lots (if necessary) until an acoustic engineer has certified that the plans for the building are in accordance with the Noise Report. Page 281 Page 16 Part 6 — Agency Conditions 6.1 Region of Durham (1) The Owner shall prepare the final plan and shall include a land use table on the basis of the approved draft plan of subdivision, prepared by GHD, identified as Project number 11208864, drawing number DP 1, dated June 23, 2021, revised June 2023, which illustrates 130 single detached lots, 42 semi-detached lots, 45 street townhouse lots, 2 regional corridor blocks, a future development block, a neighbourhood park block, an environmental protection block, a walkway block and roads. (2) The Owner shall carry out an archaeological assessment of the subject property and mitigation and/or salvage excavation of any significant heritage resources to the satisfaction of the Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism, and Culture Industries. No grading or other soil disturbance shall take place on the subject property prior to a letter of clearance from the Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism, and Culture Industries. (3) The Owner shall submit to the Region of Durham, for review and approval, a revised acoustic report prepared by an acoustic engineer based on projected traffic volumes provided by the Region of Durham Planning and Economic Development Department and recommending noise attenuation measures for the draft plan in accordance with the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks guidelines. The Owner shall agree in the Subdivision Agreement to implement the recommended noise control measures. The agreement shall contain a full and complete reference to the noise report (i.e. author, title, date and any revisions/addenda thereto) and shall include any required warning clauses identified in the acoustic report. The Owner shall provide the Region with a copy of the Subdivision Agreement containing such provisions prior to final approval of the plan. (4) Prior to the finalization of this plan of subdivision, the Owner must provide satisfactory evidence to the Regional Municipality of Durham in accordance with the Region's Soil and Groundwater Assessment Protocol to address site contamination matters. Such evidence may include the completion of a Regional Reliance Letter and Certificate of Insurance. Depending on the nature of the proposal or the findings of any Record of Site Condition (RSC) Compliant Phase One Environmental Site Assessment (ESA), an RSC Compliant Phase Two ESA may also be required. The findings of the Phase Two ESA could also necessitate the requirement for an RSC through the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks, accompanied by any additional supporting information. (5) The Owner shall submit plans showing the proposed phasing to the Region of Durham and the Municipality of Clarington for review and approval if this subdivision is to be developed by more than one registration. Page 282 Page 17 (6) The Owner shall grant such easements as may be required for utilities, drainage and servicing purposes to the appropriate authorities. The easements shall be in locations and of such widths as determined by the Region. (7) The Owner shall provide for the extension of such sanitary sewer and water supply facilities which are external to, as well as within, the limits of this plan that are required to service this plan. In addition, the Owner shall provide for the extension of sanitary sewer and water supply facilities within the limits of the plan which are required to service other developments external to this subdivision. Such sanitary sewer and water supply facilities are to be designed and constructed according to the standards and requirements of the Region of Durham. All arrangements, financial and otherwise, for said extensions are to be made to the satisfaction of the Region of Durham and are to be completed prior to final approval of this plan. (8) Prior to entering into a Subdivision Agreement, the Region of Durham shall be satisfied that adequate water pollution control plant and water supply plant capacities are available to the proposed subdivision. (9) The Owner shall satisfy all requirements, financial and otherwise, of the Region of Durham. This shall include, among other matters, the execution of a Subdivision Agreement between the Owner and the Region concerning the provision and installation of sanitary sewers, water supply, roads and other regional services. (10) The Owner shall convey to the Region, free and clear of all encumbrances, a road allowance widening across the total frontage of the plan on Bloor Street. The widening shall be determined as a distance of 8.0 metres (+/-) south of the existing street line, which in turn results in a measured distance of 20 metres south of the centreline of the original road allowance (Block 169). (11) The Owner shall convey to the Region, free and clear of all encumbrances, a 15.0 metre x 15.0 metre sight triangle, measured from the widened right-of-way, at the southwest corner of Trulls Road and Bloor Street East. (12) The Owner shall convey to the Region, free and clear of all encumbrances, a 15.0 metre x 15.0 metre sight triangle, measured from the widened right-of-way, at the southwest and southeast corners of Street B and Bloor Street East. Page 283 Page 18 6.2 Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority (1) That prior to any on -site grading or construction or final approval of the plan, the Owner shall submit to and obtain approval from the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority (CLOCA) and the Municipality of Clarington for reports/plans describing the following: a. A detailed grading plan illustrating the final proposed grades and associated with the stormwater management pond, outfall and associated access road; b. All outstanding comments provided in CLOCA's April 20, 2023 letter and attachments be addressed as part of the detailed design review, to the satisfaction of CLOCA; c. Prior to the finalization of the detailed design of the stormwater management pond, that the applicant determines the ultimate drainage boundaries for this portion of the South -East Courtice Secondary Plan with respect to the Robinson-Tooley Drainage Diversion. Any proposed diversions will be required to justify the works and be supported with applicable information, including grading and/or servicing constraints, and demonstrate there will be no downstream flooding or erosion impacts, to the satisfaction of the Municipality and CLOCA; d. Demonstrate the intended means of conveying storm water flow from the site, including the use of stormwater techniques which are appropriate and in accordance with provincial guidelines, and CLOCA's Technical Guidelines, as amended; e. A comprehensive Stormwater Management/Functional Servicing Report (SWMR/FSR), which clearly articulates the drainage assumptions, directs the site -specific stormwater management control requirements for the site, and is consistent with CLOCA's Technical Guidelines for Stormwater Management. The Stormwater Management pond will be required to provide a minimum 0.3m freeboard above the maximum emergency spillway water elevation; The Stormwater Management/Functional Servicing Report be amended to include thermal mitigation and an Erosion Threshold analysis at the detailed design stage to verify that there will be no adverse erosion impacts to the receiving watercourse and adjacent valleylands, including mitigation measures as required, to the satisfaction of CLOCA; g. The pond design shall include a maintenance access road down to the permanent pool elevation to facilitate pond cleanouts. Consideration for a designated sediment drying area should also be given in the detailed design; h. That the invert of the pond outfall must be located above the 2-year flood elevation in the Robinson Creek tributary; Page 284 Page 19 The detailed design shall demonstrate the use of Low Impact Development (LIDs) stormwater management measures, as identified in an updated Stormwater Management/Functional Servicing Report (SWMR/FSR). The details shall include further analysis of water table levels and the recommended LID measures. Estimates and a map of how much each LID will add to infiltration compared to predevelopment given the varied groundwater levels must be provided and demonstrate best efforts to meet a minimum capture target of 25-27mm of the entire developable area. Consideration for additional LID locations will be provided at the detailed design stage, in coordination with the Utilities Plan. The LIDs shall include measures supporting the treatment train approach to stormwater management, and measures to maintain pre and post development water balance and measures to ensure no hydrologic impacts; j. That a digital copy of the hydrology model be provided for review and final approval; k. The means whereby erosion and sedimentation and their effects will be minimized on the site during and after construction, in accordance with Provincial and Conservation Authority guidelines. The report and plans must outline all actions to be taken to prevent an increase in the concentration of solids in any water body as a result of on -site, or related works, to comply with the Federal Fisheries Act; The appropriate location of any stormwater management and foundation drainage collection system outlets and, any required mitigation measures to ensure that the foundation drainage collection system will not intercept the seasonal high-water table or cause stream erosion; m. That the grading works within Block 165 will be minimized to the greatest extent possible; n. That the works within Block 165 shall include restoration works for any disturbed areas, including any grading encroachments, restoration of all graded areas, and a restored vegetation protection zone; o. That a comprehensive environmental restoration planting plan be prepared for Open Space Block 165. The planting plan will provide a robust and dense re -naturalization plan consisting of native, self- sustaining vegetation for all disturbed areas and barrier plantings along the perimeter to deter public access, to the satisfaction of CLOCA and the Municipality of Clarington. All planted areas will be protected with appropriate fencing to avoid any disturbance to this area during construction; Page 285 Page 110 p. That an environmental monitoring plan for all restoration plantings within Block 165 be submitted to monitor that the works have been completed and is successful. The restoration planting works will be subject to a 3- year environmental monitoring period, to be provided at the detailed design stage, and will include a contingency for replacements if required. The works will be subject to annual reporting by a qualified professional, to the satisfaction of CLOCA; q. That a monitoring program be provided at the detailed design stage for the proposed storm outlet tie-in with the existing creek. The monitoring program will be required to include a contingency for repairs and/or design upgrades if required. The monitoring program will be subject to a 3-year period for all outfall works, with annual reporting by a qualified professional, to the satisfaction of CLOCA. (2) The Owner agrees to carry out the work according to all the report and technical studies approved by CLOCA as part of this application; (3) That all recommendations contained within the `Phase 1 - Environmental Impact Study' completed by Stantec, dated December 16, 2022, including all updates and/or addendum documents be incorporated into the design of the development including the submission of a comprehensive restoration planting plan for any encroachments within the vegetation protection zones to ensure a net environmental gain, to the satisfaction of CLOCA. Any grading encroachments within the hazards or their associated buffers will be subject to restoration and enhancements works to the satisfaction of CLOCA; (4) That all works within Block 165 (including the plantings and stormwater outfall installation) associated with the subdivision, be completed as part of the first phase of registration; (5) That Open Space Block 165 be conveyed to the Municipality of Clarington, free and clear of all encumbrances; (6) That the Owner shall agree within the Subdivision Agreement to erect a permanent fence between the boundary of Block 168 and residential lands to prevent any direct entry of landowners/occupants from private lands into the valley corridor. Any associated development agreement shall include provisions to prohibit private gates being installed through this fence, to the satisfaction of CLOCA and the Municipality; (7) That prior to any grading, site alteration, construction or final approval of the plan or any phase of the plan, the Owner shall obtain all required permits from the CLOCA pursuant to the requirements of the Ontario Regulation 42/06 of the Conservation Authorities Act; Page 286 Page 111 (8) That this plan be subject to red -line revision to the satisfaction of the CLOCA and the Municipality of Clarington to address the resolution of detailed design grading as may be identified during the course of the continued review of the application and/or at the detailed design stage of plan review, to accommodate the requirements of CLOCA and other approval agencies with respect to the size of the stormwater management pond block and the extent of the development limits associated with natural heritage features and hazard lands; (9) That the Owner satisfy all financial requirements of the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority. This shall include Application Processing Fees and Technical Review Fees owing as per the approved Authority Fee Schedule; and, (10) That the Subdivision Agreement between the Owner and the Municipality of Clarington shall contain, among other matters, the following provisions: a. The Owner agrees to carry out the works referred to in Conditions 1-9 to the satisfaction of the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority; b. The Owner agrees to address all outstanding Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority technical comments; c. The Owner agrees to maintain all storm water and erosion and sediment control structures operating and in good repair during the construction period, in a manner satisfactory to the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority; d. The Owner agrees to advise the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority 48 hours prior to the commencement of grading or initiation of any on -site works; e. The Owner agrees to obtain the required permits pursuant to the Conservation Authorities Act prior to any development taking place on the site; and, f. The Owner agrees to satisfy all financial requirements of the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority. 6.3 Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board (1) Prior to the final approval of the draft plan, Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board (KPRDSB) shall be satisfied that appropriate clauses are contained within the Subdivision Agreement registered on title as follows: a. All offers of purchase and sale shall contain a statement advising prospective purchaser(s) that accommodation within a public school in the community is not guaranteed. Attendance at schools yet to be constructed in the area is also not guaranteed. Students may be accommodated in temporary facilities; including but not limited to accommodation in a portable classroom, a "holding school", or in an alternate school within or outside of the community. Page 287 Page 112 b. All offers of purchase and sale shall include a statement advising prospective purchasers that if school buses are required within the development in accordance with Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board Transportation policies, as may be amended from time to time, school bus pick up points will generally be located on the through street at a location as determined by the Student Transportation Services of Central Ontario; and that additional pick-up points will not be located within the subdivision until major construction activity has been completed. c. That the Owner(s) shall agree to provide a pedestrian walkway or dedicated pedestrian use only area throughout the proposed subdivision to accommodate and promote safe walking routes. To clear this condition, KPRDSB staff will require a copy of the proposed plan and details for the pedestrian route prior to entering into the Subdivision Agreement. Any Subdivision Agreement shall reflect these proposed plans and details. d. The Owner shall supply, erect and maintain signs at all major entrances into the new development advising prospective purchases that pupils may be directed to schools outside of the area. The Owner will make these signs to the specification of the Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board and erect them prior to the issuance of building permits. e. The developer agrees that, should the development be phased, a copy of the phasing plan must be submitted prior to final approval to the Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board. The phasing plan will indicate the sequence of development, the land area, the number of lots and blocks and units for each phase. 6.4 Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Sport (1) No demolition, grading or other soil disturbances shall take place on the lands prior to a Stage 4 Archaeological Assessment being undertaken and the Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Sport confirming that potential adverse impact to the archaeological resources have been addressed through measures such as preservation, resource removal, licensing and resource conservation requirements. 6.5 Canada Post Corporation (1) The Owner covenants and agrees to provide the Municipality of Clarington with evidence that satisfactory arrangements, financial and otherwise, have been made with Canada Post Corporation for the installation of Lockbox Assemblies as required by Canada Post Corporation and as shown on the approved engineering design drawings/Draft Plan, at the time of sidewalk and/or curb installation. The Owner further covenants and agrees to provide notice to prospective purchasers of the locations of Lockbox Assemblies and that home/business mail delivery will be provided via Lockbox Assemblies or Mailroom. Page 288 Page 113 (2) The Owner shall satisfy the following requirements of Canada Post Corporation and the Municipality with respect to the provision of mail delivery to the Subdivision Lands and the provision of community mailbox locations, as follows: a. The Owner shall advise Canada Post as to the excavation date for the first foundation/first phase as well as the date development work is scheduled to begin. b. If applicable, the Owner shall ensure that any street facing installs have a pressed curb or curb cut. C. The Owner shall advise Canada Post as to the expected first occupancy date and ensure the site is accessible to Canada Post 24 hours a day. d. The Owner will consult with Canada Post and the Municipality to determine suitable permanent locations for the Community Mail Boxes. The Owner will then indicate these locations on the appropriate servicing plans. e. The Owner agrees, prior to offering any units for sale, to display a map on the wall of the sales office in a place readily accessible to potential homeowners that indicates the location of all Community Mail Boxes within the development, as approved by Canada Post. The Owner will provide a suitable and safe temporary site for a Community Mail Boxes upon approval of the Municipality (that is levelled with appropriate sized patio stones and free of tripping hazards), until curbs, sidewalks and final grading are completed at the permanent locations. Canada Post will provide mail delivery to new residents as soon as the homes or units are occupied. g. Owner agrees to provide the following for each Community Mail Boxes and to include these requirements on the appropriate servicing plans (if applicable): i) Any required walkway across the boulevard, per municipal standards; and ii) Any required curb depressions for wheelchair access, with an opening of at least two meters (consult Canada Post for detailed specifications). 6.6 Utilities (1) The Owner shall coordinate the preparation of an overall utility distribution plan that allows for the safe installation of all utilities including the separation between utilities to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. (2) All utilities will be installed within the proposed road allowances. Where this is not possible, easements will be provided at no cost to the utility provider. Proposed easements are not permitted on lands owned by the Municipality unless it can be demonstrated that there is no other alternative. Such easements must not impede the long term use of the lands and will be at the discretion of the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services. Page 289 Page 114 (3) The Owner shall cause all utilities, including hydro, telephone, and cable television within the streets of this development to be installed underground for both primary and secondary services. Part 7 — Standard Notices and Warnings 7.1 The Owner shall include a clause in Agreements of Purchase and Sale for all Lots informing the purchaser of all applicable development charges in accordance with subsection 58(4) of the Development Charges Act, 1997, S.O. 1997, C.27. 7.2 The Owner shall include the notices and warnings clauses set out in Schedule 3 of the Municipality's standard subdivision agreement in Agreements of Purchase and Sale for all Lots or Blocks. 7.3 At the time of the preparation of the subdivision agreement additional warning clauses will be prepared including but not limited to the Noise Report, nearby farm operations, the neighbourhood park, catchbasins, sump pump and backflow valve, chain link fencing, privacy fencing and future road extensions. If the Owner has already entered into Agreements of Purchase and Sale for any Lots or Blocks those Agreements of Purchase and Sale shall be updated. Part 8 - Clearance 8.1 Prior to final approval of the plan for registration, the Municipality's Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services shall be advised in writing by, a. the Region of Durham how Conditions 6.1 (1 to 12) have been satisfied b. the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority, how Conditions 6.2 (1 to 10) have been satisfied; C. Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board, how Condition 6.3(1) has been satisfied; d. The Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Sport, how Condition 6.4(1) and e. Canada Post Corporation, how Conditions 6.5(1 and 2) have been satisfied. Part 9 — Notes to Draft Approval 9.1 Terms used in these conditions that are not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Municipality's standard subdivision agreement. 9.2 As the Owner of the proposed subdivision, it is your responsibility to satisfy all conditions of draft approval in an expeditious manner. The conditions of draft approval will be reviewed periodically and may be amended at any time prior to final approval. The Planning Act provides that draft approval, may be withdrawn at any time prior to final approval. 9.3 If final approval is not given to this plan within three (3) years of the draft approval date, and no extensions have been granted, draft approval shall lapse and the file shall be closed. Extensions may be granted provided valid reason is given and is submitted to the Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services for the Municipality of Clarington well in advance of the lapsing date. Page 290 P a g 15 9.4 Where an agency requirement is required to be included in the Municipal subdivision agreement, a copy of the agreement should be sent to the agency in order to facilitate their clearance of conditions for final approval of this plan. The addresses and telephone numbers of these agencies are: a. Durham Regional Planning Department, 605 Rossland Road East, P.O. Box 623, Whitby, Ontario L1 N 6A3 (905) 668-7721. b. Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority, 100 Whiting Avenue, Oshawa, Ontario LIH 3T3 (905) 579-0411. C. Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board, 1994 Fisher Drive, Peterborough, Ontario K9J 6X6 (705) 742-9773. d. Ministry Culture, Tourism and Sport, 900 Bay Street, 9th Floor, Toronto ON M7A 2E1 (416) 326-9326 e. Canada Post, Metro Toronto Region, 1860 Midland Ave. 2nd Floor, Scarborough ON, M1 P 5A1 (416) 262-7408. Page 291 Page 116 RE AL PDAD No_ _) RDAD w�N Np Attachment 2 p , _ Report PDS 046 23 �x ° aLocN Iaa N33 ez' ze•w- - ... WIDENING) HIc A pu- ac-1 J 3088 NJO' 36' ,0'E 13885 N 0'al.. 8 <eac.) tHE OA Hw BtOOR NZ(�36-10l_�6➢.sH N7 ' D=eO•E-- '-re` 3e'E 1BB.58-- --: _- __- r.. mKH fi c� - _ A OCK C' ae 0, -_a_ --- O } O Res— P3.0 Rmaxu rRa� aoWE v oo OaSt0.F� I Ins e°�aseRc lJ o � II �� ancN ,m eLoa �"T" li b {u s... �a -• -STREET ' - STREET C ` II 51 ICI I ICI 1 RoADwO.Na �a�Yl l alaP I IB55Y"I uas \ ��` a. ' r'n{. a H.I .rTk °�°T. r'. •, 1so aa.. oTHe LANDS vmED PLAN -Not to Seale BV APPLICANT e,mctes . °.,.., - e..-.�N = t-Hi s ♦ 1, 1 i i 'I 9 T� I PROPOSED Ia j j o i ,.: 'T T T T T I U)l_ - DRAFT PLAN r STREET C M n tes� t sg • • .a m a ' Jiw izzOF SUBDIVISION OF - BDPART OF LOT 31 & 32 ION 1 a��(GEOGRAPHIC TOWNSHIP OF DARLINGTON) • w ° MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 2a . . 47 g ,>, n, 1J ,,s„mae . ze o R.� DENNG REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM z 12I. st EETOR D:. SCHEDULE OF LAND USES: i - a • so _ 3 _ �) t LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL LOTS UNITS >� o `o � � - go • . sz ?I tan a es ga of 9s 10Q �.-_ - W ♦ 9.15+m FRONTAGES - p s zoo • . ♦ ♦ . ♦ ♦ • "a_ '1 ° - _ "s.'a. oo se ° 2-„- � ,See ,s1n10- t e a o,e '3'oa a rI7a.g o ,�a di •,A,Rs, „ a• ,�, �s a z 7s Je =„_ a a-•+w•�'Re T ossg naSP-AosCEaG (DEmTAFRONTAGES LLINGS ) 70 70 tiG s (DETACHED DWELLINGS) J30E 6 111111 e3 Q 12.2.m FRONTAGES 12 12 STREET E L12:E (DETACHED DWELLINGS) d +mIFRONTAGES -15.3E21 42 OPEN (SM-DETACHED DWELLINGS) 10 it 127ee TOALOTS/UNITS RESIDENTIAL 151 172r as sa !' R0ADN10EN1r'a TOTAL AREA S.F. RESIDENTIAL 5.72 ha - -,. eLocNlaJ 7 nr MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL BLOCK# UNITS AREA I t �a � :t 6.1m STREET TOWNHOUSES 152-160 45 0.93 !I'rR REGIONAL CORRIDOR BLOCKS 161-162 303 4.24 - / TOTAL UNITS /AREA MDR 348 5.17 ha HER LA S ^ TOTAL UNITS / AREA RESIDENTIAL 520 10.89 ha OWNED B ..µhi'.,. APPLICANT ---- LAND USE BLOCKS BLOCK # AREA(ha) - - -= PARK 163 1.64 WALKWAY 164 0.04 _ �R ,- OPEN SPACE 165 14.42 FLIT DEVELOPMENT 166 0.03 ROAD WIDENING 167-169 1.01 I F III � TOTAL AREA 17.14 ha ROADS LENGTH(m) AREA(ha) s \/ 15.0 rn R.O.W. 70 0.12 18.0 nn R.O.W. 216 0.39 20.0 m R.O. W. 856 1.76 23.0 mR.O.W. 609 1.41 �� pl N ,� � TOTAL LENGTH I AREA 1751 3.68 ha TOTAL AREA OF SUBMISSION 31.711 � ---� ---., � � � � I�� ' � ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UNDER THE PLANNING ACT r Un wt Pr n5il fThe Planning Act 1; PiradS,rd munlupal water supply n da )o FG'&a,ionrequiretlbycladK A,B,C,. All unid" F,G, 8 J shown on prate and Key Dlans. L) AM Stu-ICipal services required OWNER'S CERTIFICATE SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE i we THE REGISTERED OWNERS OFTHE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE BOUNDARIES 4 --- - \ TO FIR TLNNAN HEREBY AUTHOR PLAN OFATIONS LAND IP TO TH ADJACENT I-ANDSTHEIR p OFPREPAREAN FOR APPROVAL. PVJJ RELATIONSHIP TO THEADJAGENT WJOS ARE OF SUBDIVISION FOR APPROVAL. ACC URATELYANDCORRECTLYSHOVINON E 1 I r \ RIBUTE (KING STREET) LIMITED THIS P J.D. BA NE I E I I 9�91GHE0 SIGNED /U /✓i \ \ DATE JUNE 23,2021 DATE 1 I vvI N 20 40 60 80 100m II I I t I�I LEGEND SCALE 1:2000 AT ORIGINAL SIZE OFF SITE POND LOCATION w 4TO OF BANK AS STAKED BY CLO _ ON DECEMBER 5, 2018K V3 ' -CA _-.-. ` CALCl1LATED TOP OF BANK 65 Burney Street Whitby Ontario L1 N8 — — — — -- % -•- """ "--" - -- - - - -- DRIPLINE AS STAKED BY C. L.O.C.A. T1905686 6402ghd.c F1g054327877 t J� - I ON OCTOBER 27, 2020 Eytomatl@ghtl.com Wwww ghtl.com Drawn JT Designer B.J. Client: TRIBUTE p Drafting Check Design Check . C REVISED SUBMISSION H.T. B.J. B.J. 06/23 Approved Date NOVEMBER 2022 Project Name: B REVISED SUBMISSION J.T. B.J. B.J. 10/21 GHD Inc. TRIBUTE - KING STREET Conditions or use. A ORIGINAL SUBMISSION J.T. B.J. B.J. 06/21 This document may, only be used by GHD's dant(and any other person who GHD Project No: Drawing No: Job Preject has agreetl can use this document) (or the purpose for which it was prepared and 11208864 D P-1 A No Revision Note:' Indicates signatures on original Issue ordrewing or last reWslon ordrawllp Drawn Manager Director Dale must not be used by any other person or for any other purpose. Attachment 3 Report PDS-046-23 If this information is required in an alternate format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington By-law Number 2023-xx being a By-law to amend By-law 84-63, the Comprehensive Zoning By-law for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Whereas the Council of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington deems it advisable to amend By-law 84-63, as amended, of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington for ZBA-2023-XX; Now therefore the Council of the Municipality of Clarington enacts as follows: Section 14.6. "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Three (R3) Zone" is amended by introducing a new Subsection 14.6.73 as follows: "Section 14.6.73 "Special Exceptions — Urban Residential Type Three (R3-73) Zone" Notwithstanding Section 3.16e(vi) and (vii), Sections 12.1 a. and b., 12.2 a. i) and ii), b. i) and ii), c. i) and ii), d. ii) and iii), f. i) and ii) and h. and Sections 14.1 a. and b. and 14.3 a. i) and ii), b. i) and ii), c. ii), iii) and iiii) e., f, and g., no person shall use any land or erect or use any building or structure in an R3-73 zone for any purpose unless the provisions of this Section and the applicable provisions not amended by the R3-73 zone are satisfied: a. Permitted Uses i) Single Detached Dwelling ii) Semi -Detached Dwelling iii) Street Townhouse Dwelling b. Regulations for single detached and semi-detached dwellings i) Lot Area (Minimum) a) Single detached Dwelling b) Semi-detached Dwelling 245 square metres 450 square metres Page 293 ii) Lot Frontage (Minimum) a) Single detached Dwelling i. Interior Lot 9 metres ii. Exterior Lot 12 metres b) Semi detached Dwelling i. Interior Lot 15 metres ii. Exterior Lot 18 metres iii) Yard Requirements (Minimum) a) Exterior Side Yard i. Single detached Dwelling 3 metres ii. Semi-detached Dwelling 3 metres b) Interior Side Yard i. Single detached Dwelling 1.2 metres on one side and 0.6 metres on the other side ii. Semi-detached Dwelling 1.2 metres on one side only iv) Lot Coverage (Maximum) a) Single detached Dwelling 50 percent for the dwelling, 55 percent for all buildings and structures b) Semi detached Dwelling 50 percent for the dwelling, 55 percent for all buildings and structures v) Building Height (Maximum) 12 metres vi) Parking Space Requirements (Minimum) a) Single detached Dwelling 2 parking spaces per dwelling b) Semi detached Dwelling 2 parking spaces per dwelling vii) Height of floor deck of unenclosed porch above finished grade (maximum) 1.5 metres viii) A covered and unenclosed porch/balcony having no habitable space above it shall be permitted subject to the following: a) In the case of an interior lot, an unenclosed porch/balcony up to a maximum area of 12.0 square metres shall be Page 294 c permitted provided it is located in the front yard of the lot and shall not be calculated as lot coverage; b) In the case of an exterior lot, an unenclosed porch/balcony up to a maximum of 20.0 square metres shall be permitted provided it is located in the front and/or exterior side yard of the lot and shall not be calculated as lot coverage. ix) All garage doors shall not be located any closer to the street line than the dwellings first floor front wall or exterior side wall or covered porch projection. x) The minimum setback to a sight triangle shall be 1.0m metre. In addition, unenclosed porches, steps, patios, ramps, landscape entrance features, attached or directly abutting the principal or main building; either above or below grade; may project into any required yard to a distance no closer than 0.5 meters to a sight triangle. xi) Steps may project into the required front or exterior side yards, but in no instance shall the distance to the front lot line or exterior side lot line be below 1.0 metre. Regulations for street townhouse dwellings: i) Lot Area (Minimum) 150 square metres ii) Lot Frontage (Minimum) a) Interior Lot 6 metres b) Exterior Lot 9 metres iv) Yard Requirements (Minimum) a) Front Yard 6 metres to private garage and 4.5 metres to the dwelling b) Interior Side Yard 1.2 metres, nil where building has a common wall c) Exterior Side Yard 3 metres d) Rear Yard 6.0 metres Lot Coverage (Maximum) 55 percent for the dwelling, 60 percent for all buildings and structures v) Landscape Open Space (Minimum) a) Lot 25 percent b) Front Yard 50 percent must be soft landscaping vi) Building Height (Maximum) 12 metres vii) A maximum driveway width of 3 metres shall be permitted. Page 295 viii) Height of floor deck of unenclosed porch above finished grade (maximum) 1.5 metre. ix) A covered and unenclosed porch/balcony having no habitable floor space above it shall be permitted subject to the following; a) In the case of an interior lot, an unenclosed porch/balcony up to a maximum area of 10.0 square metres shall be permitted, provided it is located in the front yard of the lot and shall not be calculated as lot coverage. b) In the case of an exterior lot, an unenclosed porch/balcony up to a maximum area of 15.0 square metres shall be permitted, provided it is located in the front and/or exterior side yard of the lot and shall not be calculated as lot coverage. x) All garage doors shall not be located any closer to the street line than the dwellings first floor front wall or exterior side wall or covered porch projection. xi) The minimum setback to a sight triangle shall be 1.0m metre. In addition, unenclosed porches, steps, patios, ramps, landscape entrance features, attached or directly abutting the principal or main building; either above or below grade; may project into any required yard to a distance no closer than 0.5 meters to a sight triangle. xii) Steps may project into the required front or exterior side yards, but in no instance shall the distance to the front lot line or exterior side lot line be below 1.0 metre. 2. Schedule `4' to By-law 84-63, as amended, is hereby further amended by changing the zone designation from: "Agricultural (A) Zone" to "Environmental Protection (EP) Zone" "Agricultural (A) Zone" to "Holding — Urban Residential Exception ((H)(R3-73)" as illustrated on the attached Schedule 'A' hereto. 3. Schedule 'A' attached hereto shall form part of this By-law. 4. This By-law shall come into effect on the date of the passing hereof, subject to the provisions of Section 34 and Section 36 of the Planning Act. Page 296 Passed in Open Council this day of June 2023 Adrian Foster, Mayor June Gallagher, Municipal Clerk Page 297 This is Schedule "A" to By-law 2023- , passed this day of , 2023 A.D. BLOOR STREET 0 Q O U) J J Z) H Zoning Change From 'A' To 'EP' Zoning Change From 'A' To 'R3-73' Zoning To Remain 'A' Zoning To Remain 'EP' N Courtice • ZBA 2021-0017 • Schedule 4 Attachment 4 Report PDS-046-23 Department/Agency Comments Received Summary of Comments Durham Region Planning Yes No objection to the Draft Plan Department and Public Works approval subject to conditions Central Lake Ontario Conservation Yes No objection to the Draft Plan Authority approval subject to conditions Kawartha Pineridge District School Yes No objection to the Draft Plan Board approval subject to conditions PVNC District Catholic School No Board French Public Board: Conseil Yes No objection Scolaire Viamonde French Catholic Board: Conseil No Scolaire Catholique Mon Avenir (formerly Conseil Scolaire Catholique Centre-Sud) Bell Canada Yes No objection to Draft Plan approval subject to conditions Enbridge Gas Yes No objection to Draft Plan approval subject to conditions Rogers Yes No objection to Draft Plan approval subject to conditions Hydro One Yes No objection Page 11 Page 299 Department/Agency Comments Received Summary of Comments Canada Post Yes No objection to Draft Plan approval subject to conditions Engineering Division Yes No objection to Draft Plan approval subject to conditions Clarington Emergency Services Yes No objection Building Division Yes No objection Accessibility Committee Yes No objection Community Planning Yes No objection Durham Regional Police Service Communications Yes No objection Page 12 Page 300 Clarftwn Staff Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-037-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO By-law Number: File Number: PLN 1.1.5.5 and PLN 1.1.29 Resolution#: Report Subject: Proposed Provincial Planning Statement and Bill 97 (Helping Homebuyers, Protecting Tenants Act, 2023) Recommendation: 1. That Report PDS-037-23, and any related delegations or communication items, be received for information. 2. That Report PSD-037-23 be adopted as the Municipality of Clarington's comments to the Province on the proposed Provincial Planning Statement, 2023; 3. That a copy of Report PSD-037-23 and Council's decision be sent to the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing, the Region of Durham, conservation authority partners, and the other Durham Region area municipalities; and 4. That all interested parties listed in Report PSD-054-22 and any delegations be advised of Council's decision. Page 301 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 Report Overview Page 2 On April 6, 2023, the Ontario Government released the latest components of its Housing Supply Action Plan, including: A new Provincial Planning Statement intended to replace the existing Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS) and the Growth Plan: A Place to Grow, 2019; and Bill 97 (Helping Homeowners, Protecting Tenants Act, 2023) proposing legislative changes to the Planning Act, among others. The purpose of this report is to (i) summarize the Province's changes put forward through the proposed new 2023 Provincial Planning Statement and recently approved Bill 97 that Council and the Clarington's public should be aware of, and (ii) present staff comments on the proposed changes. 1. Background 1.1 According to the Province they are taking swift action to implement the 55 recommendations set out in the Ontario Housing Affordability Task Force Report, released February 8, 2022. The recommendations set the foundation for the provincial target to build 1.5 million homes in Ontario over the next 10 years and provide direction for the province to take action to increase density, streamline development processes, cut red tape, improve the efficiency of the Ontario Land Tribunal, and provide funding to support municipal transformation. 1.2 To date, several major steps have been taken by the Province in implementing the Ontario Housing Affordability Task Force recommendations. These include: • April 14, 2022 - enactment of Bill 109, the More Homes for Everyone Act, 2022; • October 25, 2022 — introduction of Bill 23, the More Homes Built Faster Act, 2022; • October 25, 2022 - launch of 20 consultation postings regarding the More Homes Built Faster Act, 2022 (Bill 23) on the Environmental Registry and Regulatory Registry of Ontario (ERO), including a 66-day consultation period on the Review of A Place to Grow and Provincial Policy Statement; • November 4, 2022 — launch of a 30-day consultation on proposed changes to the Greenbelt Plan. 1.3 On November 28, 2022, comments on the proposed changes to the Greenbelt Plan were presented to Council and endorsed through Report PDS-059-22. 1.4 On December 5, 2022, Council received Report PDS-054-22 and endorsed comments submitted to the Province on Bill 23. 1.5 On February 27, 2023, Council received Report PDS-009-23 committing to Clarington's Housing Pledge to facilitate the construction of 13,000 homes by 2031. Page 302 Municipality of Clarington Page 3 Report PDS-037-23 1.6 On April 6, 2023, the Ontario Government released the latest components of its Housing Supply Action Plan, including: Bill 97 (Helping Homeowners, Protecting Tenants Act, 2023) proposing legislative changes to the Planning Act, among others and A new Provincial Planning Statement(2023 PPS) intended to replace the existing Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS) and A Place to Grow — Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe, 2020 Commenting Period 1.7 The 60-day commenting period on the proposed Bill 97 documents closed on June 5, 2023. Staff did not meet the commenting deadline. On June 9, 2023, Bill 97 was proclaimed. Section 2 below provides a brief summary of the changes. 1.8 The 60-day commenting period on the new 2023 PPS was also proposed to close on June 5, 2023, however, it was extended to August 4, 2023. Section 3 below provides a summary and staff comments regarding the proposed new 2023 PPS. 2. Summary of Proposed Changes under Bill 97 Extends effective date for planning application refunds to July 1, 2023 2.1 Bill 97 has established a new effective date for planning application fee refunds introduced through Bill 109, changing the effective date from January 1, 2023 to July 1, 2023. Clarifies municipalities' authority to establish parking requirements for primary residences 2.2 Bill 23 introduced restrictions on municipalities' ability to require more than one parking space for an additional residential unit. Bill 97 has amended that proposal to clarify that official plans and zoning by-laws can still require more than one space for the primary residential unit. Changes Planning Act definition of employment area 2.3 The definition of an employment area in the Planning Act has been changed to align with the new definition contained in the 2023 PPS, scoping primary employment area uses to industrial, manufacturing, and warehousing. Grants the Province powers over local planning matters 2.4 The Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing will have powers to make regulations and orders relating to planning functions, including requiring agreements between landowners and municipalities, exempting lands from policy documents, and making regulations related to the applicability of a new provincial planning statement. Page 303 Municipality of Clarington Page 4 Report PDS-037-23 3. Summary of Proposed New Provincial Planning Statement, 2023 Eliminates and replaces the Growth Plan and the current Provincial Policy Statement 3.1 The Province has introduced a new 2023 PPS, proposing to integrate the existing Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (until now, referred to as the PPS) and A Place to Grow - Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe, 2020 into one, Province -wide document. The 2023 PPS represents a fundamental change to how municipalities plan for growth. 3.2 The focus of the 2023 PPS appears to be on supporting the Province's goal of constructing 1.5 million homes by 2031, above all else. The document groups policies under five pillars: • Generate an appropriate housing supply • Make land available for development • Provide infrastructure to support development • Balance housing with resources • Implementation 3.3 The format of the 2023 PPS is similar to PPS, 2020, with certain concepts, such as strategic growth areas and major transit station areas, carried over from the Growth Plan. However, provincially prescribed population and employment forecasts, the 2006 built boundary, intensification targets, and greenfield density requirements established by the Growth Plan are proposed to be eliminated. This is a drastic change after almost two decades of detailed land budget exercises undertaken by municipalities to implement these targets. 3.4 For municipalities such as Clarington that are currently subject to the Growth Plan, the 2023 PPS would be a simpler provincial policy framework. Certain changes would provide municipalities greater flexibility to create policies and plan for communities based on their own needs. However, others would make it more difficult for municipalities to create complete communities, protect what is valuable, and would grant the Minister explicit, wide-ranging additional powers over local planning matters. 3.5 The following sections summarize the changes put forward in the proposed 2023 PPS that Council and the public should be aware of: Identifies 29 large and fast-growing municipalities, including Clarington 3.6 The 2023 PPS introduces 29 large and fast-growing municipalities, including Clarington, with the greatest need for housing. These 29 municipalities are identified in the schedule to the 2023 PPS. Information about the criteria used to establish the list of municipalities is not included in the document. 3.7 Policies specific to large and fast-growing municipalities direct growth and density to strategic growth areas, including major transit station areas (MTSAs). Page 304 Municipality of Clarington Page 5 Report PDS-037-23 Eliminates mandatory Growth Targets going forward 3.8 As the current 2051 population and employment forecasts in the Growth Plan have recently been implemented in most regional and single -tier municipalities, the Province expects lower -tier municipalities to continue to use the 2051 forecasts allocated to them by the upper -tier for this upcoming round of Official Plan updates. 3.9 Going forward, municipalities currently subject to the Growth Plan would no longer be required to plan for provincially identified population and employment targets for a horizon year. Instead, the 2023 PPS would require municipalities to designate enough land for at least 25 years (rather than the current requirement for up to 25 years). The concept of a Municipal Comprehensive Review is eliminated 3.10 The concept of `(municipal) comprehensive reviews' of official plans is not proposed to be carried forward into the 2023 PPS. A municipal comprehensive review is an official plan review that comprehensively applies provincial policy, population and employment projections, explores alternative land needs and appropriate directions for growth, and is integrated with planning for infrastructure and public service facilities. 3.11 Currently, under the Growth Plan, consideration of settlement area boundary expansions and employment land conversions is only dealt with at the time of the upper-tier's municipal comprehensive review (e.g. Envision Durham). Settlement Area Boundary and Expansions conditions are relaxed 3.12 The 2023 PPS proposes significant changes to policies related to settlement areas. With the elimination of the requirement for municipal comprehensive reviews, municipalities would be able to identify settlement areas or consider settlement area expansions at any time. 3.13 The 2023 PPS also proposes to reduce the current conditions required to be satisfied before settlement area expansions are permitted, including the removal of the requirement to consider alternatives and demonstrate that there is a need for additional lands (that growth cannot be accommodated within the existing boundaries). 3.14 The 2023 PPS conditions focus on whether there is sufficient capacity in infrastructure and public service facilities to support settlement area expansion and avoiding or minimizing impacts on agricultural land and operations. Built Boundary, Intensification and Density Targets are removed 3.15 The Growth Plan has required municipalities to meet specific minimum density targets on greenfield lands (e.g. 50 people and jobs per hectare), and intensification targets (e.g. 40 percent) on lands within a delineated built boundary established by the Growth Plan in 2006. Page 305 Municipality of Clarington Page 6 Report PDS-037-23 3.16 The 2023 PPS removes mandatory density targets for all areas currently within the Growth Plan, with the exception of Major Transit Station Areas in identified large and fast-growing municipalities. Municipalities are instead encouraged to establish density targets that are appropriate for local conditions, including encouraging large and fast- growing municipalities to continue to plan for a minimum density of 50 residents and jobs per hectare. 3.17 The 2023 PPS proposes to eliminate the concept of the built boundary and removes prescribed intensification targets mandating a certain proportion of development take place within existing built-up areas. Strategic Growth Areas and Major Transit Station Areas are maintained 3.18 The 2023 PPS carries forward the concept of Strategic Growth Areas from the Growth Plan. Within large and fast-growing municipalities, official plans would be required to identify strategic growth areas as the focus for growth and development. Major Transit Station Areas (MTSAs) are a type of Strategic Growth Area. 3.19 Large and fast-growing municipalities would be required to assign specific minimum density targets in Strategic Growth Areas. In Clarington, this requirement would apply to the MTSAs in Bowmanville and Courtice, with the prescribed minimum density remaining unchanged at 150 residents and jobs per hectare. 3.20 Planning and zoning for the future Bowmanville and Courtice GO Station will continue to be a priority in support Clarington's Housing Pledge to provide 13,000 homes by 2031. Housing permissions are expanded and less prescriptive 3.21 As previously mentioned, the 2023 PPS removes the provincially mandated minimum density targets for housing development. 3.22 PPS 2023 no longer includes a definition of `affordable', and the requirement that municipalities establish and implement minimum targets for housing that is affordable to `low- and moderate -income households', moving away from an income -based approach to affordability. Rather, municipalities would instead be required to co-ordinate land use planning with planning for housing to address the full range of housing options, including housing affordability needs. 3.23 The 2023 PPS establishes broader permissions for residential intensification, including the conversion of existing commercial and institutional buildings for residential use, the introduction of new housing options (a defined term) in previously developed areas, and redevelopment that results in a net increase in residential units. Employment is redefined and Conversion Test requirements are reduced 3.24 Significant changes are proposed to how employment areas are planned for and protected in the Greater Golden Horseshoe. Page 306 Municipality of Clarington Page 7 Report PDS-037-23 3.25 The 2023 PPS proposes to change the definition of employment areas, reducing the range of uses permitted and focusing on industrial, manufacturing, and warehousing uses that are not able to locate in mixed -use areas, where there may be sensitive uses (e.g. residential). Institutional uses and commercial uses that are not associated with the primary employment use would be prohibited in designated Employment Areas. 3.26 Standalone office uses would no longer be permitted within employment areas, and instead be directed to community areas that support mixed -use designations. The 2023 PPS would enable municipalities to allow for the continuation of existing commercial, office, and institutional uses within employment areas through an update to the official plan to explicitly authorize the existing uses to continue through site -specific permission. 3.27 Further, under the 2023 PPS, requests for employment land conversions could be considered at any time and would no longer be required to be looked at holistically as part of a municipal comprehensive review of the official plan. 3.28 Conditions required to be satisfied to consider a conversion of employment lands to another use are less stringent but would continue to include a demonstration that the lands are not required for employment purposes over the long term. Without prescribed job forecasts in the Growth Plan, the demonstration of need would be based on municipally established employment targets and land needs going forward. 3.29 The concept of `provincially significant employment zones' introduced by the Province in 2019 is not proposed to be carried forward into the 2023 PPS. The Province has noted that alternative approaches are being considered to replace this tool, such as the use of Minister's zoning orders. Agricultural areas outside of the Greenbelt are less protected from loss and fragmentation 3.30 The 2023 PPS proposes fundamental changes to planning for and protection of agricultural lands and functions in Ontario. 3.31 The provincially -mapped Agricultural System that has recently been incorporated into municipal official plan as part of the latest cycle of comprehensive reviews is not carried over into the 2023 PPS. However, municipalities will be encouraged to continue to provide geographically -continuous agricultural land base. 3.32 In agricultural areas outside of the Greenbelt Plan and the Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan areas, the 2023 PPS requires municipalities to permit up to two additional residential units that are subordinate to the principal dwelling, and allow for the creation of up to three residential lots, subject to certain conditions relating to the parcel being existing as of January 1, 2023, adequate servicing, access, and Minimum Separation Distance requirements. Page 307 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 Page 8 3.33 In Clarington, the more detailed, geographically -specific lot creation policies within the Greenbelt Plan and Oak Ridges Moraine areas would continue to apply and take precedence over the policies of the proposed 2023 PPS. However, Clarington's rural and agricultural areas within the white belt would be subject to the new lot creation permissions put forward in the 2023 PPS, if approved. 3.34 A requirement for an agricultural impact assessment is included to determine and evaluate impacts from new or expanding non-agricultural uses on surrounding agricultural lands and operations, where impacts cannot be avoided. Natural Heritage policies are not yet included 3.35 Natural Heritage policies are not currently included in the proposed 2023 PPS. The document notes the natural heritage policies and related definitions remain under consideration by the government. 3.36 The policies and definitions are expected to be made available through a separate posting on the Environmental Registry of Ontario, once they are ready for review and comment. 3.37 Staff will monitor this matter for the release of the draft natural heritage policies. If major changes are proposed, staff anticipate a future staff report may be required, provided the commenting deadline facilitates the timing for such a report. Cultural Heritage is redefined 3.38 The proposed 2023 PPS narrows the scope of cultural heritage resources that shall be conserved to those that are designated individually or as part of a Heritage Conservation District under the Ontario Heritage Act. 3.39 Currently, the PPS, 2020 directs that significant heritage resources shall be conserved if they meet the criteria for designation (including non -designated properties), regardless of whether they have been previously evaluated. 3.40 The effect of the changes to the policy would mean that only properties already designated (protected) under the Ontario Heritage Act would need to be protected through planning processes. Schools are to be collaboratively planned for and innovatively designed 3.41 PPS 2023 establishes schools as an important component of a `complete community' and directs collaboration between planning authorities and school boards. This aligns with the Municipality's current practices. 3.42 The proposed policy also encourages innovative approaches to the design of schools and associated childcare facilities, such as integration of schools into high-rise developments and compact built forms. Page 308 Municipality of Clarington Page 9 Report PDS-037-23 Existing Greenbelt Plan protections are maintained 3.43 Provincial plans are to be read in conjunction with the 2023 PPS and take precedence over the policies of the 2023 PPS to the extent of any conflict. 3.44 The government is proposing an administrative and housing -keeping amendment to the Greenbelt Plan so that policies in the current Greenbelt Plan are maintained should the PPS, 2020 and the Growth Plan be revoked. 3.45 This scoped policy change would maintain the existing Greenbelt Plan standards and clarifies that the existing policy connections in the Greenbelt Plan (2017) to the PPS, 2020 and A Place to Grow remain in effect. Implementation and Transition 3.46 Municipalities would be prohibited from implementing policies that are more restrictive than the certain policies of the 2023 PPS, including additional residential units and lot creation, and introducing permission for a diverse mix of land uses (including residential and institutional) on lands for employment that are outside of employment areas. 3.47 The Province has indicated that the proposed 2023 PPS is intended to take effect in Fall 2023. Planning decisions made on or after the effective date would be subject to the policies. 3.48 It is intended that official plans would be updated as necessary to implement the policies of the 2023 PPS at the time of the regular review cycle. Planning and Infrastructure Services is initiating the five-year review of the Clarington Official Plan. Consistency with the new 2023 PPS would be addressed by the review. 3.49 Consideration will also be given to updating the Clarington Official Plan to address the change in the definition of `area of employment' as a standalone amendment to ensure such areas continue to be protected for employment uses in the long term. 4. Key Comments and Concerns General 4.1 Staff appreciates the need to address the housing crisis in Ontario and supports Provincial efforts to streamline and find efficiencies in the process to address housing supply and affordability. 4.2 Staff is greatly concerned that the fundamental changes to established planning principles proposed in PPS, 2023 to create permissions for housing above all else will pave the way for sprawl resulting in costly and inefficient use of land and resources, and the degradation and permanent loss of vital agricultural and industrial land. The possible impacts to our natural heritage system are not yet known, as the proposed 2023 PPS was released without the natural heritage policies. Page 309 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 Relationship to Provincial Plans Page 10 4.3 Staff supports the relationship with other provincial plans outlined in the 2023 PPS. In particular, staff strongly supports the continued applicability of the existing Greenbelt Plan and Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan in recognition of these geographically specific and environmentally significant areas that are in need and deserving of additional and permanent protection. 4.4 Staff does not support any further changes to the Greenbelt Plan or the Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan or their applicability that would exempt development from the requirements of the provincial plans, or erode the permanent protections the plans provide our agricultural lands and natural heritage systems. Municipal Comprehensive Review 4.5 The municipal comprehensive review process for updating official plans and related policies limiting settlement area expansions and employment land conversions to times when they can be considered collectively and in the context of alignment with planning for infrastructure and servicing needs are critical to municipalities' ability to plan for and finance growth in an environmentally, socially, and fiscally responsible way. 4.6 The Province is requested to maintain the municipal comprehensive review concept and associated controls on settlement area expansion and employment land conversions in the proposed 2023 PPS. Alternatively, the Province may wish to better define those instances where a comprehensive review is not required or can be further scoped. Settlement Area Boundaries and Sprawl 4.7 Enabling applications for settlement area boundary expansions at any time without consideration of alternatives or demonstration that additional land is needed is not responsible and will (i) impact municipalities' ability to plan comprehensively (ii) put undue pressure on local councils to make decisions in isolation of the big picture (iii) take municipal resources away from processing development applications on designated lands in the settlement areas intended to support housing within the planning horizon, and (iii) facilitate sprawl, resulting in the haphazard and premature loss and fragmentation of Ontario's vital agricultural land base. 4.8 The Province is requested to maintain the existing policies requiring requests for new settlement areas and boundary expansions to be considered only as part of a municipal comprehensive review of the municipality's official plan (under section 26 of the Planning Act) and maintain the requirement that it must be demonstrated that additional lands are necessary to accommodate forecasted growth. Page 310 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 Protection of Agricultural Land Page 11 4.9 The proposed policies enabling lot creation in rural and agricultural areas should be considered a threat to the future of farming in Ontario. 4.10 Agricultural and rural lands are not the appropriate location for increased residential development and lot creation. Agricultural and rural lands are a valuable and limited resource that needs to be supported and protected through provincial policy. The proposed changes would affect the viability and growth of farming in the Municipality, result in fragmentation and degradation of our agricultural lands, and increase land use and traffic conflicts in agricultural areas. 4.11 Staff does not support additional residential lot creation in rural and agricultural areas or the restriction on municipalities passing policies that are more restrictive than the 2023 PPS. 4.12 The Province is requested to remove the proposed policies in the 2023 PPS that would permit residential strip development through lot creation in rural and agricultural areas, and maintain existing lot creation restrictions in rural and agricultural areas in recognition of (i) agricultural land as an invaluable and finite resource necessary for long-term sustainability, and (ii) the contribution of the agricultural sector to the provincial economy. Affordable Housing 4.13 The 2023 PPS has removed the definition of "affordable" as it pertains to both rental and home ownership, and instead introduced an approach that is related only to market value. The proposed changes will make it more difficult for municipalities to achieve affordable housing targets identified in Official Plans and impact the ability to reach the missing middle segments of affordability. 4.14 The Province is requested to maintain the definitions of "affordable' and `low and moderate income households' in continued support of municipal efforts (such as Clarington's Affordable Housing Toolkit) to provide more affordable housing options. Employment and Land Use Compatibility 4.15 The removal of the requirement that employment land conversions must take place as part of a comprehensive review will make it more challenging to plan methodically for employment for the horizon of municipal official plans, align planning with infrastructure and capital investment, and will adversely impact municipalities' ability to protect lands for employment in the long-term. The Province is requested to carry forward the municipal comprehensive review requirement into the 2023 PPS and to continue to apply the requirement to employment land conversions. Page 311 Municipality of Clarington Page 12 Report PDS-037-23 4.16 The modification of the employment land definition resulting in the removal of certain types of uses currently considered employment (e.g. major office) will have impacts on the land needs assessments calculations undertaken to identify the area of employment necessary to achieve the job forecasts established by the Growth Plan. Through transition provisions, the Province is requested to provide municipalities additional time to reconcile the impacts of these changes and revise community and employment land needs accordingly, prior to these changes coming into effect and placing vital employment areas at risk of conversion. Natural Heritage 4.17 Staff supports the housekeeping amendment to maintain all existing policies of the Greenbelt Plan. Staff does not support any further changes to the Greenbelt Plan that would enable the erosion and/or fragmentation of our agricultural lands and natural heritage system or threaten the permanent protection of these systems. 4.18 The complete absence of natural heritage policies in the document is concerning. The 2023 PPS is intended to be read as a whole and in its entirety, and no one policy or section should be read in isolation. Staff questions how the document can be consulted on without such a critical section, and without understanding how the natural heritage policies will interact with the other sections of the document. 4.19 The Province is requested to postpone the comment deadline until the draft natural heritage policies have been released and stakeholders have had the opportunity to review and provide comment. Cultural Heritage 4.20 Narrowing the scope of the cultural heritage resources that shall be conserved to those that are already protected under the Ontario Heritage Act will diminish the ability of municipalities to collaborate with landowners through Planning Act processes to creatively protect and adaptively repurpose significant built heritage resources. This wil result in the permanent loss of such resources. 4.21 The Province is requested to retain the existing language in the PPS, 2020 that aligns with the provincial interest identified in the Planning Act to protect significant cultural heritage resources, including those that are not formally designated. Consultation with Indigenous Communities 4.22 Policies on consultation with Indigenous communities are supported. The Province is requested to provide additional guidance material and financial resources to support the implementation of municipal processes to foster meaningful engagement with Indigenous communities on behalf of the Crown. Page 312 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 Minister Powers Page 13 4.23 Staff is concerned that the additional powers may reduce fairness and transparency in the process by broadening situations where landowners may be unilaterally exempt from conforming to approved planning policy and from obtaining required approvals and permits. Policy and regulatory documents that are in effect as a result of going through prescribed and public approvals processes should apply to all fairly and equitably. 4.24 The Province is requested to ensure the local municipality is consulted as part of the process for any planning matter that affects it, and that any Minister's Order should have council support. Transition and Implementation 4.25 There has been significant time, municipal resources, and tax dollars expended to undertake the detailed work required to implement provincial policy since the last round of updates, which included the Coordinated Four Plans Review in 2017, further amendments to the Growth Plan in 2019 and 2020, and the PPS, 2020. The complex exercises to establish municipal forecasts and targets, calculate land needs, and implement provincial agricultural and natural heritage systems have taken years. To have much of this work superseded, just as it is being implemented, is not efficient. 4.26 A stable planning provincial policy and regulatory regime are needed. As provincial policies and documents continue to change so frequently, it is challenging to understand how effective the policies are at achieving provincial objectives upon implementation. 4.27 The Province is requested to provide an adequate transition period to enable municipalities to amend local planning documents comprehensively to address the sweeping and significant changes to provincial policy directions prior to the policies coming into effect. Regional Planning Framework 4.28 Regional planning provides a valuable role that integrates long-term land use planning and infrastructure. This also provides for inter -municipal cooperation and coordination to maximize efficiency and return on public investment. 4.29 The Province is requested to maintain the regional planning role for the purposes of coordinating long-range land use planning and infrastructure. Page 313 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-037-23 5. Financial Considerations Page 14 5.1 As with Bill 23, the financial impacts associated with these latest provincial policy changes are not yet fully known. However, it is anticipated that there will be costs to implement the changes through updates to Clarington's policy and regulatory documents. For example, the new directions will have to be addressed as part of the upcoming Official Plan Review. The changes could also result in less cost-efficient land use patterns and developments that have the potential to impact the Municipality's servicing costs over time. 6. Concurrence 6.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer. 7. Conclusion 7.1 The purpose of this report is to (i) summarize the Province's changes put forward through the new 2023 Provincial Planning Statement and Bill 97, and (ii) present comments on the proposed changes. 7.2 Significant modifications to the 2023 PPS are needed to continue to support all identified areas of provincial interest and to enable municipalities to continue to plan for and foster complete communities that maintain a high quality of life based on the responsible and sustainable use of land and resources, and the conservation of our natural and agricultural systems. 7.3 It is respectfully recommended that (i) the comments presented on the proposed 2023 PPS by Report PDS-037-23 be endorsed, and (ii) that a copy of Report PDS-037-23 and Council's decision be sent to the Province, Conservation Authorities, Region of Durham and the other Durham Region area municipalities. Staff Contact: Sarah Allin, Principal Planner, sallin@clarington.net or 905-623-3379 ext. 2419; Lisa Backus, Manager, Ibackus(a)clarington.net or 905-623-3379 ext. 2413. Attachments: Not Applicable Interested Parties: List of Interested Parties available from Department. Page 314 Come share your ideas with us! Notice of Special Meeting of Council to initiate the Official Plan Review The Municipality of Clarington is starting a review of its Official Plan — the road map that guides how Clarington will grow to 2051. The Official Plan provides direction on: Housing & densities Economic development & jobs Environmental & agricultural land protection Your input is important! Following a presentation from staff at the meeting, community members will be invited to share ideas that should be explored as part of this Review. This is the first of many opportunities residents and stakeholders will have to participate. To start the conversation, a discussion paper will be available at www.clarington.net/OPReview on Tuesday, June 13, 2023. Meeting details Date: Tuesday, June 27, 2023 Time: 6:30 p.m. Place: Online or in person in Council Chambers, Municipal Administrative Centre, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville A link to join the Special Meeting online or by telephone will be available shortly before the start of the meeting at www.clarington.net/calendar. Local traffic management How to speak at the Special Meeting Parks, trails, recreation, & culture If you are attending online and wish to speak at the Special Meeting, please pre -register by completing the form at www.clarington.net/delegations or contact the Clerk's Division at 905-623-3379 ext. 2109 or clerks@clarington.net byJune 26, 2023, at 3:30 p.m. If you are attending in person, you do not need to register to speak. How to provide written comments We encourage you to provide your written comments to 0PReview@clarington.net. For more information, contact Sarah Allin, Principal Planner, or Lisa Backus, Manager of Community Planning, at 905-623-3379 or 0PReview@clarington.net. (s. 26 of the Planning Act); Dated May 18, 2023. Page 31 Officia Jung27; 2023 7 2, IS jr I Plan eview Official Plan Review Special Meeting of Council Clarington Purpose nt this Meeting OStart a conversation about what you want to see as part of the Official Plan review QLearn about the Official Plan and review process � Ao Is-1 arinnt [Itficial PI; • Clarington's roadmap for growing in the future • Affects every resident, business, and landowner in Clarington • Provides direction on: Housing and Density Economic Development and Jobs Environmental and Agricultural Land Local Traffic Management Parks, Trails, Recreation and Culture ft IAN^ IF-wP ^%i i e Opportunities C • Opportunity to make sure we're growing in a way that fits with our community's values • Opportunity to coordinate with other initiatives like Council's Strategic Plan Requirements • The Official Plan must be reviewed due to Provincial legislative requirements • The review will incorporate changes to provincial and regional policies Clarington growing and changing. Does our vision meet our needs? How should it be updated? � Ao 1 1 Clarington is Growing How do we accommodate 116)000 (110 %) more residents? r—r ►mum i i How do we support the creation of 401000 (135 %) more jobs? i� �'lAMiur-g-oMONA."Ell • Growth Management • Housing Affordability • Economic Development and Jobs • Community Design W' jr ® #wi A -i -- Aft� vu r - , LLN � 1 1 10 Protecting What Matters 111111 --fg _ -�- Environment ....Ommunity Identity ,�, a ill/l Ratt rr 1� • �� li►l ■ 1 ■ ■ �F� „� A Ao Sustainability �n. onomic oustainapinty N _ III!► F ..F ii ■ ��f 2 , �, ��J � � � •Y �. "c'� � rk��� s � .ate ,. m' 4 &R Oft.r r Ll 'ram+r; I AIL .. � I Process for the Review i 2 3 S! 5 Listening, Learning and Visioning Background Studies and Topic Discussion Papers Directions and Recommendations Draft Official Plan Amendment Final Official Plan Amendment r-rIMIS I 1 M- • '_' Engagement Opportunities qlmultw4r- Ing i I The Official Plan Matters Clarington Secondary Official Plan 1:1Plans Zoning By-law Sustainability and Urban Design Guidelines Municipal Investment FI iiiiiiiii R lFA ■ ii ♦A �'lAi�lAo Official Plan Implementation Clarington Official Plan A Municipality of Clarington 2018 craroIl Secondary Plans Zoning By-law Design Guidelines —� II � .. Q l i i Rii■ 1 ■ . . U111-1 1 1 ,5 Lifn.i�Miur-a-MOL lAo The Official Plan Achieves lt-'- STARDUCKs A;wkr�lu Community and Urban Design r—r NMI 1 ■ ii i iliiili 0 I AIL ♦ A _) A The Official Plan Achieves Conservation of Cultural Heritage li l ►M 1 Parkland and Trail Development R 1 E3 Now it's time to start talking... Let's PLAN, Clarington! ►MW WE Ar► Lifnffifo&PAM is lAo U9: Introductory Discussion Paper Provides more information on: • What is the Official Plan? • Why are we updating it? • What are we reviewing? • How will the process take place? • Other related initiatives Let's PLAN, Clarington! An Introductory Discussion Paper for the Clarington Official Plan Review to 2051 Planning and lnfrasfiuclun! Services- June 2023 ■,■wftM Contact Information Your input is integral to this review. Contact us to share your ideas or learn more: O P Review(cD-Clari ngton . net www.Clarinqton.net/OPReview � Ao 1 1 7iscussion [�uestia 1. What do we already love about Clarington? 2. What are we already doing well, and how can we build on it? 3. What needs a closer look to make sure we get it right? 4. What sets Clarington apart from other communities? 5. What matters most to you as we plan to 2051? 6. How would you like to participate in the Official Plan review (e.g. in - person, virtually, surveys, daytime, evening)? 7. Let us know if there are other topics related to the Official Plan that we should be thinking about. Thank you Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, ON L1 C 3A6 905-623-3379 Toll Free: 1-800-563-1195 TTY: 1-844-790-1599 info@clarington.net www.clarington.net C]an-agton ok ��� 1 J� F 'i F s•� rw• 7iscussion [�uestia 1. What do we already love about Clarington? 2. What are we already doing well, and how can we build on it? 3. What needs a closer look to make sure we get it right? 4. What sets Clarington apart from other communities? 5. What matters most to you as we plan to 2051? 6. How would you like to participate in the Official Plan review (e.g. in - person, virtually, surveys, daytime, evening)? 7. Let us know if there are other topics related to the Official Plan that we should be thinking about. Clarftwn Staff Report If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131. Report To: Special Council Date of Meeting: June 27, 2023 Report Number: PDS-048-23 Submitted By: Carlos Salazar, Director of Planning and Infrastructure Services Reviewed By: Mary -Anne Dempster, CAO By-law Number: File Number: PLN 42 Resolution#: Report Subject: Official Plan Review — Special Meeting of Council and Introductory Discussion Paper Recommendation: 1. That Report PDS-048-23, the Official Plan Review Introductory Discussion Paper, and any related delegations or communication items, be received for information; 2. That a copy of this report and Council's decision be forwarded to the Region of Durham Planning and Economic Development Department; and 3. That all interested parties and any delegations be advised of Council's decision. Page 335 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-048-23 Report Overview Page 2 On May 8, 2023, Council directed staff to hold a Special Meeting of Council to initiate the update to the Official Plan (Staff Report PDS-033-23). The purpose of this Special Meeting is to discuss the revisions that may be included as part of the Review and to hear from members of the public. This report presents an Introductory Discussion Paper to start the conversation about Clarington's Official Plan Review. The Introductory Discussion Paper has been prepared to assist the public in commenting on the Official Plan Review process. The Paper outlines the general scope and key issues that will be considered as part of the review and poses questions to the public that will guide the review process. The next steps in the process will be to issue a Request for Proposal to retain consultants to assist with the Official Plan review process. Once the consultant is retained, further details about the Official Plan process will be finalized including a detailed work program and a community engagement and communications plan. 1. Introduction 1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide Council with a summary of the Introductory Discussion Paper which sets the stage for a dialogue on the Official Plan Review process. 2. Background 2.1 The Planning Act of Ontario requires municipalities to review their Official Plan every five years to ensure that it conforms with Provincial Plans, has regard to matters of Provincial Interest and is consistent with the Provincial Policy Statement. Clarington's last update to the Official Plan was completed in 2018. 2.2 On May 8, 2023, Council resolved that in accordance with Section 26 of the Planning Act a Special Meeting of Council be held on June 27, 2023. The purpose of the Special Meeting is to discuss any revisions that may be required as part of the review of the Clarington Official Plan. The Planning Act also requires that the Special Meeting be advertised in accordance with the provisions of the Act for Council to hear submissions from residents and stakeholders on the subject. 3. Public Notice 3.1 The Municipality advertised for the Special Meeting through the local newspapers (Clarington This Week and the Orono Times) on two separate occasions, the Municipality's website, the Planning and Infrastructure Services e-Newsletter, and on social media. Page 336 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-048-23 Page 3 3.2 Staff issued a draft Introductory Discussion Paper the week of June 13, 2023, outlining the key issues and the scope of the proposed Official Plan Review. The Introductory Discussion Paper has been posted on the Official Plan Review web page at www.clarington.net/OPReview. A copy is also included as Attachment 1 to this report. 4. Introductory Discussion Paper Overview 4.1 The purpose of the Introductory Discussion Paper is to share information with the public that will help them engage with the Official Plan review process. The Paper seeks to start a conversation around how Clarington residents, businesses, and landowners would like to see our community evolve to 2051. 4.2 The Paper covers the following topics: • The Clarington Context; • What is the Clarington Official Plan; • Why are we reviewing the Official Plan; • What should we be thinking about as part of this review; • Other relevant initiatives; • The changing planning landscape; and • The process for the review. 4.3 Overall, the Paper explains how Clarington must make changes to the Official Plan based on legislative requirements, but also highlights the opportunity this review presents to create a Clarington that reflects the community's collective vision and responds to our values. The Paper also includes questions to spark conversation and instructions on how the public can share their ideas. Why We're Reviewing the Official Plan 4.4 The Official Plan must be reviewed due to legislative requirements set out in the Planning Act. As well, the Clarington Official Plan must be revised to come into conformity with the Durham Regional Official Plan within one year after it has been approved by the Ministry. The Region adopted its new Official Plan on May 17, 2023, and approval is expected shortly. 4.5 The Official Plan review also presents an excellent opportunity to ensure that as Clarington continues to be one of the fastest growing municipalities in the GTA, we're proactively planning a community that fits with our shared values and Council's Strategic Plan. Policies in the Official Plan can ensure that we're growing in a manner that protects what we value most and enhances our community. Revisiting our vision will be key to achieving this. Page 337 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-048-23 Topics of Review Page 4 4.6 The Paper outlines key topics that will be covered in the review and solicits additional topics from the public. The topics that are covered in the Discussion Paper include: • Revisiting our vision; • Planning for growth management, housing, economic development, and community design; • Protecting our rural and agricultural land, natural heritage and community identity; and • Social, economic, environmental, and fiscal sustainability. Other Initiatives and the Changing Planning Landscape 4.7 Other initiatives undertaken by Clarington, Durham Region, or the Province are reviewed and their significance to the Official Plan process is explained. The Paper explores how incorporating these initiatives is either required in the case of the Region or the Province, or how it will help initiatives work together effectively. 4.8 As covered in recent staff reports (PDS-054-22, PDS-006-23, PDS-037-23), the planning landscape has changed significantly and more changes are expected. Reviewing the Official Plan is necessary to proactively respond to these changes and ensure the Municipality can continue to plan for complete communities. 5. Proposed Official Plan Review Process 5.1 The initial start-up tasks for the Official Plan review are expected to take place through the summer and early fall of 2023. Once the consultant is retained and the work plan is finalized, the proposed Official Plan review process will be based on five phases. Table 1 — Proposed Official Plan Review Process Phases Phase Description of Deliverables Pre -Phase: Start Up . Terms of Reference • Request for Proposals • Retain Consultant • Detailed Work Program • Community Engagement and Communication Plan Phase One: Visioning and . Council and Committee Engagement Information Gathering . Community Visioning Sessions • Phase One Summary Report Phase Two: Background . Issue refinement Studies and Topic Discussion • Release of Topic -specific Discussion Papers Paper(s) . Public Engagement Page 338 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-048-23 Page 5 Phase Three: Directions and Recommendations . Draft Directions and Recommendations Report Phase Four: Draft Official Plan . Draft Official Plan Amendment and Mapping Amendment • Public Open House and Statutory Public Meeting Phase Five: Final Official Plan . Council Adoption Amendment 6. Public Engagement Considerations 6.1 Community and stakeholder engagement throughout the Official Plan Review is essential to updating the Clarington Official Plan in a way that successfully captures the needs and desires of the community. 6.2 The Official Plan review will be a multi -year undertaking with a variety of engagement opportunities throughout. The Special Meeting of Council represents the first opportunity of many that will be part of a comprehensive consultation program for this project. 6.3 A detailed Community Engagement and Communication Plan will be drafted, incorporating feedback from the Special Meeting of Council on June 27, 2023, and brought forward to Council at a future meeting. 7. Financial Considerations 7.1 Funding for the Official Plan Review was approved as part of the 2022 Planning and Infrastructure Department budget and has been carried forward for use in completing this project. 8. Concurrence 8.1 This report has been reviewed by the Deputy CAO/Treasurer. 9. Conclusion 9.1 The Special Meeting of Council to initiate the Official Plan review and release of the Introductory Discussion Paper are the first of many opportunities for public engagement in the review process. The Discussion Paper lays out the information needed for our community to determine what should be included in the scope of the Official Plan review. 9.2 Input received at the Special Meeting and in response to the Introductory Discussion Paper will be considered as staff finalizes the Terms of Reference for the review in support of the Request for Proposal process to retain the necessary consultants. 9.3 It is respectfully recommended that this report and the Introductory Discussion Paper be received for information. Page 339 Municipality of Clarington Report PDS-048-23 Page 6 Staff Contact: Sarah Allin, Principal Planner, sallin a(�.clarington.net or 905-623-3379 ext. 2419 or Lisa Backus, Manager, Community Planning, Ibackus(a).clarington.net or 905-623-3379 ext. 2413. Attachments: Attachment 1 — Introductory Discussion Paper Interested Parties: List of Interested Parties available from Department. Page 340 Let's PLAN, Clarington,', An Introductory Discussion Paper for the Clarington Official Plan Review to 2051 Planning and Infrastructure Services • June 2023 Page 341 Claftmn Table of Contents 1.0 Introduction 2.0 The Clarington Context 3.0 What is the Clarington Official Plan? 4.0 Why are we reviewing the Official Plan? 4.1 Council's Strategic Plan 4.2 Managing Growth and Evolving Needs 4.3 Legislative Requirements 5.0 What should we be thinking about as part of this review? 5.1 Revisiting the Vision for Clarington 5.2 Planning for Complete Communities and Balanced Growth 5.3 Protecting What Matters 5.4 Sustainability 6.0 What Other Initiatives are Relevant? 6.1 Clarington Initiatives 6.2 Provincial Initiatives 7.0 How is the planning landscape changing? 7.1 Recent Changes to the Planning Act 7.2 Proposed Provincial Planning Statement, 2023 7.3 Durham Regional Official Plan 8.0 What is the Process for the Review? 8.1 Review Phases 8.2 Consultation and Engagement 9.0 Conclusion Appendix A — Summary of Discussion Questions Page 342 2 Summary The Municipality of Clarington is reviewing its Official Plan, the key planning document that guides the development of our community. This introductory discussion paper seeks to start a conversation around how Clarington residents, businesses and landowners would like to see our community evolve to 2051. The Official Plan must be reviewed due to legislative requirements set out by the Province, and to conform to the newly adopted Durham Regional Official Plan. However, the Official Plan review also presents an excellent opportunity to ensure that as Clarington continues to be one of the fastest growing municipalities in the GTA, we're proactively planning a community that fits with our shared values and Council's Strategic Plan. Policies in the Official Plan can ensure that we're growing in a smart manner that protects what we value most and enhances our community. Revisiting our vision will be key to achieving this. The topics that are covered in the discussion paper include: • Revisiting our vision; • Planning for growth management, housing, economic development, and community design; • Protecting our rural and agricultural land, natural heritage and community identity; and • Social, economic, environmental, and fiscal sustainability. There are other initiatives undertaken by Clarington, Durham Region, or the Province that will affect the Official Plan review. Incorporating these initiatives will make sure that our various policy pieces work together effectively. The planning landscape has changed significantly in recent years and more changes are expected. Reviewing the Official Plan is necessary to proactively respond to these changes and ensure the Municipality can continue to plan for complete communities. The initial start-up tasks for the Official Plan review are expected to take place through the summer and early fall of 2023. Once planning for the Review is complete, the process will include five phases: • Phase One: Visioning and Information Gathering • Phase Two: Background Studies and Topic Discussion Paper(s) • Phase Three: Directions and Recommendations • Phase Four: Draft Official Plan Amendment • Phase Five: Recommended Official Plan Amendment ■ FBFB .l�. A 1 1 V46m 3 1.0 Introduction It's time to revisit our long-term vision for the future of Clarington! The Municipality of Clarington is reviewing its Official Plan, and we need your ideas about how Clarington should evolve to the year 2051. The Official Plan affects every resident, business, and landowner in Clarington. Its policies will shape our future and provide direction on: • Housing and densities • Economic development and jobs • Environmental and agricultural land protection • Local traffic management • Parks, trails and recreation and culture • Investment in community spaces and services Right now, we're just getting started on the review process and we're asking the big questions about what we'd like to look at as part of the Official Plan review. This is the time to ask ourselves: 1) What do we already love about Clarington? 2) What are we already doing well, and how can we build on it? 3) What needs a closer look to make sure we get it right? 4) What sets Clarington apart from other communities? This Introductory Discussion Paper will cover: • What is the Clarington Official Plan and why is it important? • Why are we reviewing the Clarington Official Plan? • What should we be thinking about as part of this review? • What other initiatives does this affect? • What is the process for the Official Plan review? This paper provides the information that will get us ready to talk about the Official Plan and determine what matters most. This is just the first of many opportunities for the public to get involved in planning for Clarington's future. So let's dig in! Let's PLAN, Clarington! &■ FBFB Ah MCgn Ao M 2.0 The Clarington Context The Municipality of Clarington is a local municipality located along the shores of Lake Ontario within Region of Durham. Clarington is geographically large, with an area of 612km2, and is a blend of rural countryside and four bustling urban areas: Courtice, Bowmanville, Newcastle and Orono. Our rural area falls within the protected Greenbelt and Oak Ridges Moraine and has thirteen hamlets which are surrounded by highly productive agricultural land and natural heritage features and systems (Figure 1). With a population of approximately 107,000 residents, Clarington has been the fastest growing municipality in Durham Region between 1996 and 2021. We are anticipated to experience strong population growth over the next 30 years with a forecasted population of approximately 221,000 in 2051. Growth will continue to be focused in our serviced urban communities of Bowmanville, Courtice, and Newcastle. The urban community of Orono and the rural hamlets may accommodate a limited amount of growth in the form of infill lots and additional dwelling units. k13103 13111 m in 0 m 3 j0oj--7# 1 13 E3 F000g0000ij��a 4 0 fi&R-Tiff I- n no no 1141 *1 1 AV jI;JriBL40nI V46m 5 TpW NS u1P pr_._i_C_v Enfi Ian, r I a �I:oona�eo — 6su�,o-�r.,\�4�.:�ssbmv�• — Unk idg.jbs a M SEn nis Milli'_ ~♦aydan}� f g �e fm v -F 'a.C-11 Tyro . .. ISSSE J O „v„��.•"re. � may. I Irw� ��'4 .. g — enllbeI w .iR v4 IyB©wmanuill —ejup�a e s 7�rnL IL�h�mcv �'y .H.� .,cam �y _ _ _.�' �..� � I � . -0 a•a"- �avyhi,� — 1 \/� IW Figure 1: Clarington Context Map 7a WNSHfP �•� �f [A VAN ii ea;�• I •� A MU NAGHAN tia.l0i:w oo_. P K`by ' y r I a § � z '�5...� yerpw n.v llp NCwM��IIe�Z-_ a � •� " I I I I I I, FBFB I I I I l•' ;_ -� A 1 1 Ao n 3.0 What is the Clarington Official Plan? The Clarington Official Plan is the Municipality's main policy document to guide and manage development. It provides a guiding vision, specific strategies, and a land use framework to realize the possibilities and aspirations of the Municipality. All parts of our community and its future are affected by the Official Plan: housing and transportation options, investment in community resources, environmental sustainability, and economic development. The Official Plan provides Strategic Directions informed by Council and the Public, which include: • Protecting the Natural Environment and Managing Natural Resources • Managing Our Growth • Creating Vibrant and Sustainable Urban Places • Encouraging Housing Diversity • Growing a Prosperous Community • Celebrating our Cultural Heritage Since the Official Plan was first developed, a number of changes have occurred in our community that affect how the Municipality should plan for the future. The last update to the Clarington Official Plan was completed in 2018. This update planned for growth to the year 2031 and incorporated changes that were made to policies at the provincial and regional level. This current review will update the Official Plan to create a road map to the year 2051. Engagement with residents and stakeholders will be essential to updating out Official Plan in a way that successfully captures the needs and desires of the community. i�i�i�i ■ FBFB .l�. Mn 1 1 VO4 7 4.0 Why are we reviewing the Official Plan? Reviewing the Official Plan ensures that we are planning proactively for our future and adapting to the changing needs of our Municipality. The review is an opportunity to incorporate our values into development over the next 30 years while also meeting legislative requirements of the Province and the Region. 4.1 Council's Strategic Plan Clarington Council is currently updating their Strategic Plan for the 2023-2026 Council term. As the Official Plan is one of the Municipality's key strategic planning documents, it's important that the Strategic Plan is integrated into the Official Plan to efficiently deliver on these priorities. The draft Strategic Plan is currently undergoing consultation with the public before it's finalized in the Fall of 2023. The Strategic Plan will establish a vision, strategic priorities, and key actions that will implement these priorities. See the draft Strategic Plan's mission, vision and themes below: Mission: To enhance the quality of life in our community Vision: A dynamic, welcoming community focused on the future while honouring our past Themes: • Planning for the Future • Service Excellence • Vibrant and Inclusive Community Each of the themes includes strategic priorities and actions that will see the mission and vision come to fruition. Aligning the Official Plan with the Council's Strategic Plan, where appropriate, will mean that these two pieces can work together and support one another. 4.2 Managing Growth and Evolving Needs Clarington is growing. It is one of the fastest growing municipalities in the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) and was the fastest growing municipality in Durham between 1996 and 2021. This growth has seen Clarington's communities of Bowmanville, Courtice, and Newcastle increasingly become urbanized. Clarington's population is expected to grow by 116,000 or 110% by 2051 and is expected to add 40,400 jobs over this horizon (Figure 2). This increase in growth will mean changes to the historical pattern of growth in Clarington. For example, future developments in strategic growth areas such as around future GO train stations or i�i�i�i ■ FBFB .l�. A 1 1 Ao along major roads will see denser and taller buildings as we seek to grow up instead of out into precious agricultural and natural areas. With new types of development, it's important that we plan in a way that mitigates potential impacts to existing neighbourhoods and creates new neighbourhoods with high quality of life. Population Forecast Job Forecast 250,000 80,000 via70,000 200,000 1 1 1 0,000 150,000 50,000 F 100,000 30,000 E 50,000 20,000 10,000 2021 2051 2021 2051 Figure 2: Population and Job Growth Forecast 2021-2051 As will be discussed in Sections 7 and 8, the Province is requiring Clarington to plan for this level of population and job growth through a number of different planning policy documents. As part of this growth, there is an opportunity to plan for initiatives like GO train service to Courtice and Bowmanville, economic development, affordable housing, new or renewed waterfront destinations, and active transportation connections to accommodate the growth of our communities in a way that makes sense locally for Clarington. The Official Plan review is key to creating a growing Clarington that is attractive to all. 4.3 Legislative Requirements The Ontario Planning Act requires that the Official Plan is reviewed every five years to ensure that it conforms to, or does not conflict with, Provincial plans and policies. Since the previous Official Plan review, there have been significant changes to policies at the provincial and regional level. Updating the Official Plan is needed so that it adheres to higher -order policy, and so that we can proactively mitigate any negative consequences of the changing policy landscape. Recent changes to provincial policy will result in continued growth and more housing in Clarington, but with fewer tools to manage and influence development through the development approvals process (e.g. new subdivisions). Strong and clear policies in the Official Plan are needed and important so that everyone understands what kinds of developments are appropriate in different locations and to ensure that new growth contributes positively to our community. More information about specific changes will be covered in Sections 7 and 8. &ir[3o FBFB 111 041! A 1 1 Ao E 5.0 What should we be thinking about as part of this review? This review is an opportunity to plan for a future Clarington that fits with our communities' values and provides a high quality of life. As part of the review, we need to think about what matters most to our community, what do we already love about Clarington, and how do we want to evolve. While exploring these values, we can think about the specific areas we should investigate. The following sections are some of what we'll be looking at as part of the review, but other thoughts and additions from the community are encouraged. 5.1 Revisiting the Vision for Clarington As our community has grown, its vision for Clarington may have changed. Clarington is becoming increasingly diverse and is welcoming new forms of development that will bring new opportunities for economic growth and enhanced quality of life. Revisiting the vision that the community has for Clarington will ensure that we can capitalize on these coming changes, and that we're creating a guiding framework that ensures growth aligns with our collective values. As part of the Official Plan review process, the community will be asked for their ideal vision for Clarington. Together with insights from Council, Clarington's vision will be updated to reflect what we value and want to see in the future. 5.2 Planning for Complete Communities and Balanced Growth Clarington has experienced relatively rapid growth over the last two decades. This is a trend that is expected to continue through to 2051, and one that we need to prepare for in order to ensure we grow Clarington together in a thoughtful and balanced way. &kr3 FBFBF-- .. A 1gnrM1 10 5.2.1 Growth Management Clarington's is expected to grow to and diversify to approximately 221,000 residents and 70,300 jobs by 2051. Through this review, growth in Clarington will continue to be based on sound land use planning principles to provide for development patterns that: Use our land, transportation, and servicing infrastructure efficiently; Create complete communities where residents and businesses can access their daily needs without travelling; and Continue to direct growth to our serviced urban areas to sustain our natural heritage systems and agricultural lands for future generations. One major change from how Clarington has developed in the past is a shift towards denser neighbourhoods. Denser development uses resources more efficiently and allows us to preserve more rural and agricultural land. However, denser development comes with new challenges. Official Plan policies will mitigate the impact of denser development by laying out plans for new servicing, infrastructure, and other investments. This includes proactively studying and planning for things like parks and road widening that are essential to creating neighbourhoods that support a high quality of life. Higher density neighbourhoods with high-rise apartments and fewer ground -related built forms will require different needs. Planning for these evolving needs will mean strengthening the policies we've developed in the current Official Plan. This includes ensuring there's adequate green space, building transit -oriented communities, high quality design that supports local character, and appropriate transitions between neighbourhoods. This review is an opportunity to ensure that we can accommodate growth in a way that respects the values of our communities. The Official Plan directs that the majority of this new growth will be in Secondary Plan areas within Clarington's urban areas of Bowmanville, Courtice, and Newcastle. Secondary Plans are more detailed land use plans for a specific area or neighbourhood that is expected to undergo major development changes. Secondary Plans provide more detail on ideas such as urban design, sustainability, and community identity. We use Secondary Plans so that the goals and vision of the Official Plan will be implemented in new areas of growth in a way that is the most relevant to a particular area. One of the main drivers of growth in Clarington will be the two future GO train stations that are planned. The stations are planned for southern Courtice and western Bowmanville. The areas around the new stations will be designated "Major Transit Station Areas," (MTSAs) which is a term from provincial policy that requires a minimum amount of density around higher order transit to generate reliable ridership to support the significant cost of this type of transportation. fi&ffiry[133 10 ■ FBFB .l�. A 1 1 Ao 11 The two MTSAs are expected to accommodate more than 21,000 new housing units by 2051. The new communities centred around our higher order transit stations in these areas are planned to be walkable and transit -oriented with access to amenities, schools, green space, and employment. Increased growth creates an opportunity to enhance our communities. As our population grows, we are able to support new amenities, and plan for new projects. As a result of growth, the Official Plan can contemplate new initiatives such as a revitalized waterfront, complete streets, and more trails and active transportation networks across our community. Our Official Plan policies are responsible for ensuring that new development integrates well into existing areas and uses resources responsibly. The policies in the Official Plan need the community's input into what excites them about how Clarington will evolve to 2051. 5.2.2 Housing and Affordability Key to managing growth in Clarington is determining appropriate ways to house our residents and new people coming to our community. Provincial policy on housing encourages a diverse mix of housing options that suits people with varying incomes and at different stages of life. Policies in the Official Plan can refine this principle by describing specific types of housing we want to encourage and how we can achieve this. &ir[3o FBFB A 1 1 Ao 12 Historically, most of the housing in Clarington has been in the form of low-rise, single - detached homes. More recently, townhomes have become the most common new type of housing built. In the future, we are planning for more apartment buildings. One of the questions we need to determine as we plan for 2051 is where should this new growth go and what form should it take? Across Ontario, the availability of affordable housing is of great concern. In 2019, Clarington released an affordable housing toolkit designed to support the development of new units that would be affordable to moderate- or low-income residents. The Official Plan review is an opportunity to look at how we can further incentivize the building of affordable housing, generate funding in support of it, or otherwise address this issue. Clarington recently signed a housing pledge to the Ontario government that it commits to building 13,000 housing units by 2031 in response to Province's recent actions to increase housing supply and affordability in Ontario. This ambitious and short-term growth target means that we need to make sure housing is added in a smart and efficient way that creates vibrant, attractive new communities. 5.2.3 Economic Development and Jobs As Clarington grows, we need to ensure that a growth in population is balanced with a growth in jobs and the local economy. Jobs in Clarington are forecast to grow by 135% by 2051. To support this job growth, the Municipality will focus on supporting current industries while attracting new ones. As Clarington becomes increasingly urbanized, our employment sectors are expected to grow and diversify. The Official Plan will build on the work done as part of the Clarington Economic Development Strategy (see Section 7.1.2 for more details). Ensuring there is enough land serviced available for employment uses will be a key priority to incentivize job creation in Clarington. Official Plan policies must focus on investments in infrastructure such as roads and sewers that will enable economic growth. Support for and protection of the resources and Iocational criteria employment uses need in order to thrive will also be necessary (e.g. in proximity to goods movement corridors such as highways). Land use policy needs to support current economic drivers like agriculture or manufacturing but also be flexible enough to adapt to potential new businesses. As the broader Canadian economy changes, Clarington must ensure its Official Plan policies are ready to welcome innovative businesses. The two future GO stations in Courtice and Bowmanville are expected to be major economic drivers. The new MTSAs will be mixed -use communities with office space, services, retail, and other commercial opportunities. Policies in the Official Plan will guide this growth and create the conditions for these areas to thrive as places to both live and work. Land use policies contained in the Official Plan are responsible for determining how much we protect our current employment uses, and how flexible we can be in fi&ffiry[133 1■ FBFB AA 1 1 Ao 13 establishing new uses. The Official Plan review will also be an opportunity to implement some of the actions laid out in the 2022 Clarington Economic Development Strategy. We want to be sure that we're proactively thinking about the future of Clarington's economy for future generations. 5.2.4 Community Design Design is key to creating neighbourhoods that are climate resilient, encourage active lifestyles, provide employment opportunities close to where we live, and creating a sense of community with our neighbours. Each community should reflect the individual values of a neighbourhood as well as the priorities for Clarington as a whole. The Official Plan is the policy document that sets these priorities and describes how new development is to provide for good quality design. The review will consider how we can implement our vision for Clarington into the design of new developments that will enhance our current neighbourhoods and create new neighbourhoods that are active and engaging. Recent changes to the Planning Act reduce our ability to influence design matters. This means the policies in the Official Plan are more important than ever for creating well designed communities. &ir[3o FBFB MVB40nVn m 14 5.3 Protecting What Matters 5.3.1 Agricultural and Rural Lands Agriculture is a top industry in Clarington. Our Municipality contains Class 1 farmland, meaning it is home to some of Canada's highest quality farmland. Our agricultural and rural lands are essential to Clarington's economy, character, and local food supply. Policies in the Official Plan allow us to protect our agricultural areas for generations to come. Currently, there are changes proposed at the Provincial level that affect rural and agricultural land. The Official Plan review allows us to evaluate if our current policies will adequately protect these lands to ensure the success of our agricultural sector. a 5.3.2 Natural Heritage and the Environment Our natural heritage is a vital resource that needs to be prioritized as Clarington grows. The natural environment is essential for clean drinking water, healthy farmland, diverse ecosystems, and maintaining Clarington's natural beauty. As Clarington grows, there is pressure to develop further into these areas. The Province has indicated that they will be re-evaluating their natural heritage provisions as part of their plan to increase housing supply. Once these changes are introduced, we will need to review our Official Plan policies to make sure that natural irk[313 0 13 FOO 0001��a 5 `0 &i F-T no iln3c]1[3[31 O:k,, �*� I (P 4 15 heritage will continue to be treated as a system that is protected or further enhanced through new development and the creation of natural linkages. 5.3.3 Community Identity Clarington is a "community of communities" and each has a unique identity. This identity is important for building pride in our communities and fostering a sense of place and home. We will be reviewing policies within the Official Plan that can help protect our unique characteristics. This includes agricultural characteristics like heritage barns, our historic downtowns, or new features like public art. Reviewing these policies will be particularly important in light of changes at the provincial level that restrict our ability to control urban design in the development approvals process. Proactively identifying the key parts of our community identity can help us grow in a way that reinforces our civic pride. 5.4 Sustainability Sustainability means more than just the environment. A sustainable community is one that is thriving in the present, and well prepared for the future. There are four types of sustainability we need to look at in order to plan for our future: social, economic, environmental, and fiscal. Social sustainability is about maintaining and enriching the social fabric of our Municipality. Focusing on social sustainability means supporting our public spaces like parks and libraries, ensuring the health and safety of our community, and creating a unique sense of place and identity. &ir[3o FBFB A 1 1 Ao 16 Economic sustainability is about building a strong local economy now and in the long term. This includes creating opportunities for job creation in the short term, but also protecting resources that will continue to provide jobs for decades. Protecting agricultural and employment land is one strategy that ensures long term economic viability in Clarington. Environmental sustainability involves supporting the natural landscape and creating a climate resilient community. This includes protecting natural features, creating links between green spaces, providing for flood protection and rehabilitating waterways. Environmental sustainability will also mean exploring low -carbon approaches to development such as green building standards and transit -oriented communities. Fiscal sustainability means ensuring that the Municipality of Clarington is able to fund the services that residents need and want. We need to make wise investments in our community that will be of long-term benefit, while also budgeting responsibly today. It's important that we understand what Clarington residents and businesses value most, so that tax dollars can be spent wisely. fi&ikr FBFB 1 1 Ao 17 6.0 What Other Initiatives are Relevant? 6.1 Clarington Initiatives To plan for our future, there are several other initiatives that are critical to enhancing quality of life in Clarington. The role of the Official Plan is to be the primary long-term planning framework, and it plays an important role in organizing these initiatives. The Official Plan will incorporate the directions provided by these documents to ensure they can be implemented effectively without conflicting with one another. 6.1.1 Strategic Plan As referenced in Section 5.1, the Strategic Plan for the 2023-2026 Council term is currently being developed. The Strategic Plan is a key building block to the Official Plan which helps set the vision and specific goals that the Official Plan aspires to realize. Information and public input gathered through the development of the Strategic Plan can be used as a starting point for reviewing the Official Plan. 6.1.2 Clarington Economic Development Strategy In 2022, the Municipality developed an Economic Development Strategy that seeks to clarify what Clarington is already succeeding at, and where more resources would be of the greatest benefit. This Strategy used goals and objectives from the previous Official Plan update as one of its starting points. An implementation plan is currently being developed. Policies in the Official Plan will be updated so that the actions and tactics set out in the Strategy can be implemented. The objectives of the Strategy are highly dependent on Official Plan policies, particularly those related to cultivating an innovative land -use framework. 6.1.3 Development Charges Background Study Development Charges pay for new infrastructure and services that will be needed due to growth. They help ensure that "growth pays for growth." A new development charges background study was completed in 2020 to ensure that the current fees are keeping pace with the rising cost of providing services and infrastructure. The Official Plan provides forecasting, a plan for future development, and outlines the types of services that will be paid for by development charges. The updated Official Plan will be used for the next Development Charges Background Study. As well, this most recent study help inform how the Official Plan can incentivize efficient growth and development patterns. i�i�i�i ■ FBFBAlll�tonV11 Ao in 6.1.4 Clarington Waterfront Strategy Update The Clarington Waterfront Strategy was originally created in 1992, and an update to this strategy was initiated in 2022. This update is ongoing. Insights from the Clarington Waterfront Strategy will be integrated into the Official Plan. This will include opportunities such as new land uses that will be permitted by the water, new investments that should be made into our trail system, services and waterfront infrastructure, and strategies to foster economic development and tourism. There may also be an opportunity to collaborate on engagement activities between the two projects. 6.1.5 Active Transportation Master Plan The Active Transportation Master Plan will commence shortly and develop a framework for fostering active transportation across Clarington. This Plan will connect and enhance existing active transportation options into a complete network that allows pedestrians and cyclists to safely travel throughout the Municipality. The Official Plan encourages the development of complete communities, which rely on active transportation. The strategies and priority growth areas identified through the Official Plan review will be a key input for the Active Transportation Master Plan, so that we can ensure there are options for travelling to new neighbourhoods, parks, and tourist attractions in a way that encourages a healthy lifestyle and is climate friendly. i�i�i�i • FBFB .l�. A 1 1 Ao 19 6.1.6 Parks, Recreation, and Culture Master Plan The Municipality will commence the development of a Parks, Recreation and Culture Master Plan shortly. This Master Plan will determine how these services should be offered now and in the long term. It will develop a plan for investment and programming. This Master Plan and the Official Plan will work in tandem to inform each other. The amount and location of growth will be determined through the Official Plan, which will inform where and what types of programming will be needed. As well, the Parks, Recreation, and Culture Master Plan will develop a policy framework for parkland which will be incorporated into the Official Plan. Looking at both of these projects comprehensively will result in effective service delivery for both current and new residents. 6.2 Provincial Initiatives Planning at the local level is affected by policies and directions established at the provincial and regional levels of government. The Official Plan must conform to, or not conflict with, Provincial Plans and policies. Since the previous Official Plan Review, the Province has released many significant changes to legislation and provincial policy, particularly related to its efforts to increase the supply of housing. Specifically, updates have been made to the Planning Act, the Provincial Policy Statement, the Growth Plan, the Greenbelt Plan, and the Region's Official Plan. The Official Plan is the tool that ensures the provincial and regional planning directions that mandate how much growth Clarington should plan for and where it should go are addressed locally in a way that is carefully considered, responsibly phased over the Plan's horizon, and respects our Municipality's collective vision for the future. 6.2.1 Planning Act The Planning Act is a piece of provincial legislation that sets out the parameters for land use planning in Ontario and defines the relationship between provincial policy and municipal land use planning. The legislative power of official plans is based on the provisions of the Planning Act. It sets requirements for municipalities for how to develop • no no .l�. A 1 1 Ao 20 official plans and zoning by-laws, when development approval is required, and how to process development applications. Since the last Official Plan Review, major changes have been made to the Planning Act to implement the recommendations of the Ontario Housing Affordability Task Force. In 2019, Bill 108 was passed, followed in 2022 by Bill 109 and Bill 23 to amend the Planning Act to increase the supply of housing in Ontario and improve affordability. Specifically, changes have been made to: • Shorten development approval timelines and streamline the approvals process; • Incentivize the building of a variety of housing types; • Reduce how much parkland is provided in support of new development; • Restrict the role of conservation authorities in reviewing development applications; and • Limit the use of site plan control as part of the approvals process. More information on changes to the Planning Act is provided in Section 8.1. The review will provide an opportunity to explore ways to continue to plan comprehensively and introduce clear requirements for development application processes despite shortened development approval timelines, reduced parkland and development charge requirements, and fewer tools to influence community design. 6.2.2 Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 The Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) provides direction on matters of provincial interest including preservation of employment lands, agricultural land, and natural resources. It also directs growth to urban areas with municipal servicing, and promotes a range and mix of housing options, including intensification to existing settlement areas. Planning decisions must be consistent with the policies in the PPS. The PPS was updated in 2020 to provide both increased flexibility for and certainty around land development. Among the changes was a clear statement that Official Plans are the most important vehicle for implementing the PPS. Key additions to the PPS, 2020 include: • Increased emphasis on the need to plan for climate change and resilience; • Strengthened protections of agricultural land for long-term success; • Requiring municipalities to accommodate housing for 15 years with three years of serviced land; • Minimum targets for affordable housing for low- and moderate -income households; • Increased flexibility for employment land conversions and settlement area boundary expansions where it is demonstrated to be needed and impacts can be mitigated; and fi&R-Tiff ■ FBFB • .l�. A 1 1 Ao 21 • Increased clarity on the inclusion of Indigenous perspectives on land use planning. Incorporating consistency with all PPS, 2020 directions into the Official Plan would ensure all development throughout the Municipality will support provincial interests. At the time of writing, PPS, 2020 is being proposed to be replaced by Provincial Planning Statement, 2023. This is further addressed in Section 8.2. 6.2.3 A Place to Grow - Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe A Place to Grow — The Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe, 2020 is the Province's growth management policy. The Growth Plan includes detailed policies that support the achievement of complete communities, prioritize intensification of development within existing urban areas, and emphasize the importance of integrating land use planning and planning for infrastructure. It establishes growth (population and job) forecasts for each regional municipality so that they can plan for long-term housing and employment needs. The Growth Plan was updated in 2020. The planning horizon changed from 2041 to 2051 and new growth forecasts have been created that plan for development to 2051. Municipalities are required to use these growth forecasts in their planning. The updated 2051 growth forecasts will need to be incorporated into the Official Plan. Planning for 2051 will mean identifying future needs for land, transportation infrastructure, water and sewer servicing, and places for increased density. 6.2.4 Greenbelt Plan and Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan The Greenbelt Plan establishes an area in the Greater Golden Horseshoe that is permanently protected from development — where growth cannot occur. Generally, the Greenbelt Plan creates a ring around the Greater Toronto Area that cannot be urbanized. The majority of this land is agricultural, meaning that Ontario's prime farmland is protected. The Plan also includes policies that ensure the protection and sustainability of ecological functions throughout the Greenbelt Plan area. In Clarington, this also includes the lands within the Oak Ridges Moraine (subject to the Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan). The Oak Ridges Moraine is an ecologically sensitive landform that stretches across south central Ontario from the Niagara Escarpment in the west to the Trent -Severn Waterway in the east. This piece of land contains watersheds that are vital for healthy ecosystems and the local water supply. In 2017, the Greenbelt Plan and Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan were updated. In 2022, the Greenbelt Plan was amended to include urban river valleys as part of the Greenbelt. In contrast, the Province amended the Greenbelt Plan to conditionally remove several pieces of land to facilitate the development of housing. i�i�i�i ■ FBFB • .l�. AClarbgmnAo 22 In Clarington, Wilmot, Soper, and Bowmanville Creek urban river valleys have been added to the Greenbelt. One parcel of land in Clarington in the area of Nash and Trulls Roads has been conditionally removed from the Greenbelt for additional housing. The Official Plan review will address these changes to ensure conformity with these provincial Plans. For information about the changes to the Greenbelt Plan, see staff report PDS-059-22. i�i�i�i 13 ■ FBFB • .l�. MnV 1 1 Ao 23 7.0 How is the planning landscape changing? 7.1 Recent Changes to the Planning Act Recently, the Province has introduced a wide range of major changes to the land use planning framework in Ontario through amendments to the Planning Act. While these changes are intended to increase the supply of housing, they reduce the number of tools we have that help us create complete communities. They reduce certain municipal streams of funding, restrict site plan control, and limit the environmental oversight on development applications. Some of this legislation has now been enacted, and some pieces are expected to be implemented over the coming months and into 2024. As part of this review, the Official Plan will need to be adapted to address these changes in a way that helps us to continue to create high quality neighbourhoods and provide services that our residents have come to expect. For more information about Bill 23 and the effects it will have on Clarington, see the staff report (PDS-054-22) and the staff report on a strategy to continue to incorporate environmental expertise into the planning process as a result of Bill 23 (PDS-006-23). 7.2 Proposed Provincial Planning Statement, 2023 In April 2023, the Ontario government released a proposed Provincial Planning Statement (2023 PPS) that is intended to replace the current Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 and the Growth Plan and combine them into one document that would apply across Ontario. The proposed 2023 PPS enhances the Province's focus on creating housing and its goal of building 1.5 million homes by 2031. The new 2023 PPS would result in a simpler planning framework for Clarington. The changes would provide flexibility for municipalities by removing the rigid density and intensification targets contained in the Growth Plan, but may restrict our ability to ensure we're using land and resources wisely in a way that protects what is valuable, such as farmland and natural heritage. With less support from provincial policies to grow responsibly, it's critical that we establish our values and develop a framework for growth in our Official Plan that fits our Municipality's needs and protects what matters. The proposed 2023 PPS remains on the Environmental Registry of Ontario for comment until August 4t" • FBFB • a A 1 1 Ao 24 7.3 Durham Regional Official Plan The Durham Regional Official Plan was adopted by Regional Council on May 17, 2023, and will come into effect once the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing approves the new Plan. Once approved, the Clarington Official Plan must be updated to conform to the new Regional Official Plan. Changes to the Durham Regional Official Plan include incorporating policy changes that have been made at the Provincial level, like growth targets, as well as Durham -specific changes related to guiding land use planning and growth, service and infrastructure planning and delivery. The Region's new Official Plan takes the regional population and employment targets from the Province's Growth Plan and distributes that growth amongst the area municipalities. It specifies population and employment targets for Clarington to the year 2051 and identifies areas for urban expansion that can be used, as necessary, as we grow to 2051. Durham Region is identified to become an "upper tier municipality without planning responsibilities" once Bill 23 is fully implemented. When this occurs, the Regional Official Plan will be assumed by local Durham municipalities. The impacts of this change will be examined during the Official Plan review. • FBFB • .l�. A 1 1 Ao 25 8.0 What is the Process for the Review? The Official Plan review process will recognize that Clarington has an Official Plan that has been effective and undergone updates in recent years. The process will also reflect that: • Clarington is expected to continue to be one of the fastest -growing municipalities in the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) and we need to ensure the vision for the Municipality continues to meet the community's evolving needs; and • There have been substantial changes to the provincial and regional planning framework that must be incorporated into the Official Plan in a way that makes sense for Clarington. 8.1 Review Phases The review will be a multi -year project that is expected to begin this fall with the retention of a consultant to assist staff with the review. The review is proposed to follow five phases, generally outlined below: �- •IT411FINI- •11M Terms of Reference Request for Proposals Retain Consultant Detailed Work Program Community Engagement and Communication Plan • - • • . • Council and Committee Engagement • . • Community Visioning Sessions Phase One Summary Report • • • • Issue refinement • - • • • • Release of Topic -specific Discussion Papers • - Public Engagement - • . Draft Directions and Recommendations Report • Draft Official Plan Amendment and Mapping • - Public Open House and Statutory Public Meeting • Council Adoption irk[313 0 13 FOO 0001��a 6 41 a no i AV i CbriBL40ni V4n &i F-T no iln3c]1[3[31 26 The feedback and input received in response to this Discussion Paper and at the Special Meeting of Council on June 27t" will help to inform the development of the Terms of Reference and Community Engagement and Communication Plan. 8.2 Consultation and Engagement Community and stakeholder engagement through out the Official Plan Review is essential to updating the Clarington Official Plan in a way that successfully captures the needs and desires of the community. This is the beginning of the conversation about the review and is the first of many opportunities for the public to get involved in planning for Clarington's future. A Community Engagement and Communication Plan will be developed as part of the Start -Up Phase of the project, including a robust strategy to engage residents, stakeholders and Indigenous communities that will ensure there are various types of opportunities available to all who wish to participate throughout the review process. i�i�i�i • FBFB *,n Mn 1 1 VO4 27 9.0 Conclusion This paper seeks to start a conversation about what we need to look at as part of the Official Plan review. There are many factors that need to be considered as part of this process, but there is also an opportunity to ensure we're embedding our values into our plans for 2051. This paper covered why the Official Plan review is important, major challenges facing us, and what we'll need to re-examine so that we can build a community we are proud to call home. Now it's time to start talking! Think about the questions asked throughout this paper and share your thoughts at the Special Council meeting or by contacting us at the links below. See Appendix A for all of the questions we've covered. i�i�i�i • FBFB " , 6- > MnV 1 1 Am Appendix A - Summary of Discussion Questions 1 What do we already love about Clarington? 2 What are we already doing well, and how can we build on it? 3 What needs a closer look to make sure we get it right? 4 What sets Clarington apart from other communities? 5 What matters most to you as we plan to 2051? 6 Are your priorities covered in the Discussion Paper? 7 How would you like to participate in the Official Plan review (e.g. in - person, virtually, surveys, daytime, evening)? 8 Let us know if there are other topics related to the Official Plan that we should be thinking about. &rI3 o FBFB • RMCHI&Ono